Home

A4 - Wingware Python IDE

1. Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 2 Brief Ctrl 2 VI VIM Ctrl 2 Eclipse Ctrl 2 Emacs Ctrl 2 Visual Studio Ctrl 2 OS X Commana 2 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 3 Brief Ctrl 3 VI VIM Ctrl 3 Eclipse Ctrl 3 Emacs Ctrl 3 Visual Studio Ctrl 3 OS X Commana 3 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 4 Brief Ctrl 4 VI VIM Ctrl 4 Eclipse Ctrl 4 Emacs Ctrl 4 Visual Studio Ctrl 4 OS X Commana 4 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 5 Brief Ctrl 5 VI VIM Ctrl 5 Eclipse Ctrl 5 Emacs Ctrl 5 Visual Studio Ctrl 5 OS X Commana 5 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 6 Brief Ctrl 6 VI VIM Ctrl 6 Eclipse Ctrl 6 Emacs Ctrl 6 Visual Studio Ctrl 6 OS X Commana 6 backward char wrap 1 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor backward one character Key Binding Left backward char extend wrap 1 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt 232 Command Reference Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Key Binding Shift Left backward char extend rect wrap 1 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move curs
2. enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Shift Home beginning of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line adjusting the selection range to the new position When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry extending the
3. testing open files os command snippets diff uses refactoring versioncontrol svn versioncontrol hg versioncontrol git versioncontrol ozr versioncontrol cvs versioncontrol perforce 382 Key Binding Reference Wing Personal and Pro only Wing Pro only Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl F search Bring up the search manager in search mode Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Ctrl F6 next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in
4. Command Shift G search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Command Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Command Shift K show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Command Shift Left beginning of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line adjusting the selection range to the new position When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Command Shift O open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Command Shift R batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Command Shift Right end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range 365 Key Binding Reference to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Command Shif
5. Show the status of the given files in the git repository git list branches locs lt selected files gt List all branches git log locs lt selected files gt Show the revision log for the selected files in the git repository git pull branch locs lt selected files gt Pull branch from other git repository git push branch locs lt selected files gt Push branch to other git repository git switch branch locs lt selected files gt Switch to another branch Bazaar Commands Subversion revision control system commands bzr log locs lt selected files gt Show the revision log for the selected files in the bzr repository bzr merge entire branch locs lt selected files gt Update the selected files from the bzr repository bzr push entire branch locs lt selected files gt Update the selected files from the bzr repository 270 Command Reference C V S Commands CVS revision control system commands cvs add locs lt selected files gt Add the files to cvs cvs checkout Start the initial checkout from cvs repository Repository and working directory must be entered before the checkout cvs commit locs lt selected files gt Commit the selected files to the CVS repository cvs commit project Commit files in project cvs configure Configure the CVS integration cvs diff locs lt selected files gt Show the differences between working version of given files and the corresponding revision in t
6. end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 407 Key Binding Reference Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl C center cursor Scroll so cursor is centered on display Ctrl C copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl D scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the sou
7. Ctrl X R B goto bookmark Goto named bookmark Ctrl X R M set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Ctrl X R Return show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Ctrl X R T toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default Ctrl X Space Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line 314 Key Binding Reference Ctrl X U undo Undo last action Ctrl X parenleft start kbd macro Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl X parenright stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Ctrl Y Multiple commands first available is executed e yank line Yank contents of kill buffer created with kill line into the edit buffer e paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Ctrl parenleft batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if
8. Internal Name main extra mime types 160 Preferences Reference Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values text x smalltalk text x sql t ext x pov 1 x erlang text x javascript text x scss text x fortran text x mysql text x vhdl text x escrip Default Value File Filters Defines file filters to apply to file names for inclusion and exclusion from a larger set such as scanned disk files or all project files Each filter is named and contains one list of inclusion patterns and one list of exclusion patterns The patterns can be a wildcard on the file name wildcard on a directory name or a mime type name Only a single pattern needs to be matched for inclusion or exclusion Exclusion patterns take precedence over inclusion patterns so any match on an exclusion pattern will always exclude a file from the selected set Filters are used in constraining search adding project files and for other operations on collections of files Internal Name main file filters Data Specification file filters Default Value u All Source Files set set wildcard filename pyo wildcard filen wildcard filename wildcard filename manifest wildcard filename pdb w ame pyc wildcard filename tar gz wildcard directory bzr wild card directo g u C C Files set mime type text x c source
9. Windows In Wing IDE 5 within the per user application data directory The location varies by version of Windows For Windows 2000 and XP running on c with an English localization the location is c Documents and Settings S username Application Data Wing IDE 5 For Vista running on c with an English localization the location is c Users username AppData Roaming Wing IDE 5 Wing also creates a Cache Directory that contains the source analysis cache This is often but not always in the same location as the above On Windows this directory is usually in the per user directory under Local Settings on 2000 and XP and under Local on Vista This directory is also listed in the About Box 1 11 Upgrading If you are upgrading within the same minor version number of Wing for example from 5 0 to 5 0 x this will replace your previous installation Once you have upgraded your previous preferences and settings should remain and you should immediately be able to start using Wing If you are upgrading across major releases for example from 4 1 to 5 0 this will install the new version along side your old version of Wing New major releases of Wing will read and convert any existing Wing preferences settings and projects Projects should be saved to a new name for use with the new major release since they cannot be read by earlier versions To install an upgrade follow the steps described in Installing Compatibility Notes
10. a string with given maximum length uses default 80 chars if length is omitted date current date in locale s preferred format or in the time strftime format given in the environment variable _ DATE_FORMAT__ 52 Source Code Editor datetime current date time in locale s preferred format or in the time strftime format given in the environment variable DATETIME_FORMAT__ If this field is omitted or empty string is assumed default The default value to use This may be the actual value or may contain environment variable references in the form envname or envname to attempt to read all or part of the value from the named environment variable or one of the special variables enumerated in Environment Variable Expansion Environment variables can be specified either in the Debug tab of Wing s Project Properties or in the environment that exists before Wing is launched Values in the Project Properties override any values set before starting Wing When this field is omitted or when no default environment value can be found the field will be left blank Indentation and Line Endings Snippets should always use one tab for each level of indentation Tabs will be replaced with the appropriate indentation type and size when the snippet is used in a new or existing file either according to content of the target file or using the configured indent style and indent size for new files Wing will force tab indentation
11. Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Apply Comment Key to Selection Enable commenting out a non empty selection when a comment character is pressed Internal Name edit auto edit comment Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 174 Preferences Reference Default Value 1 Apply and to Selection Enable surrounding non empty selection when a parenthesis is pressed Internal Name edit auto edit parens Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Apply Colon to Selection Enable creating a new block with a selected range of lines when colon is pressed Internal Name edit auto edit colon creates block Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Auto Enter Spaces Enable auto entering spaces around operators and punctuation Internal Name edit auto edit spaces Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Auto Space After Keywords Enable auto entering spaces after keywords Internal Name edit auto edit spaces kw Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Enforce PEP8 Style Spacing When auto entering spaces is enabled enforce PEP8 style spacing by preventing redundant spaces Internal Name edit auto edit spaces enforce Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Spaces in Argument Lists When auto entering spaces is enabled also auto enter spaces in argument lists In
12. Force syntax highlighting for XP IDL use lexer java Force syntax highlighting for Java source use lexer javascript Force syntax highlighting for Javascript use lexer latex Force syntax highlighting for LaTeX use lexer lisp Force syntax highlighting for Lisp source use lexer lout 258 Command Reference Force syntax highlighting for LOUT typesetting language use lexer lua Force syntax highlighting for Lua use lexer makefile Force syntax highlighting for make files Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 M Eclipse Ctrl 7 M Emacs Ctrl X L M Visual Studio Ctrl 7 M OS X Command 7 M use lexer mako Force syntax highlighting for Mako template file use lexer matlab Force syntax highlighting for Matlab use lexer mmixal Force syntax highlighting for MMIX assembly language use lexer msidI Force syntax highlighting for MS IDL use lexer nncrontab Force syntax highlighting for NNCrontab files use lexer none Use no syntax highlighting Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 N Eclipse Ctrl 7 N Emacs Ctrl X L N Visual Studio Ctrl 7 N OS X Command 7 N use lexer nsis Force syntax highlighting for NSIS use lexer pascal Force syntax highlighting for Pascal source use lexer per Force syntax highlighting for Perl source use lexer php Force syntax highlighting for PHP source use lexer plsql Force syntax highlighting for PL SQL files use lexer pov Force syntax highlightin
13. The following classes in wingutils datatype py cover most cases needed for scripting e CBoolean A boolean value Constructor takes no arguments e CType A value of type matching one of the parameters sent to the constructor For example CType for a string CType 1 for an integer and CType 1 0 1 for a float or an integer e CValue One of the values passed to the constructor For example CValue one two three to allow a value to be either one two or three e CRange A value between the first and second argument passed to the constructor For example CRange 1 0 10 0 for a value between 1 0 and 10 0 inclusive Additional types are defined in wingutils datatype py but these are not usually needed in describing scripting arguments Commonly Used Formlets The following classes in guiutils formbuilder py cover most of the data collection formlets needed for scripting 135 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE CSmallTextGui_ A short text string entry area with optional history auto completion and other options The constructor takes the following keyword arguments all of which are optional max_chars history choices partial_complete stopchars allow_only default select_on_focus Maximum allowed text length Diest OnE Dns tone that will matches Brue Co the tab ESTOT True to a callable that will return the history Default ui List of char
14. debug probe toggle active range Toggle the active range in the Debug Probe The active range is cleared if already set or otherwise set using the current editor selection debug restart Stop and restart the current debug process debug show environment Show the debug run arguments and environment configuration dialog for the main entry point or current file debug stack menu items Not documented debug stop 276 Command Reference Pause free running execution at current program counter Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F5 Brief Ctrl Shift F5 VI VIM Ctrl Shift F5 Eclipse Ctrl Shift F5 Emacs Ctrl Shift F5 Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F5 OS X Commana Shift F5 debug to clicked Debug to the line at the current mouse click location exception always stop Always stop on exceptions even if they are handled by the code exception never stop Never stop on exceptions even if they are unhandled in the code exception stop when printed Stop only on exceptions when they are about to be printed exception unhandled stop Stop only on exceptions that are not handled by the code execute named entry point name Execute without debugging the named entry point expand tree more Expand whole selected variables display subtree deeper force var reload Force refetch of a value from server frame down Move down the current debug stack Key Binding F12 frame show Show the position thread
15. from 0 to 65535 Default Value 127 0 0 1 50015 e Advanced Network Timeout Controls the amount of time that the IDE will wait for the debug process to respond before it gives up This protects the IDE from freezing up if your program running within the debug process crashes or becomes unavailable It must also be taken into account when network connections are slow or if sending large data values see the Huge List Threshold and Hug String Threshold preferences Internal Name debug network timeout Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 10 Resolve Properties Set to show property values in the debug data views This should be used with caution It enables invocation of the fget method on the property which in some code bases can execute unwanted code make unexpected changes to runtime state hang on lengthy computations trigger thread deadlocks or crash on buggy user code while debug data is being displayed in the IDE Internal Name debug resolve properties Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Allow Dynamic Introspection Set to allow Python code and other dynamic calls to be invoked while introspecting values in the debugger for display in the auto completer shells and source 187 Preferences Reference assistant This should be used with caution In some code bases enabling this can execute unwanted code make unexpected changes to runtime sta
16. mime type text x cpp source ilename bsc wildcard filename wildcard filename lib wilde ard filenam wildcard filename zip wildcard filename coverage wildcard filena me wpu dcard directory bzr wildcard directory CVS wildcard filename wildcard fi e Reloading External Check Freq Time in seconds indicating the frequency with which the IDE should check the disk for files that have changed externally Set to 0 to disable entirely Internal Name cache external check freq Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 5 Reload when Unchanged Selects action to perform on files found to be externally changed but unaltered within the IDE Use Auto Reload to automatically reload these files Immediately Request Reload to ask via a dialog box upon detection Requst Reload on Edit to ask only if the unchanged file is edited within the IDE subsequently or Never 161 Preferences Reference Reload to ignore external changes although you will still be warned if you try to save over an externally changed file Internal Name cache unchanged reload policy Data Specification never reload auto reload request reload edit reload Default Value auto reload Reload when Changed Selects action to perform on files found to be externally changed and that also have been altered in the ID
17. or commit However when right clicking in the editor or Project view the appropriate version control system is used even if this is different from the one defined for the project as a whole The name of the menu in the menu bar and the tool in the Tools menu changes to match the version control system that Wing is using for the project as a whole Which version control systems will be considered for projects can be controlled by enabling or disabling each one in the Version Control preferences group Wing relies on being able to run the command line executable such as svn git or p4 for any version control system in use It also relies on an external ssh agent or 117 Integrated Version Control other security agent to help authorize version control operations Wing does not store passwords nor does it provide a way to enter them for each operation See Version Control Configuration for help configuring ssh or the command line executables Note that version control operations are directory based just as they are on the command line and most operations are applied recursively to sub directories and their files This is true even if those sub directories or files are not visible in the Project view in Wing 14 1 Version Control Tool Panel The version control tool panel for the active version control system can be shown by selecting it from the Tools menu or as a side effect of selecting operations from any of the version control me
18. project browser batch search interactive search source assistant debug data debug stack debug io debug exceptions debug breakpoints debug probe debug watch debug modules python shell messages help indent bookmarks testing open files os command snippets diff uses refactoring versioncontrol svn versioncontrol hg versioncontrol git versioncontrol bzr versioncontrol cvs versioncontrol perforce Wing Personal and Pro only Wing Pro only Alt Shift U show_preferences_gui prefname edit highlight occurrences Alt Shift Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Alt Shift V move symbol Move the currently selected symbol to another module class or function The new_filename and new_scope_name arguments are used as default values in the filename and scope name fields if specified Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Alt Up move line up indent True Move the current line or lines up one line optionally indenting to match the new position 377 Key Binding Reference Alt comma query replace Initiate incremental mini search query
19. register a is used by default Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl M Brief F8 VI VIM invokes execute kbd macro register None Eclipse Ctrl M Emacs Ctrl X E Visual Studio Ctrl M OS X Command M fill paragraph 250 Command Reference Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl J VI VIM g q q Eclipse Ctrl J Emacs Ctrl J Visual Studio Ctrl K Ctrl F OS X Commana J find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift T VI VIM Ctrl Shift T Eclipse Ctrl Shift T Emacs Ctrl X G Visual Studio Ctrl Shift T OS X Commanoa Shift T fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Home Brief Alt Home VI VIM Alt Home Eclipse Alt Home Emacs Alt Home Visual Studio Alt Home OS X Commana Ctrl fold collapse all clicked Collapse the clicked fold point completely fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Page_Up Brief Alt Page_Up VI VIM Alt Page_Up Eclipse Alt Page_Up Emacs Alt Page_Up Visual Studio Alt Page_Up OS X Commana fold collapse current Collapse the current fold point Key Bindings VI VIM z c Eclipse Ctrl fold collapse more clicked Collapse the clicked fold point one more level fold collaps
20. watch clear all Clear all entries from the watch list 279 Command Reference watch clear selected Clear selected entry from the watch list Call Stack View Commands Commands available on a specific instance of the call stack tool callstack copy to clipboard Copy the call stack to the clipboard as text callstack set codeline mode mode Set the code line display mode for this call stack callstack show docs Show documentation for the call stack manager Exceptions Commands Commands available when the debugger s Exceptions tool has the keyboard focus clear Clear the exception currently shown on the display copy Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Insert Brief Ctrl Insert VI VIM Ctrl Insert Eclipse Ctrl Insert Emacs Ctrl Insert Visual Studio Ctrl Insert OS X Commana C Breakpoint View Commands Commands available on a specific instance of the breakpoint manager tool bpmanager clear selected Clear breakpoints currently selected on the breakpoint manager bpmanager show docs Show documentation for the breakpoint manager bpmanager show selected Show source location for breakpoint currently selected on the breakpoint manager 20 8 Script provided Add on Commands Debugger Extensions Script Scripts that extend the debugger in various ways 280 Command Reference set breaks from markers app Scan current file for markers in t
21. 2 The Default Tab Size preference defines the position of tab stops and is used to determine the rendering of files with tabs only or non Python files with mixed tab and space indentation In Python files with mixed indents this value is ignored and the file is always shown in the way that the Python interpreter would see it 3 The Default Indent Size preference defines the default size of each level of indent in spaces This is used in new empty files or when indent analysis has been disabled Wing may override this value in files that contain only tabs in indentation in order to make it a multiple of the configured tab size 4 The Default Indent Style preference defines the default indentation style one of spaces only tabs only or mixed This is used in new empty files or when indent analysis has been disabled Mixed indentation replaces each tab size spaces with one tab character These preferences define how indentation is handled by the editor 5 The Auto Indent preference controls whether or not each new line is automatically indented 6 The Show Indent Guides preference controls whether or not to show indentation guides as light vertical lines This value can be overridden on a file by file basis from Editor tab in File Properties 7 The Show Python Indent Warnings preference can be used to enable or disable warnings for Python files that may contain confusing or damaged indentation 8 The Show Override Warnings preference
22. 6 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 7 set bookmark mark 7 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 8 set bookmark mark 8 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 9 set bookmark mark 9 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt A toggle mark command select_right 2 Change between text marking and non text marking mode Style is char for stream select block for rectangular select and line for line select Set select_right 1 to select the character to right of the cursor when marking is toggled on 404 Key Binding Reference Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt C toggle mark command style block Change between text marking and non text marking mode Style is char for stream select block for rectangular select and line for line select Set select_right 1 to select the character to right of the cursor when marking is toggled on Alt D delete selected lines Delete the line or range of lines that contain the current selection This duplicates what the editor command de
23. Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl Alt Down goto next bookmark current_file_only True Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start
24. Commanad N new package filename Create a new Python package directory on disk add it to the current project and open the new __init__ py in the editor new panel window panel_type None Create a new panel window of given type next document repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Page_Down Brief Ctrl Page_Down VI VIM Ctrl Page_Down Eclipse Ctrl Page_Down Emacs Ctrl Page_Down Visual Studio Ctrl Page_Down OS X Command 0 next window Switch to the next window alphabetically by title Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Comma Eclipse Ctri Comma Emacs Ctrl O Visual Studio Ctrl Comma nth document n lt numeric modifier default 0 gt Move to the nth document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl open filename Open a file from disk using keyboard driven selection of the file open from keyboard filename Open a file from disk using keyboard driven selection of the file Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl K Eclipse Ctrl K Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl F Visual Studio Ctrl K Ctrl O open from project fragment skip _if_unique False Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_uni
25. Ctrl BackSpace Eclipse Ctrl BackSpace Emacs Ctrl BackSpace Visual Studio Ctrl BackSpace OS X Ctrl Option Delete backward word 263 Command Reference Move backward one word Key Bindings Wing IDE Cirl Left Brief Ctrl Left VI VIM Ctrl Left Eclipse Ctrl Left Emacs Ctrl Left Visual Studio Ctrl Left OS X Option Left backward word extend Move backward one word extending the selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Left Brief Ctrl Shift Left VI VIM Ctrl Shift Left Eclipse Ctrl Shift Left Emacs Ctrl Shift Left Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Left OS X Ctrl Shift Left invokes backward word extend delimiters _ amp lt gt trn beginning of line Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Key Bindings Brief Shift Home VI VIM 0 invokes beginning of line toggle 0 Emacs Home OS X Commana Left beginning of line extend Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Key Bindings Emacs Shift Home OS X Commanda Shift Left copy Cut selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Insert Brief Ctrl Insert VI VIM Ctrl Insert Eclipse Ctrl Insert Emacs Ctrl Insert Visual Studio Ctrl Insert OS X Commanad C cut Cut selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Delete Brief Shift Delete VI VIM Shift Delete Eclipse Shift Delete Emacs Shift Delete Visual Studio Shift Delete OS X Command X end of line Move to
26. Data Specification list of lt type str gt Default Value text x python text x c source text x cpp source text x jav a source tex edit gtk input method Input method used for typing characters This is important primarily for non Western European languages Internal Name edit gtk input method Data Specification Default Value default consoles wrap long lines Wrap long output lines in OS Commands tool to fit within available display area Internal Name consoles wrap long lines Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False consoles python prompt after execution Drop into Python shell after executing any Python file in the OS Commands tool Internal Name consoles python prompt after execution Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False edit sassist font zoom The amount by which to zoom font sizes in or out in the Source Assistant Internal Name edit sassist font zoom Data Specification lt type float gt Default Value 1 0 edit symbol find alpha sort Controls whether to sort Find Symbol dialog alphabetically or in natural file order Internal Name edit symbol find alpha sort Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 204 Preferences Reference Default Value True edit symbol find include args Controls whether to include argument specs in the searchable text used in the Find Symbol dialog Internal Name edit symbol find include args Data S
27. Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Replace Ctrl U delete to start of line Delete everything between the cursor and start of line Replace Ctrl W backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Replace Ctrl enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Replace Esc enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Right forward char wrap 0 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt B diff merge b a Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally r
28. Outdent selected number of lines from cursor position Set lines to None to indent all the lines in current selection Set levels to outdent more than one level at a time Key Bindings VI VIM lt outdent next move num lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Outdent lines spanned by next cursor move Key Bindings VI VIM lt outdent region sel None Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl lt VI VIM Ctrl D Eclipse Ctrl lt Emacs Ctrl C lt Visual Studio Ctrl lt OS X Commanda page setup Show printing page setup dialog print view 254 Command Reference Print active editor document Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl P Eclipse Ctrl P Visual Studio Ctrl P OS X Command P query replace search_string replace_string Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt comma Eclipse Alt comma Emacs Alt Visual Studio Alt comma OS X Ctrl R query replace regex Ssearch_string replace_string Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position The search string is treated as a regular expression Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt Comma Eclipse Ctrl Alt Comma Emacs Ctrl Alt
29. Try adding a very simple script now by pasting the following into a file called test py within one of the scripts directories import wingapi def test_script test_str app wingapi gApplication VE VERCOCOCE aime ase WY sh Scie Ajo ESicke cOChucic limi v t nAnd you typed s test_str wingapi gApplication ShowMessageDialog Test Message v 131 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE Then select Reload All Scripts from the Edit menu This is only needed the first time a new script file is added in order to get Wing to discover it Afterward Wing automatically reloads scripts whenever they are saved to disk Next execute the script with the Command by Name item in the Edit menu and then type test script followed by pressing the Enter key in the text entry that appears at the bottom of the IDE window Wing will ask for the argument test_str using it s builtin argument collection facility Type a string and then Enter The script will pop up a modal message dialog Next make a trivial edit to the script e g change And you typed to Then you typed Save the script and execute the script again You will see that Wing has automatically reloaded the script and the new text appears in the message dialog Finally make an edit to the script that introduces an error into it For example change import wingapi to import wingapi2 Save the script and Wing will show a clickable traceback in the Scripts channel of the Messag
30. Wing IDE runs on Mac OS X 10 6 as a native application 1 4 Supported Python versions Wing supports CPython 2 5 through 3 4 Stackless Python 2 5 through 3 2 and cygwin Python 2 5 through 2 7 Wing can also be used with PyPy IronPython and Jython but the debugger will not work with these implementations of Python Wing s debugger is pre built for each of these versions of Python with and without with pydebug Both 32 bit and 64 bit compilations are supported CPython with framework builds are also supported on OS X If necessary it is possible for customers to compile Wing s debugger against other custom versions of Python Introduction Before installing Wing you may need to download Python and install it if you do not already have it on your machine On Windows Python must be installed using one of the installers from the python org or by building from source if desired On Linux most distributions come with Python Installing Python is usually only necessary on a custom built Linux installation On OS X an Python built by Apple is installed by default Other Python versions are available from python org and from MacPorts Fink or Homebrew 1 5 Technical Support If you have problems installing or using Wing IDE please submit a bug report or feedback using the Submit Bug Report or Submit Feedback items in Wing IDE s Help menu Wingware Technical Support can also be contacted by email at support at wingware com
31. fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference 360 Key Binding Reference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode 21 5 OS X Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the OS X keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt Down next line cursor end Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Alt Up previous line cursor start Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Backspace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Command 0 next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current wind
32. for first non blank character or in VI mode it will do brace matching operation to reflect how VI overrides this command Browse amp repeat replace Repeat the last query replace or range replace operation on the current line The first match is replaced without confirmation Browse next line in file cursor fnb Move to next line in file repositioning character within line start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse repeat search char opposite 1 Repeat the last search_char operation optionally in the opposite direction Browse repeat command Repeat the last editor command Browse isearch forward regex Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Browse 0 beginning of line toggle 0 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Browse 1 initiate numeric modifier digit 1 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command 321 Key
33. lower case letters in the search string e Whole Words Check this option to require that matches are surrounded by white space spaces tabs or line ends or punctuation other than _ underscores e In Selection Search for matches only within the current selection on the editor The following additional options are available from the Options popup menu e Show Replace Whether or not the Replace field is visible in the tool e Text Search Select this to do a regular text search without wildcard or regex e Wildcard Search Select this to allow use of special characters for wildcarding in the search string see Wildcard Search Syntax for details e Regex Search Select this to use regular expression style searching This is a more powerful variant than wildcard search that allows for more complex specification of search matches and replacement values For information on the syntax allowed for the search and replace strings see Python s Regular Expression Syntax documentation In this mode the replace string can reference regex match groups with 1 2 etc as in the Python re sub call 65 Search Replace e Wrap Search Uncheck this to avoid wrapping around when the search reaches the top or bottom of a file e Incremental Check this to immediately start or restarted searching as you type or alter search options When unchecked use the forward backward search buttons to initiate searching e Find After Repl
34. match even before the result list is clicked upon e Show Line Numbers Check this to include line numbers in the batch result area e Result File Name This is used to select the format of the result file name shown in the batch result area 5 4 1 Replace in Multiple Files For searches that operate on open files replace always occurs in the open file editor and can be undone or saved to disk subsequently as with any other edit operation 66 Search Replace When replacing text in batch mode some of the files being searched may not currently be open in an editor In this case Wing will by default open all altered files and make changes in newly created editors that remain open until the user saves and closes them explicitly This is the safest way to undertake multi file global replace operations because it clearly shows which files have been altered and makes it possible to undo changes An alternative approach is available by selecting the Replace Operates on Disk option from the Options popup This will cause Wing to change files directly on disk in cases when there is no currently open editor Because global replace operations can be tricky to do correctly we strongly recommend using a revision control system or frequent backups and manually comparing file revisions before accepting files that have been altered 5 5 Find Points of Use Wing IDE is able to find the locations where a symbol is used in the current proje
35. menu or its key binding Auto completion Snippets are also listed in the editor s auto completer and may be activated from there To disable this feature turn off the auto completer preference Include Snippets in Completer Snippet Syntax Snippets are text files that contain markers where user provided values should be inserted These markers are similar to Python s varname s string substitution syntax but instead of containing only a variable name the body of the marker contains richer argument collection information in the following format with vertical bars dividing each value varname type default s Type and default are optional but the vertical bars must be present if omitting type but including a default To write a snippet that includes Python style string formats escape each by writing instead Each part is defined as follows varname The name of the variable Since arguments are collected inline this name is used internally only Future extensions may display this name to the user by replacing underscores with spaces and capitalizing words for example user_name would be rendered User Name If a variable name is used multiple times in a snippet the same value will be inserted multiple times An prepended to the variable name indicates that the value should be wrapped if it exceeds the configured text wrap line column type The type of data to collect Currently this is one of string length
36. or online at http wingware com support Bug reports can also be sent by email to bugs at wingware com Please include your OS and product version number and details of the problem with each report If you are submitting a bug report via email see Obtaining Diagnostic Output for more information on how to capture a log of Wing IDE and debug process internals Whenever possible these should be included with email based bug reports 1 6 Prerequisites for Installation To run Wing IDE you will need to obtain and install the following if not already on your system e A downloaded copy of Wing IDE e A supported version of Python e A working TCP IP network configuration for the debugger no outside access to the internet is required 1 7 Installing Wing IDE Before installing Wing IDE be sure that you have installed the necessary prerequisites If you are upgrading from a previous version see Upgrading first Note The installation location for Wing IDE is referred to as WINGHOME On OS X this is the name of Wing s app folder Windows Introduction Install Wing IDE by running the downloaded executable Wing s files are installed by default in C Program Files Wing IDE 5 0 but this location may be modified during installation Wing will also create a User Settings Directory in the location appropriate for your version of Windows This is used to store preferences and other settings The Windows installer supports a sile
37. stack frame will be updated and the current line of code at that stack frame is presented in an editor window In Wing IDE Professional the current stack frame is also used to control evaluation context in the Debug Probe and Watch tools To change the type of stack display right click on the Call Stack tool and select from the options for the display and positioning of the code line excerpted from the debug process 88 Debugger When an exception has occurred a backtrace is also captured by the Exceptions notification tool where it can be accessed even after the debug process has exited 12 9 Viewing Debug Data The Wing IDE debugger provides several ways in which to look at your debug program s data 1 By inspecting locals and globals using the Stack Data tool This area displays values for the currently selected stack frame 2 By browsing values in all loaded modules as determined by sys modules using the Modules tool 3 By watching specific values from either of the above views right click on values to add them to the Watch tool 4 By typing expressions in the Watch tool Note Values Fetched on Demand The variable data displayed by Wing is fetched from the debug server on the fly as you navigate Because of this you may experience a brief delay when a change in an expansion or stack frame results in a large data transfer For the same reason leaving large amounts of debug data visible on screen may slow
38. string Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry F1 Multiple commands first available is executed 338 Key Binding Reference e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward
39. 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Browse z Browse m vi fold less Approximation of zm key binding in vim Browse z Browse o fold expand current Expand the current fold point Browse z Browse r vi fold more Approximation of zr key binding in vim Browse z Browse t cursor to top Scroll so cursor is centered at top of display Browse z Browse z center cursor Scroll so cursor is centered on display Browse backward paragraph Move cursor backward one paragraph to next all whitespace line Browse goto column Move cursor to given column 333 Key Binding Reference Browse forward paragraph Move cursor forward one paragraph to next all whitespace line Browse case swap Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection so each letter is the opposite of its current case Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation
40. 197 Network 198 Internal Preferences 198 Core Preferences 198 User Interface Preferences 200 Editor Preferences 203 Project Manager Preferences 205 Debugger Preferences 205 Command Reference 208 20 1 Top level Commands 209 Application Control Commands 209 Dock Window Commands 221 Document Viewer Commands 222 Global Documentation Commands 224 Window Commands 224 Wing Tips Commands 224 20 2 Project Manager Commands 225 Project Manager Commands 225 Project View Commands 227 20 3 Editor Commands 228 Editor Browse Mode Commands 228 Editor Insert Mode Commands 229 Editor Non Modal Commands 229 Editor Panel Commands 230 Editor Replace Mode Commands 230 Editor Split Commands 231 Editor Visual Mode Commands 231 Active Editor Commands 232 General Editor Commands 249 Shell Or Editor Commands 261 Bookmark View Commands 261 Snippet Commands 262 Snippet View Commands 262 20 4 Search Manager Commands 263 Toolbar Search Commands 263 Search Manager Commands 265 Search Manager Instance Commands 267 20 5 Unit Testing Commands 267 Unit Testing Commands 267 20 6 Version Control Commands 269 Subversion Commands 269 Git Commands 270 Bazaar Commands 270 C V S Commands 271 Mercurial Commands 272 Perforce Commands 272 Version Control Command Map 273 20 7 Debugger Commands 274 Debugger Commands 274 Debugger Watch Commands 279 Call Stack View Commands 280 Exceptions Commands 280 Breakpoint View Commands 20 8 Script provided
41. 2nd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor 378 Key Binding Reference Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 7 C use lexer cpp Force syntax highlighting for C C source Ctrl 7 H use lexer html Force syntax highlighting for HTML Ctrl 7 M use lexer makefile Force syntax highlighting for make files Ctrl 7 N use lexer none Use no syntax highlighting Ctrl 7 P use lexer python Force syntax highlighting for Python source Ctrl 7 S use lexer sql Force syntax highlighting for SQL Ctrl 7 X use lexer xml Force syntax highlighting for XML files Ctrl 8 recent document Switches to previous document most recently visited in the current window or window set if in one window per editor windowing mode Ctrl 9 previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to
42. A self contained serverless zero configuration transactional SQL database engine Public domain 5 e Tulliana 1 0 An icon set by M Umut Pulat based on Nuvola created by David Vignoni LGPL v 2 1 1 e A few stock icons from the GTK GUI development framework LGPL v 2 1 1 Notes 424 License Information 1 The LGPL requires us to redistribute the source code for all libraries linked into Wing IDE All of these modules are readily available on the internet In some cases we may have modifications that have not yet been incorporated into the official versions if you wish to obtain a copy of our version of the sources of any of these modules please email us at info at wingware com 2 Docutils contains a few parts under other licenses BSD Python 2 1 Python 2 2 Python 2 3 and GPL See the COPYING txt file in the source distribution for details 3 The Python Software Foundation License version 2 is an OSI Approved Open Source license It consists of a stack of licenses that also include other licenses that apply to older parts of the Python code base All of these are included in the OSI Approved license PSF License BeOpen Python License CNRI Python License and CWI Python License The intellectual property rights for Python are managed by the Python Software Foundation 4 Not OSI Approved but similar to other OSI approved licenses The license grants anyone to use the software for any purpose including
43. Add on Commands Debugger Extensions Script Django Script Django Script Editor Extensions Script Emacs Extensions Script Pylintpanel Script Testapi Script Key Binding Reference 21 1 Wing IDE Personality 21 2 Emacs Personality 21 3 VI VIM Personality 21 4 Visual Studio Personality 21 5 OS X Personality 21 6 Eclipse Personality 21 7 Brief Personality License Information 22 1 Wing IDE Software License 22 2 Open Source License Information 280 280 280 281 282 282 286 286 287 287 287 301 319 346 361 374 404 417 417 424 Introduction Introduction Thanks for choosing Wingware s Wing IDE This manual will help you get started and serves as a reference for the entire feature set The manual is organized by major functional area of Wing IDE including customization project manager source code editor search replace features refactoring diff merge source code browser python shell OS commands tool unit testing debugger version control source code analysis PyLint integration ad scripting and extending Wing IDE Several appendices provide trouble shooting assistance document the key bindings amp command set provide pointers to resources and tips for Wing and Python users and list the full software license The rest of this chapter describes how to install and start using Wing IDE See also the quick start guide and tutorial 1 1 Product Levels This manual is for the Wing IDE Professional produc
44. Alt B diff merge b a 398 Key Binding Reference Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt N diff next Shift Alt N diff next Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same
45. Binding Reference Browse 2 initiate numeric modifier digit 2 V for following command style repeat numeric modifier Browse 3 initiate numeric modifier digit 3 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse 4 initiate numeric modifier digit 4 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse 5 initiate numeric modifier digit 5 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse 6 initiate numeric modifier digit 6 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse 7 initiate numeric modifier digit 7 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse 8 initiate numeric modifier digit 8 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse 9 initiate numeric modifier digit 9 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Browse repeat search char Repeat the last search_char operation optionally in the opposite direction Browse lt outdent next move Outdent lines spanned by next cursor move Browse indent to match next move Indent lines spanned by next cursor move to match based on the preceding line Browse gt indent next move Indent lines spanned by next cursor move Browse isearch backward regex Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Vie
46. Browse z Browse Minus cursor to bottom Scroll so cursor is centered at bottom of display Browse z Browse Plus cursor to top Scroll so cursor is centered at top of display Browse z Browse Return cursor to top Scroll so cursor is centered at top of display Browse z Browse Shift H scroll text right repeat 0 5 Scroll text right a column w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of columns or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Browse z Browse Shift L scroll text left repeat 0 5 Scroll text left a column w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of columns or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Browse z Browse Shift M fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Browse z Browse Shift O fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Browse z Browse Shift R fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Browse z Browse b cursor to bottom Scroll so cursor is centered at bottom of display Browse z Browse c fold collapse current Collapse the current fold point Browse z Browse h scroll text right Scroll text right a column w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of columns or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Browse z Browse scroll text left Scroll text left a column w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of columns or if gt
47. C U uncomment out region Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Ctrl C greater indent region Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl C less outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl C numbersign comment toggle Toggle commenting out of the selected lines The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block 307 Key Binding Reference uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Ctrl D forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one
48. Debug Process I O 12 10 1 External I O Consoles 12 10 2 Disabling Debug Process 1 O Multiplexing 12 11 Interactive Debug Probe 12 11 1 Managing Program State 12 11 2 Debug Probe Options 12 12 Debugging Multi threaded Code 12 13 Managing Exceptions Exception Reporting Mode Reporting Logged Exceptions Exception Type Filters 12 14 Running Without Debug Advanced Debugging Topics 13 1 Debugging Externally Launched Code 13 1 1 Importing the Debugger 13 1 2 Debug Server Configuration 84 84 84 85 85 85 87 87 88 89 89 90 91 92 93 93 94 95 95 96 97 97 98 98 99 100 100 101 101 101 101 103 13 1 3 Debugger API 13 1 4 Debugging Embedded Python Code 13 2 Remote Debugging 13 2 1 File Location Maps 13 2 1 1 File Location Map Examples 13 2 2 Remote Debugging Example 13 2 3 Installing the Debugger Core 13 3 Attaching and Detaching 13 3 1 Access Control 13 3 2 Detaching 13 3 3 Attaching 13 3 4 Identifying Foreign Processes 13 3 5 Constraints 13 4 OS X Debugging Notes System Provided Python MacPorts Python Debugging 32 bit Python on a 64 bit System 13 5 Debugger Limitations Integrated Version Control 14 1 Version Control Tool Panel 14 2 Common Version Control Operations 14 3 Bazaar 14 4 CVS 14 5 Git 14 6 Mercurial 14 7 Perforce 14 8 Subversion 14 9 Version Control Configuration 14 9 1 Configuring SSH 14 9 2 Configuring Subversion 14 9 3 Configuring CVS Source Code Analys
49. Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl Home start of document Move
50. Follow Selection checkbox enabled are opened in transient mode and will be automatically closed when hidden The maximum number of non visible transient files to keep open at any given time can be set with the Editor Advanced Maximum Non Sticky Editors preference Sticky Mode Files opened from the File menu from the keyboard file selector or by double clicking on items in the Project or Source Browser tools will be opened in sticky mode and are kept open until they are explicitly closed Locked Mode When multiple splits are visible a third mode is available where the file is locked into the editor In this case the editor split is not reused to display any newly opened or visited files unless no unlocked splits are present A file can be switched between these modes by clicking on the stick pin icon in the upper right of the editor area Right click on the stick pin icon to navigate to files that were recently visited in the associated editor or editor split Blue items in the menu were visited in transient state and black items were sticky Note that this differs from the Recent area in the File menu which lists only sticky file visits and includes visits for all editors and editor splits 41 Source Code Editor Transient files that are edited are also automatically converted to sticky mode 4 6 Auto completion Wing Personal and Professional display an auto completer in the editor and shells When the completer appe
51. Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift R batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift S save all Save all unsaved items prompting for names for any new items that don t have a filename already Ctrl Shift T find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift U case upper Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection to upper case Ctrl Shift U isearch backward Action varie
52. L introduce variable Introduce named variable set to the current selected expression or to the range in the active editor specified by pos_range The new_name argument is used as the default variable name if it is specified Alt Shift Left previous statement Select the previous statement Will ignore indented statements under the current statements unless ignore_indented is False Specify a count of more than 1 to go back multiple statements 376 Key Binding Reference Alt Shift M extract def Extract selected lines to a new function or method The new_name argument is used as the default for the name field if specified Alt Shift O show_preferences_gui prefname edit highlight occurrences Alt Shift R rename symbol Rename currently selected symbol The new_name argument is used as the default for the name field if specified Alt Shift Right next statement Select the next statement Will ignore indented statements under the current statements unless ignore_indented is False Specify a count of more than 1 to go forward multiple statements Alt Shift T show panel panel_type refactoring Show most recently visited panel instance of given type If no such panel exists add one to the primary window and show it Returns the panel view object or None if not shown Focus is shifted to panel if grab_focus is specified and is true if grab_focus is not specified it defaults to the value of flash The valid panel types are
53. Linux Installation Notes 1 12 2 Remote Display on Linux 1 12 3 Installing Extra Documentation 1 12 4 Source Code Installation 1 13 Removing Wing IDE 1 14 Command Line Usage Customization 2 1 Keyboard Personalities 2 1 1 Key Equivalents 2 1 2 Key Maps 2 1 3 Key Names o o o ON N O A A WW OO YD PD 10 11 12 12 12 12 14 14 15 16 18 2 2 User Interface Options 2 2 1 Display Style and Colors Color Configuration Add Color Palettes 2 2 2 Windowing Policies 2 2 3 User Interface Layout 2 2 4 Altering Text Display 2 3 Preferences 2 3 1 Preferences File Layers 2 3 2 Preferences File Format 2 4 Syntax Coloring Minor Adjustments Comprehensive Changes Automatic Color Adjustment 2 5 Perspectives 2 6 File Filters Project Manager 3 1 Creating a Project 3 2 Removing Files and Directories 3 3 Saving the Project 3 4 Sorting the View 3 5 Navigating to Files 3 5 1 Keyboard Navigation 3 6 Sharing Projects 3 7 Project wide Properties Environment Debug Options Extensions Testing 3 7 1 Environment Variable Expansion 3 8 Per file Properties 19 19 19 20 20 20 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 24 26 ai 27 28 28 29 29 30 30 31 32 32 33 34 34 35 35 File Attributes Editor Debug Execute Testing 3 9 Launch Configurations Shared Launch Configurations Working on Different Machines or OSes Source Code Editor 4 1 Syntax Colorization 4 2 Right click Editor Menu
54. Move to Next Tab Stop In Python files the defaults are as follows by keyboard personality e Normal Smart Tab e VI VIM Move to Next Tab Stop 57 Source Code Editor e Emacs Indent to Match e Brief Smart Tab e Visual Studio Move to Next Tab Stop e OS X Smart Tab Indent to Match This indents the current line or selected lines to position them at the computed indent level for their context in the file Move to Next Tab Stop This enters indentation characters matching the current file s style of indentation so that the caret reaches the next tab stop Indent Region This enters indentation characters matching the current file s style of indentation to increase the indentation of the current line or selected lines by one level Insert Tab Character This inserts a Tab character chr 9 into the file Smart Tab This option is available for Python files only It implements the following behavior for the tab key 1 When the caret is within a line or there is a non empty selection this performs Indent to Match When the line or lines are already at the matching position indentation is toggled between likely positions as follows a If a comment precedes the current line or selection then indentation will match the position of the prior non comment code line if any b If multiple nested blocks match an else elif except or finally then indentation will match the position of the enclosing bloc
55. Press the keys desired while focus is in the field Multi key sequences may be used if pressed within a few seconds of each other To replace an incorrect value wait briefly before retrying your binding To reset the value to blank no key binding select all text and press Backspace or Delete Raise OS Commands when executed This option causes the OS Commands tool to be shown whenever this command is executed When disabled the tool will not be brought to front Auto save files before execution Enable this to automatically save any unsaved changes in open files before the command is executed Use pseudo TTY This option is only available on Linux and OS X When set Wing runs the subprocess in a pseudo tty and tries to minimally emulate how the command would work in a shell Many of the ANSI escape sequences are not supported but the basics should work For some commands adding options can help it to work better in the OS Commands tool For example bash norc works better than bash if you have bash using colors and ipython colors NoColor works better than ipython alone Line mode This option is only available on Linux and OS X on Windows all I O will be done line by line When it is unchecked Wing will enter raw mode and send every keystroke to the subprocess rather than collecting input line by line Often but not always when a pseudo TTY is being used then line mode should be disabled Some experimentation may be req
56. Python HTML XML or gettext PO file In this case the file should be opened and the encoding comment changed Wing will save the file under the newly specified encoding Important Files saved under a different encoding without an encoding comment may not be readable by other editors because there is no way for them to determine the file s encoding if it differs from the system or disk default Wing stores the selected encoding in the project file but no mark is written in the file except for those encodings that naturally use a Byte Order Mark BOM such as utf_16_le utf_16 be utf_32_ le or utf_32 be Note that standard builds of CPython cannot read source files encoded in utf16 or utf82 Line Ending Style Specifies which type of line ending line feed carriage return or carriage return and line feed is used in the file When altered the file will be opened and changed in an editor The change does not take effect until the file is saved to disk Indent Style This property can be used in non Python files to change the type of indent entered into the file for newly added lines For Python files the only way to alter indentation in a file is with the Indentation manager Read only on Disk This property reflects whether or not the file is marked read only on disk Altering it will change the file s disk protections for the owner of the file on Posix group world permissions are never altered Editor These properties define
57. Python for example one that has been compiled with altered values for Py_TRACE_REFS or WITH_CYCLE GC or that has been altered in other ways you may need to recompile the debugger core module This is only possible with Wing IDE Professional as it requires access to the source code Please contact us for details 86 Debugger 12 6 Debugger Status The debugger status indicator in the lower left of editor Windows is used to display the state of the debugger Mousing over the bug icon shows expanded debugger status information in a tool tip The color of the bug icon summarizes the status of the debug process as follows e White There is no debug process but Wing is listening for a connection from an externally launched process e Gray There is no debug process and Wing is not allowing any external process to attach e Green The debug process is running e Yellow The debug process is paused or stopped at a breakpoint e Red The debug process is stopped at an exception The current debugger status is also appended to the Debugger status group in the IDE s Messages tool 12 7 Flow Control Once the debugger is running the following commands are available for controlling further execution of the debug program from Wing These are accessible from the tool bar and the Debug menu e At any time a freely running debug program can be paused with the Pause item in the Debug menu or with the pause tool bar button This
58. Reference Ctrl Shift Up previous scope Select the previous scope Specify a count of more than 1 to go backward multiple scopes If sibling _only is true move only to other scopes of the same parent Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift V duplicate line Duplicate the current line or lines Places the duplicate on the line following the selection if pos is below or before the selection if it is above Ctrl Shift W close all Close all documents in the current window or in all windows if in one window per editor windowing policy Leave currently visible documents or active window in one window per editor mode if omit_current is True Abandons changes rather than saving them when ignore_changes is True Close empty window and quit if all document windows closed when close_window is True Ctrl Shift X lower case Change
59. Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Secondary Icon Color Secondary color for icons Internal Name gui icon color secondary Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Tertiary Icon Color 151 Preferences Reference Tertiary color for icons Internal Name gui icon color tertiary Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Quaternary Icon Color Quaternary color for icons Internal Name gui icon color quaternary Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Quinary Icon Color Quinary color for icons Internal Name gui icon color quinary Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Senary Icon Color Senary color for icons Internal Name gui icon color senary Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None e Fonts Display Font Size The base font and size to use for the user interface s menus and labels Internal Name gui qt display font Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None Editor Font Size The base font and size to u
60. Visual Studio Ctrl Shift D OS X Command Y set mark command unit char Set start of text marking for selection at current cursor position Subsequently all cursor move operations will automatically extend the text selection until stop mark command is issued Unit defines what is selected can be one of char line or block rectangle Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl Space set register Set the register to use for subsequent cut copy paste operations Key Bindings VI VIM show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl space Eclipse Ctrl space Emacs Alt Tab Visual Studio Ctrl J OS X Ctrl space show selection Turn on display of the current text selection smart tab Implement smart handling of tab key The behavior varies by context as follows e In Non Python code always indents to the next indent stop e On a non blank line when cursor is at end or before a comment insert tab e On a where indent does not match the computed indent level move to the matching indent level e Otherwise decrease indent one level thus a non blank line toggles between matching position and one block higher start of document Move cursor to start of document Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Home Brief Ctrl Home VI VIM Ctrl Home Eclipse Ctrl Home Emacs Ctrl Home Visual Studio Ctrl Home OS X Command Up start of document extend Move cursor to start of docum
61. a debugger for C C code See also the collection of How Tos for tips of working with specific third party libraries and frameworks for Python 13 1 Debugging Externally Launched Code This section describes how to start debugging from a process that is not launched by Wing Examples of debug code that is launched externally include CGI scripts or web servlets running under a web server and embedded Python scripts running inside a larger application 13 1 1 Importing the Debugger The following step by step instructions can be used to start debugging in externally launched code that is running on the same machine as Wing IDE 1 Copy wingdbstub py from the Wing IDE installation directory into the same directory as your debug program 2 In some cases you will also need to copy the file wingdebugpw from your User Settings Directory into the same directory as wingdbstub py This is needed when running the debug process as a different user or in a way that prevents the debug process from reading the wingdebugpw file from within your User Settings Directory 3 At the point where you want debugging to begin insert the following source code import wingdbstub Depending on your code base you may need to be cautious about whether this statement is reached by multiple processes If 101 Advanced Debugging Topics this happens the first process will connect to Wing and the second one will fail to connect and continue running without deb
62. a Wing IDE installation on the same type of machine or 2 compile the debugger core from sources available for Wing IDE Professional only Copying from Wing IDE Installation When copying from an existing Wing IDE installation on another machine you will need to copy all of the following files and directories under the Wing IDE installation directory on OS X the Contents Resources directory within the app folder wingdbstub py bin wingdb py bin src debug tserver bin src zip debug tserver only Python 2 5 bin opensource schannel Python versions other than 2 5 bin opensource zip schannel only Python 2 5 Replace with each version Python you wish to debug under for example 2 5 You can omit the directories for the versions that you are not using The directories within zip files used only in Python 2 5 and later can either be copied by moving the entire zip file or by creating a subset that contains only the necessary directories Be sure to copy these directories from a Wing installation on the same type of host so that on Linux Unix you include so extension modules on Windows pyd extension modules and so forth Compiling from Source On machines for which there is no Wing IDE installer the debugger core can be installed from source code This is only available to Wing IDE Professional 111 Advanced Debugging Topics customers and requires signing a non disclosure agreement The comp
63. a debug process exists e Hits The number of times the breakpoint has been reached in the current debug run if any To visit the file and line number where a breakpoint is located double click on it in the list or select Show Breakpoint from the context menu obtained by right clicking on the surface of the Breakpoints tool Additional options are also available from this context menu Keyboard Modifiers for Breakpoint Margin Clicking on the breakpoint margin will toggle to insert a regular breakpoint or remove an existing breakpoint You can also shift click to insert a conditional breakpoint and control click to insert a breakpoint and set an ignore count for it When a breakpoint is already found on the line shift click will disable or enable it control click will set its ignore count and shift control click will set or edit the breakpoint conditional 12 5 Starting Debug There are several ways in which to start a debug session from within Wing 85 Debugger e Choose Start Continue from the Debug menu or push the Debug icon in the toolbar This will run the main debug file if one has been defined described in Setting a Main Debug File or otherwise the file open in the frontmost editor window Execution stops at the first breakpoint or exception or upon program completion e Choose Step Into from the Debug menu or push the Step Into icon in the toolbar This will run the main debug file if one has been defined or
64. a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to 311 Key Binding Reference new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Re
65. an icon to indicate if the file has been modified or added or removed has a conflict is locked or is not registered Unregistered files are omitted from the status view by default They can be shown by right clicking on the tool and selecting Show Unregistered The common operation Project Status can be used to run the status operation against all the files in the project This requires that files or directories managed by the selected version control system have alreadya been added to the project Log This operation displays a list of all the revisions with commit comments for the files that are in the scope of the command Add The add operation registers a file or directory to be added in the next commit Remove The remove operation requests that a file or directory be removed in the next commit Revert This operation will dispose of any local changes and revert the local files to match the current revision in the repository 119 Integrated Version Control 14 3 Bazaar Wing s Bazaar support requires the bzr command line executable to be installed separately from Wing Please see hittp bazaar vcs org for information about Bazaar The bzr executable may either be in your path or set it with the Bazaar executable preference in the Version Control Bazaar preferences group The Bazaar support defines the following commands in addition to those documented in Common Version Control Operations Please see the Bazaar d
66. any necessary PYTHONPATH for your debug process in Project Properties if not already defined in the environment Environment Conflicts If you set PYTHONHOME or PYTHONPATH environment variables these may cause the debug process to fail if they do not match the particular Python interpreter that Wing is launching You can either change the interpreter used so it matches or unset or alter these environment values from the outside or via Project Properties from the Project menu e PYTHONHOME is a problem in all cases when it doesn t match the Python interpreter reported in the Source menu s Show Python Environment dialog e PYTHONPATH is only a problem if it contains directories that are part of a Python installation When this doesn t match the interpreter version this leads to import errors because Python tries to import incompatible modules Corrupt Python Install All forms of the Python binary distribution TAR RPM and Windows installer are known to have problems when a newer version of Python is installed directly over an older one on disk In this case most Python programs will appear to work fine outside of Wing IDE but will not work within the Wing IDE debugger This occurs because the debug support code uses sockets and other functionality that is not necessarily exercised by your debug program outside of the Wing debugger If you try to run a debug session in Wing IDE and it fails you may be having this problem The followin
67. are evaluated in the context of the current debug stack frame so this feature is available only when the debug program has been paused or has stopped at a breakpoint or exception This also means that the value of the same typed expression may change as you move up and down the call stack in the main debugger window In cases where evaluating an expression results in changing the value of local or global variables your debug program will continue in that changed context Whenever a value is changed as a result of expression evaluation the updated value will be propagated into any visible debugger variable display areas because Wing IDE refetches all displayed data values after the evaluation of each expression However since you may not notice these changes caution is required to avoid undesired side effects in the debug process Note that breakpoints are never reached as a result of expression evaluation and any exceptions encountered are not reported If you need to debug an expression use the Debug Probe where exceptions will be reported 12 9 4 Problems Handling Values The Wing debugger tries to handle debug data as gently as possible to avoid entering into lengthy computations or triggering errors in the debug process while it is packaging debug data for transfer Even so not all debug data can be shown on the display This section describes each of the reasons why this may happen Wing may time out handling a value Large data v
68. as follows On 64 bit Ubuntu and Debian systems you need to first install the 32 bit compatibility libraries This is the ia32 libs package on Ubuntu Then install the 32 bit Wing with the command dpkg i force architecture force depends wingide5 5 0 9 1_ i386 deb The package contains what you need to run your debug process with 64 bit Python but Wing itself runs as a 32 bit application On CentOS 64 bit systems installing the libXtst i386 package with yum provides the necessary 32 bit support On Arch linux the necessary package is instead named lib32 glibc 1 12 2 Remote Display on Linux Wing for Linux can be displayed remotely by enabling X11 forwarding in ssh as described here In summary You need to send the X option to ssh when you connect from the machine where you want windows to display to the machine where Wing will be running and you need to add X11Forwarding yes to your ssh configuration usually in ssh config on the machine where Wing will be running Speeding up the Connection To improve performance in most cases you should leave off the C option for ssh even though it is often mentioned in instructions for setting up X11 forwarding The compression that is enabled with C is only useful over extremely slow connections and otherwise increases latency and reduces responsiveness of the GUI Another option to try is Y trusted X11 port forwarding instead of X untrusted X11 port forwarding as this may r
69. at its new location To start a move operation click on the symbol to be moved and then select Move Symbol from the Refactor menu or from the Refactor sub menu of the editor context menu right click Wing will search for all of the locations where the symbol is used and list them in the Refactoring tool To complete the operation enter the destination filename and or scope name and press the Move and Update Checked button Note that each found match for the symbol is displayed with a check box that can be deselected to omit that match from the rename operation Please refer to Find Points of Use for more information on how Wing finds symbols for refactoring operations After it completes the rename operation can be undone with the Revert button in the Refactoring tool 6 3 Extract Function Method The extract function method operation creates a new function or method from the currently selected lines It replaces the lines with a call to the new function or method passing in needed arguments and returning any values needed in the calling block of code To start an extract operation select the lines to be extract in the editor and then select Extract Function Method from the Refactor menu or from the Refactor sub menu of the editor context menu right click Wing will then display the Refactoring tool To complete the operation enter the name for the new function or method select the scope in which to define it and press the Ext
70. authorized_keys 4 Back on your client where you plan to run Wing type ssh add and enter your passphrase to get the SSH key loaded into ssh agent 5 Type ssh user hostname and you should be able to log into your server without being asked for a password To set up SSH on OS X You can set up SSH on OS X in the same way as on Linux Unix described above OS X automatically manages ssh keys so you will be prompted for access to the key chain as needed by the version control system 14 9 2 Configuring Subversion Installing Subversion On Windows Download from http subversion tigris org and add installation location to PATH environment variable from the Advanced tab of the System control panel On Linux Unix Install Subversion using the packages that came with your Linux Unix distribution or download from http subversion tigris org and build from sources Subversion with SSH 124 Integrated Version Control First time configuration Install and configure SSH as described earlier this also loads authentication information into the cache for the current session To check out a repository Type svn checkout svn ssh hostname path to repository If you re not sure what to check out try this first svn list svn ssh hostname Future sessions require On Windows double click on your private key file and enter your pass phrase or on Linux Unix run ssh add and enter your pass phrase Subversion with http https or f
71. auto completer so that snippets can still be used e Enforce PEP8 Style Spacing Wing will enforce PEP8 style spacing e Spaces in Argument Lists Wing will auto enter spaces in argument lists This option overrides PEP8 style enforcement in that context if it is enable Manage Blocks on Repeated Colon Presses In Python code Wing auto indents the current line enters the EOL character s and auto indents the new line after a new block start is typed and is pressed In order to allow for adjustment of indentation before continuing no EOL will be inserted after else elif except and finally if the indentation position for that statement is ambigious due to the presence of multiple potentially matching starting blocks In that case pressing repeatedly will toggle the indentation between the possible positions When this option is enabled and a new line was entered pressing a second time will remove the new line and indent the following line of code under the new block Pressing a third time will indent the next contiguous block of lines up to any blank line or line that belongs to an enclosing block Source Code Editor e Continue Comment or String on New Line Wing auto enters comment or string delimiters when Enter is pressed within the text of an existing comment or a string in the form or e Correct Out of Order Typing Wing corrects common typos in a way that can reduce typ
72. auto save can be useful for perspectives that should always start with a previously stored fixed state e Shared Perspective File This is used to specify where shared perspectives are stored on disk The default is a file perspectives in the User Settings Directory Auto Perspectives Auto perspectives can be used to automatically switch between the built in perspectives edit and debug when debugging is started and stopped When this is enabled Wing by default will show fewer tools when editing and most of the debugging tools only while debugging If the user alters which tools are shown from the defaults this will be remembered the next time debug is started or stopped Auto perspectives are off by default and can be turned on with the Automatic Perspectives attribute under the Debug tab in Project Properties Once this is enabled Wing will save the unnamed pre existing perspective as user and will display the appropriate perspective edit or debug with its default tool set Note that the perspectives edit and debug are not created until the first time debugging is started After that they appear in the Goto Perspective sub menu in the Tools menu and in the perspective manager Restoring Default Toolset In Wing IDE Pro the Tools menu item Restore Default Toolset will restore the tools appropriate for the current perspective If this is any of the built in perspectives edit debug or diff and the Automatic Perspectives preference is
73. by the IDE Internal Name debug passive listen Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Allowed Hosts Sets which hosts are allowed to connect to the debugger when it is listening for externally launched programs Internal Name debug passive hosts 185 Preferences Reference Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value 127 0 0 1 Server Host Determines the network interface on which the debugger listens for connections This can be a symbolic name an IP address or left unspecified to indicate that the debugger should listen on all valid network interfaces on the machine Note that when a debug session is launched from within the IDE with the Run button it always connects from the loopback interface 127 0 0 1 Internal Name debug network server Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None Server Port Determines the TCP IP port on which the IDE will listen for the connection from the debug process This needs to be unique for each developer working on a given host The debug process if launched from outside of the IDE needs to be told the value specified here using kWingHostPort inside wingdbstub py or by WINGDB_HOSTPORT environment variable before importing wingdbstub in the debug process Internal Name debug network port Data Specification from 0 to 65535 Default Value 50005 Location Map Defines a mapping between the remote and local locations
74. char Browse k previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char 331 Key Binding Reference Browse forward char wrap 0 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Browse m vi set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor using the next key press as the name of the bookmark Browse n isearch repeat Repeat the most recent isearch using same string and regex text Reverse direction when reverse is True Browse p paste register Paste text from register as before or after the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Browse q Multiple commands first available is executed e start kbd macro register None Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z under which to
75. clicked Disable the breakpoint at current click location break edit cond Edit condition for the breakpoint on current line break edit cond clicked Edit condition for the breakpoint at the current mouse click location break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line Key Binding Shift F9 break enable all Enable all breakpoints Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F9 Brief Ctrl Shift F9 VI VIM Ctrl Shift F9 Eclipse Ctrl Shift F9 Emacs Ctrl Shift F9 Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F9 break enable clicked Enable the breakpoint at current click location break enable toggle 274 Command Reference Toggle whether breakpoint on current line is enabled or disabled break ignore Ignore the breakpoint on current line for N iterations break ignore clicked Ignore the breakpoint at the current mouse click location for N iterations break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line Key Binding F9 break set clicked Set a new regular breakpoint at the current mouse click location break set cond Set a new conditional breakpoint on current line break set cond clicked Set a new conditionalbreakpoint at the current mouse click location break set temp Set a new temporary breakpoint on current line break set temp clicked Set a new temporary breakpoint at the current mouse click location break toggle Toggle breakpoint at current line creates new regular bp when one is created cle
76. code in the context of a debug program This acts on the current debug stack frame and is available only when the debug program is paused You may use many of Wing s source editor commands and key bindings within the Debug Probe and can use the up down arrow keys to traverse a history of recently typed commands Like the Python Shell the Debug Probe in Wing provides auto completion and integrates with the Source Assistant so that documentation and call signatures are readily available for functions and methods that are invoked here Goto definition works here as well This makes the Debug Probe particularly useful not just to find and understand bugs but also in crafting and trying out new code to fix the bug Even when no bugs are present the Debug Probe can be used to craft code quickly in the live context in which it is intended to work To do this set a breakpoint where you plan to place the code debug until you reach that breakpoint then work in the Debug Probe to design parts or all of your new code The auto completer and Source Assistant running in the live program context make navigation of unfamiliar or complex code quite easy and can greatly speed up the design and implementation of new features for existing code 96 Debugger Conditional breakpoints are a natural companion for the Debug Probe Setting a conditional breakpoint makes it easier to isolate one iteration or invocation out of many thus isolating either a pr
77. completion at the cursor replace any symbols that match the leading part of the completion and insert in other cases or replace any existing symbol with the new symbol 172 Preferences Reference Internal Name edit autocomplete mode Data Specification replace matching insert replace Default Value insert Case Insensitive Matching Controls whether matching in the completer is case sensitive or not The correct case is always used when a completion is chosen Internal Name edit autocomplete case insensitive Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Include Snippets in Completer Whether or not to include code snippets in the auto completer Internal Name edit snippets in autocompleter Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Python Turbo Mode Experimental When enabled the Python auto completer enters the completion automatically whenever a key other than a valid symbol name key is pressed When disabled only the configured completion keys enter the completion into the editor Internal Name edit autocomplete turbo mode Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Non Python Completion Controls whether or not use the completer in non Python files where it uses a simple word list generated from the existing contents of the file If enabled the number of characters required before the completer is shown may be specified here This value overrides an
78. controls whether or not Wing shows a warnings when the user enters indentation that does not match the form already within a file This is currently only possible in non Python files by altering the Indent Style attribute in File Properties 4 12 3 Indentation Policy The project manager also provides the ability to define the preferred indentation style overriding the preference defined style and to specify a policy for enforcing line endings on a per project basis This is accomplished with Preferred Line Ending and Line Ending Policy under the Options tab in Project Properties 56 Source Code Editor 4 12 4 Auto Indent The IDE ships with auto indent turned on This causes leading white space to be added to each newly created line as return or enter are pressed Enough white space is inserted to match the indentation level of the previous line possibly adding or removing a level of indentation if this is indicated by context in the source such as if while or return Note that if preference Auto indent is turned off auto indent does not occur until the tab key is pressed In Python code Wing also auto indents after typing a colon after else elif except and finally Indentation will go to the closest matching if or try statement f there are multiple possible matching statements the colon key can be pressed repeatedly to toggle through the possible positions for the line Similarly when Smart Tab is selected as the T
79. current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry Ctrl f forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Ctrl h backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Ctrl k kill line Kill rest of line from cursor to end of line and place it into the clipboard with any other contiguously removed lines End of line is removed only if there is nothing between the cursor and the end of the line Ctrl n next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Ctrl p previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Ctrl space show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position 369 Key Binding Reference Ctrl v forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl y paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clip
80. current selection to all lower case Ctrl Shift Y duplicate line above Duplicate the current line or lines above the selection Ctrl Shift Y upper case Change current selection to all upper case Ctrl Slash comment out region Comment out the selected region The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Each call adds a level of commenting Ctrl Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string 393 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start mov
81. cursor to start of document Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word 335 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl Page_Down next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open i
82. definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Alt Q fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Alt Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Alt Right visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt Slash show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Alt Tab show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Alt V backward page Move cursor backward one page Alt W copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Alt X command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Alt g goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Alt greater end of document Move cursor to end of document Alt less start of document Move cursor to start of document Alt percent query replace Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position Alt per
83. definition of the symbol or its type 9 2 Python Shell Options The Options menu in the Python Shell contains some settings that control how the Python Shell works e Wrap Lines causes the shell to wrap long output lines in the display e Filter history by entered prefix controls whether the history will be filtered by the string between the prompt an the cursor If history is filtered and a is entered at the prompt the up arrow will find the most recent history item starting with a e Evaluate Whole Lines causes Wing to round up the selection to the nearest line when evaluating selections making it easier to select the desired range e Auto restart when Evaluate File causes Wing to automatically restart the shell before evaluating a file so that each evaluation is made within a clean new environment OS Commands Tool Wing IDE Professional includes an OS Commands tool that can be used to execute and interact with external commands provided by the OS or by other software and to execute files outside of the debugger This is used for the Execute items in the Debug menu and Project context menu and to run any build command configured in Project Properties or Launch Configurations It can also be used for other purposes such as integrating external commands into Wing starting code that is debugged using wingdbstub and so forth Adding and Editing Commands Whenever a file is executed outside of the debugger or when a build command i
84. direction F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Insert Ctrl C vi ctrl c Insert Ctrl D outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Insert Ctrl H backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if
85. disclosure agreement Upon receipt of this agreement you will be provided with instructions for obtaining and working with the product source code 1 13 Removing Wing IDE Windows On Windows use the Add Remove Programs control panel select Wing IDE 5 and remove it Linux Unix To remove an RPM installation on Linux type rpm e wingide5d To remove an Debian package installation on Linux type dpkg r wingide5 To remove a tar archive installation on Linux Unix invoke the wing uninstall script in the Wing IDE installation directory This will automatically remove all files that appear not to have been changed since installation It will ask whether it should remove any files that appear to be changed Mac OS X To remove Wing from Mac OS X just drag its application folder to the trash 1 14 Command Line Usage Whenever you run wing5 0 from the command line you may specify a list of files to open These can be arbitrary text files and a project file For example the following will open project file myproject wpr and also the three source files mysource py README and Makefile Introduction wing5 0 mysource py README Makefile myproject wpr on Windows the executable is called wing exe Wing determines file type by extension so position of the project file name if any on the command line is not important A line number may be specified for the first file on the command line by appending lt line number gt to the file
86. document Ctrl X Bracketright end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl X Ctrl C quit Quit the application Ctrl X Ctrl F open from keyboard Open a file from disk using keyboard driven selection of the file Ctrl X Ctrl O open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Ctrl X Ctrl S save Save active document Also close it if close is True Ctrl X Ctrl T swap lines previous True Swap the line at start of current selection with the line that follows it or the preceding line if previous is True Ctrl X Ctrl W write file Write current file to a new location optionally omitting all but the lines in the given range The editor is changed to point to the new location when follow is True If follow is untitled then the editor is changed to point to the new location only if starting with an untitled buffer and saving the whole file Note that the editor contents will be truncated to the given start end lines when follow is True Ctrl X Ctrl X exchange point and mark When currently marking text this exchanges the current position and mark ends of the current selection 313 Key Binding Reference Ctrl X D recent doc
87. file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line 350 Key Binding Reference Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl G goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Ctrl H replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Ctrl l isearch forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl J show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Ctrl K Ctrl C comment out region Comment out the selected region The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block
88. fixing bugs in single threaded or multi threaded Python code It supports breakpoints stepping through code inspecting and changing stack or module data watch points expression evaluation and command shell style interaction with the paused debug process The debugger is built around a TCP IP client server design that supports launching your application not just from Wing itself but also externally as with CGI scripts or 81 Debugger code running in an embedded scripting facility within a larger application Remote host to host debugging is also provided Because the debugger core is written in optimized C debug overhead is relatively low however you should expect your programs to run about 50 slower within the debugger 12 1 Quick Start Wing IDE can be used to debug all sorts of Python code including scripts and stand alone applications written with wxPython Tkinter PyQt PyGTK and pygame Wing can also debug web CGls including those running under mod_python code running under Zope Plone Turbogears Django Paste Pylons Twisted and code running in an embedded Python interpreter This section describes how to debug stand alone scripts and applications that can be launched from within Wing IDE If you wish to debug web CGls within the web server web servlets or embedded Python scripts please refer to Debugging Externally Launched Code and for remote host to host debugging see Remote Debugging Before debuggin
89. follow is True Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl W write file and close filename Write current document to given location and close it Saves to current file name if the given filename is None Key Bindings VI VIM Shift Z Shift Z invokes write file and close filename None Dock Window Commands Commands for windows that contain dockable tool areas These are available for the currently active window if any display toolbox on left Display the tall toolbox on the right display toolbox on right Display the tall toolbox on the left enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen Key Binding Shift F2 exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Key Binding Shift F2 hide horizontal tools Hide the horizontal tool area hide toolbar Hide toolbars in all document windows hide vertical tools Hide the vertical tool area minimize horizontal tools 221 Command Reference Minimize the horizontal tool area Key Binding F1 minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area Key Binding F2 show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area Key Binding F1 show toolbar Show toolbars in all document windows show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area Key Binding F2 toggle horizontal tools Show or minimize the horizontal tool area togg
90. following command Visual 9 initiate numeric modifier digit 9 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual lt outdent lines Outdent selected number of lines from cursor position Set lines to None to indent all the lines in current selection Set levels to outdent more than one level at a time Visual gt indent lines Indent selected number of lines from cursor position Set lines to None to indent all the lines in current selection Set levels to indent more than one level at a time Visual Ctrl V enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Visual Ctrl exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode Visual Shift A enter insert mode pos after Enter editor insert mode Visual Shift I enter insert mode pos before Enter editor insert mode Visual Shift J join selection Join together all lines in given selection replace newlines with the given delimiter single space by default Visual Shift O exchange point and mark When currently marking text this exchanges the current position and mark ends of the current selection Visual Shift R enter insert mode pos delete lines Enter editor insert mode Visual Shift V enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Visual Shift Y move to register unit line Cut or co
91. for another line if it is not Ctrl Up and Ctrl Down will move the cursor up and down and Ctrl Return will insert a new line character at the cursor position To restart the Python Shell select Restart Shell from the Options menu in the top right of the tool This will terminate the external Python process and restart it clearing and resetting the state of the shell To save the contents of the shell use Save a Copy in the Options menu or right click context menu The right click context menu also provides items for copying and pasting text in the shell To preload some code into the Python Shell when it is started you can set the PYTHONSTARTUP environment variable as supported by the Python Shell outside of Wing IDE 75 OS Commands Tool 9 1 Python Shell Auto completion Wing s Python Shell includes auto completion which can be a powerful tool for quickly finding and investigating functionality at runtime for the purposes of code learning or in the process of crafting new code The Python Shell s completer is fueled by introspection of the runtime environment The Source Assistant will display details for the currently selected item in the auto completer within the Python Shell This provides quick access to the documentation and call signature of functions and methods that are being invoked Goto definition will also work in the Python Shell using a combination of live runtime state and static analysis to attempt to find the
92. forward or backward in the current source editor starting from the current cursor position The search takes place as you type and can be aborted with Esc or Ctrl G which returns the editor to its original cursor location and scroll position Searching is case insensitive unless you enter a capital letter as part of your search string To search repeatedly press Ctrl U or Ctrl S in emacs keyboard mode to search forward and Ctrl Shift U or Ctrl R in emacs mode to search in reverse The search direction can be changed any number of times and searching will wrap whenever the top or bottom of the file is reached You can also enter Ctrl U or Ctrl S in emacs mode or Ctrl Shift U or Ctrl R in emacs mode again initially while the search string is still blank in order to call up the most recently used search string and begin searching forward or backward with it Once the mini search entry area is visible Ctrl W will add the current word in the editor to the search string Pressing Ctrl W more than once while the mini search entry is visible adds additional words from the editor to the search string Selection Forward and Selection Backward These work like the above but start with the selection in the current source editor Regex Forward and Regex Backward These work like the above but treat the search string as a regular expression Query Replace and Regex Query Replace This prompts for search and replace strings in an entry area a
93. from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end
94. from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Ctrl Alt F search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt G goto bookmark Goto named bookmark Ctrl Alt K show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt M set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt T toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt V evaluate file in shell Run the contents of the editor within the Python Shell Ctrl Alt period replace string rege
95. functionality not found in Wing s internal emacs support layer add change log entry user_name None email None changelog None changed_file None func None other_window False new_entry False Add a change log entry Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl X 4 A Pylintpanel Script PyLint integration for Wing IDE pylint show docs Show the Wing IDE documentation section for the PyLint integration pylint execute Sshow_panel True Execute pylint for the current editor pylint package execute show_panel True Execute pylint on all files in the package to which the file in the current editor belongs pylint copy results Copies all results from the displayed pylint results list pylint configure 286 Key Binding Reference Show the pylint configuration file so it can be edited Testapi Script Tests for Wing s scripting API test api verbose 0 Test Wing s scripting API Key Binding Reference This chapter documents all the default key bindings found in the keyboard personalities provided by Wing set by the Personality preference Key bindings are listed alphabetically In some cases commands of the same name are provided by different implementations that are selected according to keyboard focus When multiple commands are defined for a single key binding the first available command in the list is invoked In this way a single binding can for example show or hide a tool panel Additional key bindings can be added as d
96. given delimiter single space by default Browse g Browse Shift P paste register pos 1 cursor 1 Paste text from register as before or after the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Browse g Browse Shift T previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Browse g Browse Shift U case upper next move Change case of text spanned by next cursor movement to upper case Browse g Browse T next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Browse g Browse beginning of screen line text Move to first non blank character at beginning of current wrapped line Browse g Browse d goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Browse g Browse e backward word gravity endm1 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one
97. history by entered prefix controls whether the history will be filtered by the string between the prompt an the cursor If history is filtered and a is entered at the prompt the up arrow will find the most recent history item starting with a e Save a Copy Save a copy of the shell to a disk file e Wrap Lines Toggle whether or not long lines are wrapped in the display Preference Raise Source from Tools can be used to determine whether source code windows will be raised when exceptions occur in the Debug Probe 97 Debugger 12 12 Debugging Multi threaded Code Wing s debugger can debug multi threaded code as well as single threaded code By default Wing will debug all threads and will stop all threads if a single thread stops If multiple threads are present in the debug process the Stack Data tool and in Wing Pro the Debug Probe and Watch tools will add a thread selector popup to the stack selector Even though Wing tries to stop all threads some may continue running if they do not enter any Python code In that case the thread selector will list the thread as running It also indicates which thread was the first one to stop When moving among threads in a multi threaded program the Show Position icon shown in the toolbar during debugging between the up down frame icons is a convenient way to return to the original thread and stopping position Whenever debugging threaded code please note that the debugger s actions
98. history to next visited editor position Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Right Brief Alt Right VI VIM Alt Right Eclipse Alt Right Emacs Alt Right Visual Studio Alt Right OS X Ctrl visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Left Brief Alt Left VI VIM Alt Left Eclipse Alt Left Emacs Alt Left Visual Studio Alt Left OS X Ctrl Comma Editor Visual Mode Commands Commands available only when the editor is in visual mode used for VI bindings and some others enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Key Bindings VI VIM Esc enter insert mode pos delete sel Enter editor insert mode Key Bindings VI VIM A invokes enter insert mode pos after enter visual mode unit char 231 Command Reference Alter type of editor visual mode or exit back to browse mode Unit should be one of char line or block exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode Key Binding Esc vi command by name Execute a VI command implements commands from VI Key Bindings VI VIM Active Editor Commands Commands that only apply to editors when they have the keyboard focus These commands are also available for the Python Shell Debug Probe and Debug I O tools which subclass the source editor although some of the commands are modified or disabled as appropriate in those contexts activate symbol option menu 1
99. how the file is displayed in the editor Show Whitespace This allows overriding the Show White Space preference on a per file basis Show EOL This allows overriding the Show EOL preference on a per file basis Show Indent Guides This allows overriding the Show Indent Guides preference on a per file basis Ignore Indent Errors Wing normally reports potentially serious indentation inconsistency in Python files This property can be used to disable this check on a per file basis it is also available in the warning dialog Ignore EOL Errors When the project s Line Ending Policy is set to warn about line ending mismatches this property can be used to disable warnings for a particular file 36 Project Manager Debug Execute This tab is used to select the environment used when debugging or executing the file and to set run arguments By default the project wide environment will be used with the specified run arguments Alternatively use the Environment property to select a different environment defined by a launch configuration Testing The testing tab contains a subset of the fields described in Project Wide Properties 3 9 Launch Configurations Most users of Wing IDE will use the project wide environment for debugging executing and testing code In some cases multiple environments are needed in the same project for example to run unit tests in different environments or to set a different environment f
100. if any replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl R Brief F6 Eclipse Ctrl R Emacs Ctrl 0 Visual Studio Ctrl R OS X Command R replace again Replace current selection with the search manager replace and search Replace current selection and search again Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl l Brief Shift F6 Eclipse Ctrl l OS X Command Ctrl R search Bring up the search manager in search mode Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt F3 Brief Alt F3 VI VIM Alt F3 Eclipse Alt F3 Emacs Alt F3 Visual Studio Alt F3 OS X Option F3 search again search_string direction 1 Search again using the search manager s current settings search backward search_string None Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Key Binding Shift F3 search forward search_string Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction Key Binding F3 search sel Search forward using current selection search sel backward Search backward using current selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F3 Brief Ctrl Shift F3 VI VIM Ctrl Shift F3 Eclipse Ctrl Shift F3 Emacs Ctrl Shift F3 Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F3 OS X Command Shift F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F3 Brief Ctrl F3 VI VIM Ctrl F3 Eclipse Ctrl F3 Emacs Ctrl F3 Visual Studio Ctrl F3 O
101. in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line scroll text right repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Scroll text right a column w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of columns or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Key Bindings VI VIM zh scroll text up repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt move_cursor True Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Up Brief 246 Command Reference Ctrl Shift Up VI VIM Ctrl Shift Up Eclipse Ctrl Shift Up Emacs Ctrl Shift Up Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Up scroll to cursor Scroll to current cursor position if not already visible scroll to end move_caret False Scroll to the end of the text in the editor Set move_caret to control whether the caret is moved Key Bindings OS X End scroll to start move_caret False Scroll to the top of the text in the editor Set move_caret to control whether the the caret is moved Key Bindings OS X Home search char dir 1 pos 0 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt single_line 0 Search for the given character Searches to right if dir gt 0 and to le
102. indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl A select all Select all text in the editor Ctrl Alt B search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Alt Comma query replace regex Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Alt D evaluate sel in debug probe Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Debug Probe tool When whole_lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When unspecified set to None the setting from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Ctrl Alt D selection add next occurence skip_ current True Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Ctrl Alt Down duplicate line Duplicate the current line or lines Places the duplicate on the line following the selection if pos is below or before the selection if it is above 379 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Alt Down goto next bookmark current_file_only True Go to the next bookma
103. indent style found in the majority of the file force indent style to mixed Force the indent style of the editor to mixed use of tabs and spaces regardless of the file contents force indent style to spaces only Force the indent style of the editor to use spaces only regardless of file contents force indent style to tabs only Force the indent style of the editor to use tabs only regardless of file contents goto column column lt numeric modifier default 0 gt Move cursor to given column Key Bindings VI VIM goto line lineno lt numeric modifier gt Position cursor at start of given line number Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl L Brief Alt G Eclipse Ctrl L Emacs Alt G Visual Studio Ctrl G OS X Commana L goto line select lineno lt numeric modifier gt Scroll to and select the given line number 252 Command Reference goto nth line lineno lt numeric modifier default 1 gt cursor start Position cursor at start of given line number 1 first 1 last This differs from goto line in that it never prompts for a line number but instead uses the previously entered numeric modifier or defaults to going to line one The cursor can be positioned at start end or fnb for first non blank character Key Bindings VI VIM g g invokes goto nth line cursor tnb goto nth line default end lineno lt numeric modifier default 0 gt cursor start Same as goto_nth_line but defaults to end
104. information 6 You cannot use pdb or other debuggers in code that you are running within the Wing debugger The two debuggers conflict because they attempt to use the same debugger hooks in the Python interpreter 7 If you override __import__ in your code you will break the debugger s ability to stop at breakpoints unless you call the original _ import__ as part of your code whenever a module is actually imported If you cannot call the original import__ for some reason it may be possible to instead use wingdbstub and then call wingdbstub debugger Notifylmport mod from your import handler where mod is the module that was just imported 8 If you set __ file in a module s name space to a value other than its original Wing will be unable to stop at breakpoints in the module and may fail to report exceptions to the IDE s user interface 115 Advanced Debugging Topics 9 If you use an extension module to call C C level stdio calls instead of using the Python level facilities the debug process will remain unresponsive to Wing IDE while waiting for keyboard input I O redirection to the Debug Probe in Wing Pro will fail and you may run into out of order character reads in some cases Details can be found in Debug Process I O 10 Using partial path names in module _ file attribute can in rare cases cause Wing to fail to stop on breakpoints and exceptions to fail to display source files or to confuse source files of the same nam
105. is enabled Wing skips over existing closing characters if they are typed anyway Wing also auto enters opening parentheses brackets and braces when an unmatched closing character is typed in Python code This operation is disabled selectively when working within strings comments and in other contexts where the auto edit is more likely to interfere than assist with editing For example quotes are not auto closed within strings most auto closing is disabled within single quoted strings auto closing is disabled if there is a matching unclosed character auto closing parentheses is disabled before a symbol and some operations are omitted while auto entering invocation arguments e Auto Enter Invocation Args Wing enters the default arguments for a function or method invocation The tab key or can be used to move among the arguments Argument entry ends when moving past the last argument or pressing at the last argument Unaltered default arguments are automatically removed when argument entry ends e Apply Quotes to Selection Wing will surround a non empty selection with quotes when the quote character is typed In Python code this will also convert the type of quote used in a string either single quote or double quote if the string is selected or the caret is in the triple quote area or one or more of the enclosing quotes is selected 46 Source Code Editor 47 e Apply Comment Key to Selection For single character co
106. is true the system wide value that prevents background applications from raising windows is cleared whenever Wing is running This means that other apps will also be able to raise windows without these restrictions while Wing is running Set the preference to false to avoid this but be prepared for windows to fail to raise in some instances Note If Wing is terminated abnormally or from the task manager the changed value will persist until the user logs out Internal Name gui set win32 foreground lock timeout Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 gui show feedback dialog Whether feedback dialog is shown to user on quit Internal Name gui show feedback dialog Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 gui startup show wingtips Controls whether or not the Wing Tips tool is shown automatically at startup of the IDE Internal Name gui startup show wingtips Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 gui use system qt Use the system provided Qt library requires Qt4 4 8 or later Wing comes with its own private copy of the Qt libraries for which it is built and tested Use the system 202 Preferences Reference Qt option to better integrate with the gnome or other desktop environment however on some systems this may result in random crashing or other bugs resulting from binary incompatibilities in library versions This preference may be overridden on the command lin
107. line numbers Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Show Whitespace Set to true to show whitespace with visible characters by default Internal Name edit show whitespace Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Show EOL Set to true to show end of line with visible characters by default Internal Name edit show eol 163 Preferences Reference Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Split Reuse Policy Policy for reusing splits in editors when new files are opened Either always open in current split reuse already visible editor falling back on current split reuse already visible editor falling back on adjacent split or always open in an adjacent split This only has an effect when more than one editor split is visible Internal Name gui split reuse policy Data Specification current reuse adjacent reuse current adjacent Default Value current Strip Trailing White Space Controls whether to automatically strip trailing white space in the editor May be enabled for any file or only files that are part of the current project Internal Name main auto rstrip on save Data Specification tuple length 2 of disabled on save project on save lt type str gt Default Value disabled Block Comment Style Style of commenting to use when commenting out blocks of Python code Internal Name gui block comment style Data Specification indented pep8 in
108. may alter the order and duration that threads are run This is a result of the small added overhead which may influence timing and the fact that the debugger communicates with the IDE through a TCP IP connection Selecting Threads to Debug Currently the only way to avoid stopping all threads in the debugger is to launch your debug process from outside Wing import wingdbstub and use the debugger API s SetDebugThreads call to specify which threads to debug All other threads will be entirely ignored This is documented in Debugging Externally Launched Code and the API is described in Debugger API An example of this can be seen in the file DebugHttpServer py that ships with Wing s support for Zope and Plone To see this unpack the WingDBG archive found inside the zope directory in your Wing installation Note however that specifying a subset of threads to debug may cause problems in some cases For example if a non debugged thread starts running and does not return control to any other threads then Wing s debugger will cease to respond to the IDE and the connection to the debug process will eventually be closed This is unavoidable as there is no way to preemptively force the debug enabled threads to run again 12 13 Managing Exceptions By default Wing s debugger stops at exceptions when they would be printed by the Python interpreter or when they are logged with logging exception Wing will also stop on all AssertionError excepti
109. may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may 384 Key Binding Reference be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl M Multiple commands first available is executed enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Ctrl M execute kbd macro Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise
110. name for example README 100 will position the cursor at the start of the README file The following valid options may be specified anywhere on the command line prefs file Add the file name following this argument to the list of preferences files that are opened by the IDE These files are opened after the system wide and default user preferences files so values in them override those given in other preferences files new By default Wing will reuse an existing running instance of Wing IDE to open files specified on the command line This option turns off this behavior and forces creation of a new instance of Wing IDE Note that a new instance is always created if no files are given on the command line reuse Force Wing to reuse an existing running instance of Wing IDE even if there are no file names given on the command line This just brings Wing to the front system qt Posix only This option causes Wing to try to use the system wide install of Qt rather than its own version of Qt Running in this mode will cause Wing to pick up on system wide theme defaults but may result in crashing or display problems due to incompatibilities in Qt and related libraries private qt Posix only This option causes Wing to use its private install of Qt rather than any system provided Qt verbose Posix only This option causes Wing to print verbose error reporting output to stderr On Windows run console_wing exe inst
111. not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl parenright batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl underscore undo Undo last action Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry Esc X command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed F1 Multiple commands first available is executed e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack 315 Key Binding Reference F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the
112. not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor 339 Key Binding Reference Insert Ctrl J new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Insert Ctrl M new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Insert Ctrl N next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Insert Ctrl O enter browse mode provisional True Enter editor browse mode Insert Ctrl P previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Insert Ctrl Q start select block Turn on auto select block mode Insert Ctrl T indent region Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Insert Ctrl U delete to start of line Delete everything between the cursor and start of line Insert Ctrl V vi ctrl v Insert Ctrl W backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor In
113. of file if no lineno is given Key Bindings VI VIM Shift G invokes goto nth line default end cursor fnb goto percent line percent lt numeric modifier default 0 gt cursor start Position cursor at start of line at given percent in file This uses the previously entered numeric modifier or defaults to going to line one The cursor can be positioned at start end or fnb for first non blank character or in VI mode it will do brace matching operation to reflect how VI overrides this command Key Bindings VI VIM invokes goto percent line cursor fnb hide all whitespace Turn off all special marks for displaying white space and end of line hide eol Turn off special marks for displaying end of line chars hide indent guides Turn off special marks for displaying indent level hide whitespace Turn off special marks for displaying white space indent lines lines None levels lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Indent selected number of lines from cursor position Set lines to None to indent all the lines in current selection Set levels to indent more than one level at a time Key Bindings VI VIM gt Eclipse Ctrl invokes indent lines lines 1 indent next move num lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Indent lines spanned by next cursor move Key Bindings VI VIM gt indent region sel None Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selecti
114. of files for host to host debugging For each IP address a remote and local prefix is given This should be used when full paths of files on the remote host do not match those for the same files on the local host Wing assumes an external file server or synchronization protocol is in use and does not itself transfer the files Internal Name debug location map Data Specification dict keys lt ip4 address gt values None or list of tuple length Default Value 127 0 0 1 None Kill Externally Launched Enable or disable the terminating debug processes that were launched from outside of the IDE When disabled Wing just detaches from the process leaving it running Internal Name debug enable kill external 186 Preferences Reference Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Common Attach Hosts List of host port combinations that should be included by default in the attach request list shown with Attach to Process in the Debug menu in addition to those that are registered at runtime These are used primarily with externally launched debug processes since Wing automatically shows IDE launched processes for attach when appropriate This value corresponds with kAttachPort configured in wingdbstub py or by WINGDB_ATTACHPORT environment variable before importing wingdbstub in the debug process Internal Name debug attach defaults Data Specification tuple of tuple length 2 of lt type str gt
115. one instance shall not waive such term or condition or any subsequent breach thereof 17 OUTSIDE THE U S If you are located outside the U S then the provisions of this Section shall apply Les parties aux pr sentes confirment leur volont que cette convention de m me que tous les documents y compris tout avis qui s y rattache soient redig s en langue anglaise translation The parties confirm that this EULA and all related documentation is and will be in the English language You are responsible for complying with any local laws in your jurisdiction which might impact your right to import export or use the Software Product and you represent that you have complied with any regulations or registration procedures required by applicable law to make this license enforceable 18 TRADEMARKS The following are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wingware Wingware the feather logo Wing IDE Wing IDE 101 Wing IDE Personal Wing IDE Professional Wing IDE Enterprise Wing Debugger and The Intelligent Development Environment for Python Programmers 19 CONTACT INFORMATION 423 License Information If you have any questions about this EULA or if you want to contact Wingware for any reason please direct all correspondence to Wingware P O Box 400527 Cambridge MA 02140 0006 United States of America or send email to info at wingware com 22 2 Open Source License Information Wing IDE incorporates the following open sour
116. open gui Open a file from disk prompting with file selection dialog if necessary Ctrl P print view Print active editor document Ctrl Page_Down next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size 352 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Q quit Quit the application Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft
117. or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line 325 Key Binding Reference Browse Ctrl 4 nth document Move to the nth document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Browse Ctrl h backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Browse Esc clear move command Clear any pending move command action as for VI mode Browse F search char dir 1 single_line 1 Search for the given character Searches to right if dir gt O and to left if dir lt 0 Optionally place cursor pos characters to left or right of the target e g use 1 to place one to left If repeat gt 1 the Nth match is found Set single_line 1 to search only within the current line Browse G Browse Shift l enter insert mode pos sol Enter editor insert mode Browse Grave vi goto bookmark Goto bookmark using single character name defined by the next pressed key Browse enter insert mode pos before Enter editor insert mode Browse Insert enter insert mode pos before Enter editor insert mode Browse Minus previous line in file cursor fnb Move to previous line in file repositioning character within line start at start end at end or fnb for firs
118. or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 6 initiate repeat 7 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 7 initiate repeat 8 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 8 initiate repeat 9 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 9 internal profile start Start internal profiling Profile information is collected for Wing IDE s internals until internal_profile_stop is executed internal profile stop Stop internal profiling after earlier internal_profile_start command The profile can be found in the error log file or submitted to Wingware as part of the error log included with a bug report from the Help menu new blank file filename Create a new blank file on disk open it in an editor and add it to the current project new directory filename Create a new directory on disk and add it to the current project new document window Create a new document window with same documents and panels as in the current document window if any otherwise empty with default panels Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl X 5 2 OS X Shift F4 new file ext py 212 Command Reference Create a new file Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl N Eclipse Ctrl N Visual Studio Ctrl N OS X
119. or step through code 4 There are several cases where Wing may fail to stop at breakpoints or exceptions or may fail to find source files corresponding with breakpoints or exception points All of these are caused by storage of incorrect file names in pyc files e Moving pyc files on disk after they are generated invalidates the file name stored in the file if it is a partial relative path This happens if your PYTHONPATH or sys path contains partial relative path names e A similar problem may result from use of compileall py and some other utilities that don t record a correct filename in the pyc file e f you run the same code twice using different paths to the same working directory as is possible on Linux Unix with symbolic links the file names left in pyc may contain a mix of each of these paths If the symbolic link that was used is subsequently removed some of the file names become invalid The fix for all of these problems is to remove the pyc files and let Python regenerate them from the corresponding py files with the correct file name information Hint You can open pyc files in most text editors to inspect the stored file names 5 For code that spends much of its time in C C without calling Python at all for example as in a GUI main loop the debugger may not reliably stop at breakpoints added during a run session and may not respond to Pause requests See section Debugging Non Python Mainloops for more
120. otherwise the file open in the frontmost editor window Execution stops at the first line of code e Choose Debug Current File from the Debug menu or Debug Selected from the right click popup menu on the Project tool to run a specific file regardless of whether a main debug file has been specified for your project This will stop on the first breakpoint or exception or upon program completion e Choose Run to Cursor from the Debug menu or toolbar This will run the main debug file if one has been defined or otherwise the file open in the frontmost editor window Execution continues until it reaches the line selected in the current source text window until a breakpoint or exception is encountered or until program completion e Use Debug Recent in the Debug menu to select a recently debugged file This will stop on the first breakpoint or exception or upon program completion e Use one of the key bindings given in the Debug menu Additional options exist for initiating a debug session from outside of Wing and for attaching to an already running process These are described in sections Debugging Externally Launched Code and Attaching respectively Once a debug process has been started the status indicator in the lower left of the window should change from white or grey to another color as described in Debugger Status Note Non Standard Python Interpreters If you are attempting to run your debug process against a non standard version of
121. p4 executable is set up properly Perforce defines the following commands in addition to those documented in Common Version Control Operations Edit Prepare the files for editing and make any editor the file is opened in writable Note that revert on an unmodified file that s opened for editing will release the file from edit status 14 8 Subversion Wing s Subversion support requires the svn command line executable to be installed separately from Wing Please see http subversion tigris org for information about Subversion The svn executable may either be in your path or set it with the SVN executable preference in the Version Control SVN preferences group The Subversion support works best if usernames and passwords are handled by another program such as ssh agent pageant or another ssh agent For details on this see Setting up SSH Using SSH is preferred because there is no safe way to interact with the svn executable to pass it a username and password The username and password command line arguments can be used but will expose the password to anyone on the system who can list process command lines If there is no alternative these 122 Integrated Version Control can be specified in the Extra global arguments preference in the Version Control SVN preferences group Subversion defines the following commands in addition to those documented in Common Version Control Operations Revert This operation will d
122. placed on the clipboard Key Bindings Visual Studio Shift Delete delete line repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete the current line or lines when the selection spans multiple lines or given repeat is gt 1 Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift C Eclipse Ctrl Shift C delete line insert repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete the current line or lines when the selection spans multiple lines or given repeat is gt 1 Enters insert mode when working with modal key bindings Key Bindings VI VIM Shift S delete next move repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete the text covered by the next cursor move command Key Bindings VI VIM d delete next move insert repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete the text covered by the next cursor move command and then enter insert mode when working in a modal editor key binding Key Bindings VI VIM c delete range start_line end_line register None Delete given range of lines copying them into given register or currently selected default register if register is None delete to end of line repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt post_offset 0 Delete everything between the cursor and end of line Key Bindings VI VIM Shift D invokes delete to end of line post_offset 1 delete to end of line insert repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete everything between the cursor and end of line and enter insert move when working
123. possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F7 stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Shift Home beginning of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search
124. properties are stored in the main project file may be set by modifying the wpr file with a text editor and setting the proj shared attribute names attribute to a list of attribute names to add or remove from the default set Each entry in this list is an attribute name preceded by to move a shared attribute to the non shared file or to move a non shared attribute to the shared file This specification is applied to the default set of shared attributes in order to determine which attributes to share in this project 30 Project Manager The following example would move the commands defined in the OS Commands tool into the user specific file and would share the Python Executable and Python defined in Project Properties in the wpr file proj shared attribute names console toolbox tproj pyexec pror pyLRatTAL Note that sharing the Python Executable and Python Path works only if the value are valid on all the machines where the project is used This can be easier to achieve if the values use environment variable references such as WING PROJECT_DIR a b c for a path entry The default set of shared attributes is proj shared attribute names DieOuje Cusce rorya site proj 2 ILS Lanse proj file type proj main file proj home dir testing test file list testing auto test file specs testing test framework debug named entry points Pronk raunen debug launch configs console toolbox Note that only n
125. provided entry area An entry in the form var without a value will remove the given variable so it is undefined The popup selector is used to choose the environment to modify Either the startup environment seen when Wing IDE was first started or the Project defined environment When Use 37 Project Manager project values or Use inherited environment is chosen any entered values are ignored and the selected environment is used without changes Build Command This command will be executed before launching a subprocess with this launch configurations This is useful to make sure that C C extension modules are built for example in conjunction with an external Makefile or distutils script before execution is started The build is configured through and takes place in the OS Commands tool Python Executable When the Custom radio button is checked and the entered field is non blank this can be used to set the full path to the Python executable that should be used when debugging source code in this project When Use default is selected Wing uses the project configuration Python Path The PYTHONPATH is used by Python to locate modules that are imported at runtime with the import statement By default this uses the project setting When the Use default checkbox selected the inherited PYTHONPATH environment variable is used Otherwise when Custom is selected the specified PYTHONPATTH is used Python Options This is used to s
126. register a is used by default Ctrl Minus fold collapse current Collapse the current fold point Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl N new file Create a new file Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl O find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Ctrl O open gui Open a file from disk prompting with file selection dialog if necessary Ctrl P print view Print active editor document Ctrl Page_Down next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Down next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window 385 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically
127. replace from the cursor position Alt period replace string Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Ctrl comment block toggle Toggle block comment with at start on the selected lines in editor This is a different style of block commenting than Wing implements by default the default in Wing is intended to work better with some of the other editor functionality Ctrl 0 next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the
128. require On Windows double click on your private key file and enter your pass phrase or on Linux Unix run ssh add and enter your pass phrase Using CVS with pserver 125 Source Code Analysis CVS s pserver authentication mechanism is obsolete but it is still used for anonymous CVS access in some places such as on sourceforge net If you are working with a pserver repository that requires a password then you will need to issue cvs login once from the command line before starting Wing Source Code Analysis Wing s auto completer source assistant source index menu goto definition capability find uses refactoring and other features all rely on a central engine that reads and analyzes your source code in the background as you add files to your project or alter your code in the source code editor This engine can also load and inspect extension modules used by your code can make use of live runtime state when available in a debug process or in the integrated Python Shell and can read user provided interface description files 15 1 How Analysis Works In analysing your source Wing will use the Python interpreter and PYTHONPATH that you have specified in your Project Properties If you have indicated a main debug file for your project the values from that file s properties are used otherwise the project wide values are used Whenever any of these values changes Wing will re analyze some or all of your source code You can view th
129. selected number of lines from cursor position Set lines to None to indent all the lines in current selection Set levels to indent more than one level at a time Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry F1 Multiple commands first available is executed e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area minimize horizontal tools Mi
130. start kbd macro Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl parenright stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Ctrl space show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor 356 Key Binding Reference Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry F1 Multiple commands first available is executed e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area e minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F10 step over statement Step over current statement F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F11 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e show vertical tools Show th
131. style guide e Private Constructs intended to be private to a module or class These are names that have two leading underscores such as __ConstructNameList or __id_seed Python enforces local only access to these constructs in class methods See the Python documentation for details e Inherited Constructs inherited from a super class e Imported Constructs imported into a module with an import statement 8 2 2 Filtering Construct Type Constructs in the source code browser window can also be shown or hidden on the basis of their basic type within the language 73 Source Code Browser e Classes Classes defined in Python source e Methods Methods defined within classes e Attributes Attributes aka instance variables of a class Note that these can be either class wide or per instance depending on whether they are defined within the class scope or only within methods of the class e Functions Non object functions defined in Python source usually at the top level of a module or withing another function or method e Variables Variables defined anywhere in a module class function or method This does not include function or method parameters which are not shown in the source browser 8 3 Sorting the Browser Display In all the display views the ordering of constructs within a module or class can be controlled from the Options popup menu in the browser e Alphabetically Displays all entries
132. tests 34 Project Manager 3 7 1 Environment Variable Expansion Any string value for a property may contain environment variable references using the name or name notation These will be replaced with the value of the environment variable when used by the IDE If the environment variable is not set the reference will be replaced by an empty string The system environment as modified by the project wide or per file environment property if defined is used to expand variable references Special Environment Variables The following special variable names are defined by Wing IDE for use in the name or name form e WING FILENAME full path of current file e WING FILENAME_DIR full path of the directory containing the current file e WING LINENO current line number in the current file e WING SCOPE x y z formatted name of the current scope in the current file if Python e WING PROJECT full path of current project including the project file name e WING PROJECT_DIR full path of the directory containing the current project e WING PROJECT_HOME full path of the Project Home directory as set in Project Properties by default this is the same as WING PROJECT_DIR e WING SELECTION the text selected on the current editor if any These may evaluate to an empty string when there is no current file name 3 8 Per file Properties Per file properties can be set by right clicking on a source file and selecti
133. text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Browse g Browse q Browse q fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Browse g Browse r replace char line_mode extend Replace num characters with given character Set line_mode to multiline to allow replacing across lines extend to replace on current line and then extend the line length and restrict to replace only if enough characters exist on current line after cursor position Browse g Browse u case lower next move Change case of text spanned by next cursor movement to lower case Browse g Browse v previous select Turn on auto select using previous mode and selection Browse g Browse case swap next move Change case of text spanned by next cursor movement so each letter is the opposite of its current case Browse h backward char wrap 0 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Browse j next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank
134. the file and may be used to navigate within the top level scope or within sub scopes when they exist When editor tabs are hidden by clicking on the options drop down in the top right of the editor area the left most of these menus lists the currently open files by name You can use the Goto Definition menu item in the editor context menu to click on a construct in your source and zoom to its point of definition Alternatively place the cursor or selection on a symbol and use the Goto Selected Symbol Defn item in the Source menu or its keyboard equivalent Control Click and Command Click on OS X also jumps to the point of definition To visit all points of use of a symbol right click on it and select Find Points of Use or use the item of the same name in the Source menu The points of use are shown in the Uses tool Clicking on items in the list visits that use Alt Clicking on a symbol also displays points of use When moving around source the history buttons in the top left of the editor area can be used to move forward and backward through visited files and locations within a file in a manner similar to the forward and back buttons in a web browser Other commonly used ways to navigate to files that are open include the Window menu which lists all open files the Open Files tool which also supports defining named file sets the Recent sub menu in the File menu Open From Project in the File menu which finds project files quickly by
135. the lines with the result Filters the whole file by default Filters nothing and opens up a scratch buffer with the output of the command if start_line and end_line are both 1 filter selection cmd Filter the current selection through an external command and replace the lines with the result Key Bindings VI VIM form feed Place a form feed character at the current cursor position forward char wrap 1 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one character Key Binding Right forward char extend wrap 1 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Key Binding Shift Right forward char extend rect wrap 1 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Alt Right Brief Shift Alt Right VI VIM Shift Alt Right Eclipse Shift Alt Right Emacs Shift Alt Right Visual Studio Shift Alt Right OS X Ctrl Option Right forward delete char repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete one character in front of the cursor Key Binding Delete forward delete char insert repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete one char in front of the cursor and enter insert mode when working in modal key bindings Key Bindings VI VIM s forward delete char within line repeat lt numeric modifier default 1
136. the host where Wing IDE is running 11 Then restart Wing and try running your program on the debug host You should see the Wing IDE debugger status icon change to indicate that a debug process has attached If you have problems making this work try setting kLogFile variable in wingdbstub py for log additional diagnostic information 107 Advanced Debugging Topics 13 2 1 File Location Maps In cases where the full path to your source is not the same on both machines you also need to set up a mapping that tells Wing where it can find your source files on each machine This is done with the Location Map preference which lists corresponding local and remote directory locations for each remote host s dotted quad IP address Each host IP address in the location map is paired with one or more remote_prefix local_ prefix tuples The remote file prefix will be a full path on the debug server s file system The local file prefix is usually the full path of a local directory though it may also be a file url The best way to understand this is to look at the Location Map Examples When running Wing IDE on Windows XP UNC formatted file names such as machine path to file may be used On other Windows systems you must map remote drives to a drive letter such as F In cases where setting up a persistent drive mapping is a problem use a cmd exe script with a net use command to map the drive on demand Note that making symbolic li
137. the selected lines in editor This is a different style of block commenting than Wing implements by default the default in Wing is intended to work better with some of the other editor functionality Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift C surround char Surround selected text with lt gt or Arg char should be the opening character copy reference include_text True Copy filename lineno scope optionally followed by the current line or selected lines to the clipboard The scope is omitted if there isn t one or in a non Python file 285 Command Reference open clicked filename from editor Not documented toggle vertical split If editor is split unsplit it and show the vertical tools panel Otherwise hide the vertical tools and split the editor left right Assumes default windowing policy combined toolbox amp editor windows Thanks to Jonathan March for this script convert to crlf lineends app Convert the current editor to use CR LF style line endings fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt 3 Brief Alt 3 VI VIM Alt 3 Eclipse Alt 3 Emacs Alt 3 Visual Studio Alt 3 OS X Command toggle toolbox separate Toggle between moving the toolboxes to a separate window and the default single window mode Emacs Extensions Script This file contains scripts that add emacs like
138. to compute a documentation URL whenever possible These point to http docs Python org but can be redirected to another server with the Source Analysis gt Advanced gt Python Docs URL Prefix preference To access locally stored documentation a local http server must be used because bookmark references do not work with file URLs 4 7 3 Working with Runtime Type Information When working in the editor auto completer project view or source browser the Source Assistant is fueled by Wing s Python source code analysis engine Because of Python s dynamic nature Wing cannot always determine the types of all values but presents as much information as it can glean from the source code When a debug process is active or when working in the Python Shell Wing also extracts relevant information from the live runtime state Since this yields complete and correct type information even for code that Wing s static analysis engine cannot understand it is often useful to run to a breakpoint before designing new code that is intended to work in that context For more hints on helping Wing understand your source code see Source Code Analysis and Helping Wing Analyze Code 4 7 4 Source Assistant Options There are several options available to control docstring rendering These accessed by right clicking on the Source Assistant Use PEP 287 docstrings By default Wing tries to render docstrings by treating them as PEP 287 reStructuredText Docst
139. to edit the following registry location HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE Classes Applications wing exe shell open command The problem is that the association stored there is missing quotes around the 1 argument It should instead read as follows C Program Files Wing IDE bin wing exe 1 Copy Paste Fails on Windows Webroot Secure Anywhere v8 0 4 66 blocks Wing IDE and Python s access to the clipboard by default so Copy Paste will not work The solution is to remove Wing IDE and Python from the list of applications that Webroot is denying access to the clipboard Failure to Find Python Wing scans for Python at startup and may sometimes report that it could not be found even if it is on your machine 147 Trouble shooting Guide If this happens all the time point Python Executable in Project Properties accessed from the Project menu to your Python interpreter python python2 7 python exe etc Wing remembers this and the message should go away even with new projects If this happens only intermittently it may be caused by high load on your machine Try restarting Wing after load goes down In some cases anti virus software causes this during periods of intensive scanning Failure to Detect HTTP Proxy and Connect to wingware com Wing will try to open an http connection to wingware com when you activate a license check for product updates or submit feedback or a bug report If you are running in an envir
140. to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Alt Return new line Plac
141. to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode 399 Key Binding Reference Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Down next line extend Move
142. to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size 409 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl R initiate repe
143. under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Brief F7 VI VIM q invokes start kbd macro register None Eclipse Ctrl Emacs Ctrl X Visual Studio Ctrl OS X Commana stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Brief Shift F7 VI VIM q Eclipse Ctrl Emacs Ctrl X Visual Studio Ctrl OS X Command toggle auto editing Toggle the global auto editing switch When enabled the editor performs the auto edits that have been selected in the Editor gt Auto Editing preferences group toggle line wrapping 256 Command Reference Toggles line wrapping preference for all editors toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Key Bindings Wing IDE Insert Brief Insert VI VIM Insert Eclipse Insert Emacs Insert Visual Studio Insert uncomment out region one_level True Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Eclipse Ctrl Emacs Ctrl C U Visual Studio Ctrl K Ctrl U OS X Command uncomment out toggle style None Remove commenting from the selected lines if any This command is not available if the lines are not commented out use lexer ada Force syntax highlighting Ada source use lexer apache conf Force syntax highlighting for Apache configuration file fo
144. user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise register a is used by default Command Minus fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Command N new file Create a new file Command O open gui Open a file from disk prompting with file selection dialog if necessary Command Option F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Command Option F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Command P print view Print active editor document Command Plus fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Command Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Command Q quit Quit the application Command Question show document Show the given documentation section Command Quotedbl uncomment out region Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Command R replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Command Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Command Right end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the
145. uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Each call adds a level of commenting Ctrl K Ctrl F fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Ctrl K Ctrl K toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default Ctrl K Ctrl N goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl K Ctrl O open from keyboard Open a file from disk using keyboard driven selection of the file Ctrl K Ctrl P goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl K Ctrl S switch document Switches to named document Name may either be the complete name or the last path component of a path name Ctrl K Ctrl T comment toggle Toggle commenting out of the selected lines The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a 351 Key Binding Reference block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style pr
146. which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl S save Save active document Also close it if close is True Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines 336 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift F batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current te
147. will stop at the current point of execution of the debug program e At any time during a debug session the Stop Debugging menu item or toolbar item can be used to force termination of the debug program This option is disabled by default if the current process was launched outside of Wing It may be enabled for all local processes by using the Kill Externally Launched preference When stopped on a given line of code execution can be controlled as follows from the Debug menu Step Over Instruction will step over a single instruction in Python This may not leave the current line if it contains something like a list comprehension or single line for loop Step Over Statement will step over the current statement even if if soans more than one line or contains a looping construct like a list comprehension Step Over Block will step over or finish the current block of code such as a for loop conditional function or method 87 Debugger Step Into will attempt to step into the next executed function on the current line of code If there is no function or method to step into this command acts like Step Over Instruction Step Out will complete execution of the current function or method and stop on the first instruction encountered after returning from the current function or method Continue will continue execution until the next breakpoint exception or program termination Run To Cursor will run to the location of the cursor in t
148. window set if in one window per editor windowing mode Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 8 Eclipse Ctrl 8 Emacs Ctrl X D Visual Studio Ctrl 8 OS X Commanda 8 reload scripts Force reload of all scripts from all configured script directories This is usually only needed when adding a new script file Existing scripts are automatically reloaded when they change on disk remove bookmark mark Remove the given named bookmark remove bookmark current Remove bookmark at current line if any This command is only available if there is a bookmark on the line rename current file filename Rename current file moving the file on disk if it exists 214 Command Reference restart wing Restart the application restore default tools Hide remove all tools and restore to original default state save close False force False Save active document Also close it if close is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl S Brief Alt W VI VIM Ctrl S Eclipse Ctrl S Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl S Visual Studio Ctrl S OS X Command S save all close_window False Save all unsaved items prompting for names for any new items that don t have a filename already Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift S Visual Studio Ctrl Shift S save as Save active document to a new file Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift S Eclipse Ctrl Shift S OS X Commana Shift S scratch document title Scratch mime_type text plain Create a new scrat
149. windows without changing from the default windowing policy This is described below 2 2 3 User Interface Layout When working in the default windowing policy Wing s main user interface area consists of two toolboxes by default at bottom and right and an area for source editors and integrated help Clicking on an already active toolbox tab will cause Wing to minimize the entire panel so that only the toolbox tabs are visible Clicking again will return the toolbox to its former size The F1 and F2 keys toggle between these modes The command Maximize Editor Area in the Tools menu Shift F2 can also be used to quickly hide both tool areas and toolbar In other windowing modes the toolboxes and editor area are presented in separate windows but share many of the configuration options described below Configuring the Toolbar 20 Customization Wing s toolbar can be configured by altering the size and style of the toolbar icons in the toolbar and whether or not text is shown in addition to or instead of icons This is controlled with the Toolbar Icon Size and Toolbar Icon Style preferences Alternatively the toolbar can be hidden completely with the Show Toolbar preference Configuring the Editor Area The options drop down menu in the top right of the editor area allows for splitting and joining the editor into multiple independent panels These can be arranged horizontally vertically or any combination thereof When multiple s
150. 4 3 Navigating Source 4 4 File status and read only files 4 5 Transient Sticky and Locked Editors 4 6 Auto completion 4 7 Source Assistant 4 7 1 Docstring Type and Validity 4 7 2 Python Documentation Links 4 7 3 Working with Runtime Type Information 4 7 4 Source Assistant Options 4 8 Auto editing 4 9 Bookmarks 4 10 File Sets Binding File Sets to Keys Shared File Sets 4 11 Code Snippets User Interface Contexts Key Bindings Execution and Data Entry Auto completion Snippet Syntax Indentation and Line Endings 35 36 37 37 37 38 38 39 39 40 40 41 41 42 44 44 45 45 45 46 48 49 49 50 50 50 51 51 51 52 52 53 Cursor Placement Snippet Directory Layout File Types Contexts Configuration Commands Scripting Snippets 4 12 Indentation 4 12 1 How Indent Style is Determined 4 12 2 Indentation Preferences 4 12 3 Indentation Policy 4 12 4 Auto Indent 4 12 5 The Tab Key 4 12 6 Checking Indentation 4 12 7 Changing Block Indentation 4 12 8 Indentation Manager 4 13 Folding 4 14 Brace Matching 4 15 Support for files in zip or egg files 4 16 Keyboard Macros 4 17 Notes on Copy Paste Smart Copy 4 18 Auto reloading Changed Files 4 19 Auto save Search Replace 5 1 Toolbar Quick Search 5 2 Keyboard driven Mini Search Replace 5 3 Search Tool 5 4 Search in Files Tool 5 4 1 Replace in Multiple Files 5 5 Find Points of Use 5 6 Wildcard Search Syntax 54 54 54 54 54 54 5
151. 5 55 55 55 56 57 57 59 59 59 60 61 61 62 62 62 63 63 63 63 64 65 66 66 67 68 Refactoring 6 1 Rename Symbol 6 2 Move Symbol 6 3 Extract Function Method 6 4 Introduce Variable Diff Merge Tool Diff Merge Options Source Code Browser 8 1 Display Choices 8 1 1 Browse Project Modules 8 1 2 Browsing Project Classes 8 1 3 Viewing Current Module 8 2 Display Filters 8 2 1 Filtering Scope and Source 8 2 2 Filtering Construct Type 8 3 Sorting the Browser Display 8 4 Navigating the Views 8 5 Browser Keyboard Navigation Interactive Python Shell 9 1 Python Shell Auto completion 9 2 Python Shell Options OS Commands Tool 10 1 OS Command Properties Unit Testing 11 1 Project Test Files 11 2 Running Tests 11 3 Running unittest Tests From the Command Line Debugger 12 1 Quick Start 12 2 Specifying Main Entry Point 12 2 1 Named Entry Points 12 3 Debug Properties 68 68 69 69 70 70 71 71 72 72 73 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 75 76 76 76 77 79 80 80 81 81 82 83 83 84 12 4 Setting Breakpoints Breakpoint Types Breakpoint Attributes Breakpoints Tool Keyboard Modifiers for Breakpoint Margin 12 5 Starting Debug 12 6 Debugger Status 12 7 Flow Control 12 8 Viewing the Stack 12 9 Viewing Debug Data 12 9 1 Stack Data View 12 9 1 1 Popup Menu Options 12 9 1 2 Filtering Value Display 12 9 2 Watching Values 12 9 3 Evaluating Expressions 12 9 4 Problems Handling Values 12 10
152. 500000 Shared File Sets Repository Selects the file to use for storing and retrieving shared named files sets By default when value is None the file filesets in the user settings directory is used Internal Name main fileset shared file Data Specification one of lt type NoneType gt lt type str gt Default Value None Key Map File Defines location of the keymap override file Use None for default according to configured editor personality See the Wing IDE Manual for details on building your keymap override file in general this is used only in development or debugging keymaps use the keymap override preference instead for better tracking across Wing versions Internal Name gui keymap Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None Projects Auto reopen Last Project Controls whether most recent project is reopened at startup in the absence of any other project on the command line Internal Name main auto reopen last project Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Close Files with Project 157 Preferences Reference Controls whether any files open in an editor are also closed when a project file is closed Internal Name proj close also windows Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Show New Project Dialog Whether to show New Project dialog when creating projects When this is disabled a blank project is created and can be configured an
153. 6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl G search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction Ctrl H replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Ctrl l replace and search Replace current selection and search again Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl J fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Ctrl K open from keyboard Open a file from disk using keyboard driven selection of the file Ctrl L goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclo
154. Command Reference show panel bookmarks flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel browser flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug breakpoints flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug data flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug exceptions flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug io flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug modules flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug probe flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug stack flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel debug watch flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel diff flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel help flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel indent flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel interactive search flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel messages flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel open files flash True grab_focus None 217 Command Reference Not documented show panel os command flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel project flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel python shell flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel refactoring flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel snippets flash Tru
155. Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position 416 License Information Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line sam
156. Commands Move backward one word Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position 343 Key Binding Reference Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositionin
157. Ctrl Alt period replace string regex Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl B isearch sel forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately 349 Key Binding Reference Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selectio
158. Diagnostic Output 18 2 Speeding up Wing Wing should present a responsive snappy user interface even on relatively slow hardware In some cases Wing may appear sluggish With New Projects the first time you set up a project file Wing analyzes all source files for the source code browser and auto completion facilities During this time the browser s class oriented views will display only the source constructs from files of which analysis information has already been obtained The user interface may also appear to be sluggish and Wing will consume substantial amounts of CPU time To avoid this in subsequent sessions Wing stores its source analysis information to disk in a cache within your User Settings Directory On a multi core virtual machine where Wing runs slowly you may be able to improve performance by setting the processor affinity for Wing This is done with schedtool a 0x1 e wing5 0 on Linux the schedtool package needs to be installed if not already present and with START AFFINITY 01 Wing IDE C Program Files Wing IDE 5 0 bin wing exe on Windows Although Wing runs on only one core this technique has been reported to improve performance On OS X Mavericks certain graphics drivers have a bug that substantially slows down Wing IDE because the OS is incorrectly detecting Wing IDE as inactive Turning off App Nap has no effect on this although the bug may be associated with that feature The work around is to put the c
159. E One of Immediately Request Reload to ask via a dialog box upon detection Request Reload on Edit to ask if the file is edited further or Never Reload to ignore external changes although you will always be warned if you try to save over an externally changed file Internal Name cache changed reload policy Data Specification never reload request reload edit reload Default Value request reload Check Hash before Reloading Don t reload files if size has not changed and a hash of the contents matches the hash when it was last read This check is skipped if file is larger than 5 MB Internal Name cache check hash before reload Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e External Display File Display Commands Posix only The commands used to display or edit local disk files selected from the Help menu or project files selected for external display This is a map from mime type to a list of display commands each display command is tried in order of the list until one works The mime type can be used to set a generic viewer such as a web browser Use s to place the file name on the command lines If unspecified then Wing will use the configured URL viewer in the environment specified by BROWSER environment variable or by searching the path for common browsers On Windows the default viewer for the file type is used instead so this preference is ignored On OS X files are opened with open by default so
160. F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints Ctrl Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints Ctrl Shift G find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Ctrl Shift G search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Ctrl Shift H batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position 389 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift l debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Star
161. I O tool when it receives output Internal Name debug auto show debug io Data Specification False True first Default Value 1 debug default python exec Sets the default Python Executable to use for debugging and source code analysis This can be overridden on a project by project basis in Project Properties Internal Name debug default python exec Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None debug filter shell history Enable to filter shell history traversal when something is entered prior to starting traversal When enabled Wing will only show history items starting with the text between the start of the current item and the caret Internal Name debug filter shell history Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False main launch shared file Selects the file to use for storing and retrieving shared launch configurations By default the file launch in the user settings directory is used Internal Name main launch shared file Data Specification one of lt type NoneType gt lt type str gt Default Value None debug shell auto restart before eval Auto restart the Python Shell before a file is evaluated within it When this is disabled be aware that previously defined symbols will linger in the Python Shell environment Internal Name debug shell auto restart before eval 206 Preferences Reference Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 debug s
162. IF WINGWARE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES IN ANY CASE WINGWARE S AND ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS ENTIRE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF THIS EULA SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE LESSER OF THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT OR THE PRODUCT LIST PRICE PROVIDED HOWEVER THAT IF YOU HAVE ENTERED INTO AN WINGWARE SUPPORT SERVICES AGREEMENT WINGWARE S ENTIRE LIABILITY REGARDING SUPPORT SERVICES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE TERMS OF THAT AGREEMENT 14 HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES The Software Product is not fault tolerant and is not designed manufactured or intended for use or resale as on line control equipment in hazardous environments requiring fail safe performance such as in the operation of nuclear facilities aircraft navigation or communication systems air traffic control direct life support machines or weapons systems in which the failure of the Software Product or any software tool process or service that was developed using the Software Product could lead directly to death personal injury or severe physical or environmental damage High Risk Activities Accordingly Wingware and its suppliers and licensors specifically disclaim any express or implied warranty of fitness for High Risk Activities You agree that Wingware and its suppliers and licensors will not be liable for any claims or damages arising from the use of the Software Product or any software tool process or service that was de
163. ITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL NEIL HODGSON BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE Python Imaging Library Copyright We are required by the license terms for Scintilla to include the following copyright notice in this documentation The Python Imaging Library PIL is Copyright 12 1997 2011 by Secret Labs AB Copyright 12 1995 2011 by Fredrik Lundh By obtaining using and or copying this software and or its associated documentation that you have read understood and will comply with the following terms and conditio Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its associated docu any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright noti all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in documentation and that the name of Secret Labs AB or the author not be used in adver publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific written prior SECRET LABS AB AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS IN NO EVENT SHALL SECRET LABS AB OI BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES O
164. Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position Ctrl Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Ctrl Right forward word delimiters _ amp j2 lt gt trn Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend delimiters _ amp 5 lt gt trn Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend delimiters _ 8 amp 1 lt gt trn Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indica
165. Log This is used to turn on very verbose and detailed logging from the Python Shell internals Only recommended when debugging the Python Shell Internal Name debug very verbose shell log Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Source Analysis Analyze in Background Whether Wing should try to analyze python source in the background Internal Name pysource analyze in background Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Introspect Live Runtime 190 Preferences Reference Set to introspect live Python runtimes for information displayed in autocompletion the Source Assistant and debug data value tooltips Runtimes introspected include the Python Shell and live debug processes stopped at an exception or breakpoint Internal Name debug introspect in shells Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Typing Suspend Timeout Number of seconds between last key press and when analysis is re enabled if analysis is to be suspended while typing occurs If lt 0 analysis is not suspended Internal Name edit suspend analysis timeout Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 3 Max Cache Size MB The maximum size of the disk cache in megabytes Internal Name pysource max disk cache size Data Specification from 100 to 10000 Default Value 500 Max Memory Buffers The maximum of analysis info buffers that can be in memory at once f
166. Modal Commands Commands available only when the editor is in non modal editing mode exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode Key Binding Esc start select block Turn on auto select block mode Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Ctrl F8 Brief Shift Ctrl F8 VI VIM Shift Ctrl F8 Eclipse Shift Ctrl F8 Emacs Shift Ctrl F8 Visual Studio Shift Ctrl F8 OS X Shift Command F8 amp start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Key Binding Shift F8 start select line 229 Command Reference Turn on auto select mode line by line Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F8 Brief Ctrl F8 VI VIM Ctrl F8 Eclipse Ctrl F8 Emacs Ctrl F8 Visual Studio Ctrl F8 OS X Commanda F8 amp Editor Panel Commands Commands that control splitting up an editor panel These are available when one split in the editor panel has the keyboard focus split horizontally new 0 Split current view horizontally Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W v Emacs Ctrl X 3 split horizontally open file filename Split current view horizontally and open selected file split vertically new 0 Split current view vertically Create new editor in new view when new 1 Key Bindings Brief F3 VI VIM Ctrl W s Emacs Ctrl X 2 split vertically open file filename Split current view vertically and open selected file unsplit action current Unsplit all editors so there s only one Action specifies how to choose the r
167. R ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVEI FROM LOSS OF USE DATA OR PROFITS WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT NEGLIGENCE OR OT ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE 426
168. Right visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Alt comma query replace Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position Alt period replace string Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor 347 Key Binding Reference Ctrl 0 next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 editor Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 7 C use lexer cpp Force syntax highlighting for C C source Ctrl 7 H use lexer html Force syntax highlighting for HTML Ctr
169. S X Commana F3 266 Command Reference Search Manager Instance Commands Commands for a particular search manager instance These are only available when the search manager has they keyboard focus clear Clear selected text copy Copy selected text Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Insert Brief Ctrl Insert VI VIM Ctrl Insert Eclipse Ctrl Insert Emacs Ctrl Insert Visual Studio Ctrl Insert OS X Commana C cut Cut selected text Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Delete Brief Shift Delete VI VIM Shift Delete Eclipse Shift Delete Emacs Shift Delete Visual Studio Shift Delete OS X Commanda xX forward tab Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string Key Binding Ctrl T paste Paste text from clipboard Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Insert Brief Shift Insert VI VIM Shift Insert Eclipse Shift Insert Emacs Shift Insert Visual Studio Shift Insert OS X Ctrl y 20 5 Unit Testing Commands Unit Testing Commands Globally available commands defined for the unit testing manager These commands are available regardless of whether a testing manager is visible or has keyboard focus abort tests Abort any running tests add testing file add_current False Add a file to the set of unit tests Adds the current editor file if add_current True Otherwise asks the user to select a file add testing files locs None Add a file or files to the set of unit te
170. Search Commands Move forward one word Browse Shift F search char dir 1 single_line 1 Search for the given character Searches to right if dir gt 0 and to left if dir lt 0 Optionally place cursor pos characters to left or right of the target e g use 1 to place one to left If repeat gt 1 the Nth match is found Set single_line 1 to search only within the current line Browse Shift G goto nth line default end cursor fnb Same as goto_nth_line but defaults to end of file if no lineno is given Browse Shift H cursor move to top Move cursor to top of display without scrolling optionally at an offset of given number of lines below top Browse Shift l enter insert mode pos fnb Enter editor insert mode Browse Shift J join lines Join together specified number of lines after current line replace newlines with the given delimiter single space by default Browse Shift L cursor move to bottom Move cursor to bottom of display without scrolling optionally at an offset of given number of lines before bottom Browse Shift M cursor move to center Move cursor to center of display without scrolling Browse Shift N isearch repeat reverse 1 Repeat the most recent isearch using same string and regex text Reverse direction when reverse is True Browse Shift O enter insert mode pos new above Enter editor insert mode Browse Shift P paste register pos 1 Paste text from register as before or afte
171. Shift Right paste Paste from clipboard Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Insert Brief Shift Insert VI VIM Shift Insert Eclipse Shift Insert Emacs Shift Insert Visual Studio Shift Insert OS X Ctrl y Search Manager Commands Globally available commands defined for the search manager These commands are available regardless of whether a search manager is visible or has keyboard focus batch replace look_in None use_selection True Display search and replace in files tool Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift R VI VIM Ctrl Shift G Eclipse Ctrl Shift R Emacs Ctrl Visual Studio Ctrl Shift R OS X Commana Shift R batch search look_in None use_selection True search_text None Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F VI VIM Ctrl Shift F Eclipse Ctrl Shift F Emacs Ctrl Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F OS X Command Shift F batch search backward Move to the previous found match in the Search in Files tool 265 Command Reference batch search forward Move to the next found match in the Search in Files tool batch search pause Pause the currently running batch search
172. Source Code Editor Project Properties are by default not stored in the shared project file so those may vary on each development machine if desired A common example in configuring Python Path is to replace a full path like Users myname src project src with WING PROJECT_DIR src this assumes you store the project in Users myname src project In general working of the project s location is a good approach to maintaining some independence from differences on different development machines and OSes To make file paths work across OSes use forward slashes instead of back slashes The character sequence can be used to move up a directory on all OSes as for example in WING PROJECT_DIR libs src Source Code Editor Wing IDE s source code editor is designed to make it easier to adopt the IDE even if you are used to other editors Note Key things to know about the editor e The editor has personalities that emulate other commonly used editors such as Visual Studio VI Vim Emacs and Brief e Context appropriate auto completion goto definition and code index menus are available when working in Python code e The editor supports a wide variety of file types for syntax colorization e Key mappings and many other behaviors are configurable e The editor supports folding for some file types 4 1 Syntax Colorization The editor will attempt to colorize documents according to their MIME type which is determined by the file ex
173. Stop on Exceptions Failure to stop on exceptions is most commonly caused by the same factors that can cause failure to stop on breakpoints The rest of this section covers additional possible causes of failure to stop on exceptions By default Wing only stops on exceptions for which a traceback is printed when the code is run outside of the debugger If your code runs within a catch all try except clause written in Python as in some GUI main loops or in an environment like Zope Wing may not report all exceptions encountered in your debug process In some cases altering the Exception Reporting preference will work In others it may suffice to set a breakpoint in the top level exception handler An alternative is to recode your app by adding the following code to catch all exception handlers import os sys if WINGDB_ACTIVE in os environ sys excepthook sys exc_info The above only works with the default exception handling configuration If you are not using the When Printed exception handling mode as set by the Report Exceptions preference then the above will not cause the debugger to stop In that case the following variant can be used instead import os No handler when running in Wing s debugger if WINGDB_ACTIVE in os environ dosomething Handle unexpected exceptions gracefully at other times else ery dosomething EXGEIOIE 8 handler here Note that environments such as wxPython PyGTK a
174. The following compatibility notes may be useful to users of earlier versions of Wing IDE e File Sets from Wing IDE 4 are now called File Filters File Sets in Wing 5 are a new feature for creating named sets of files e Auto editing is on by default except for auto entering spaces and block management with the colon key e Preferences and some menus have been reorganized e File Properties have changed to make use of Launch Configurations OS Commands has been redesigned to use Named Entry Points and Launch Configurations e The Python Shell now starts with current directory set according to the project or main debug file configuration e A few key bindings have changed Introduction e Accelerators may have changed from Wing 4 and are no longer available on OS X because Qt follows Mac user interface guidelines except when the Display Style preference is used to select non native display e More project data is stored in the shared branch of two file projects such as Python Path and OS Commands settings e Support for Python lt 2 5 has been dropped e New projects created with Wing Pro are always shared two file projects Only the wpr file should be checked into revision control e For other compatibility details see the Changes sections of the Change Log on the downloads page 1 11 1 Migrating from older versions of Wing Moving to Wing IDE 5 from earlier versions should be easy The first time you start Wing IDE 5 it will aut
175. Visual Studio Ctrl Alt Comma range replace search_string replace_string confirm range_limit match_limit regex Initiate incremental mini search query replace within the given selection This is similar to query_replace but allows some additional options confirm True to confirm each replace range_limit None to replace between current selection start and end of document 1 to limit operation to current selection or to current line if selection is empty start end to limit operation to within given selection range or first last to limit operating withing given range of lines l first match_limit None to replace any number of matches or limit of number of replaces When set to 1 plus a number limits to that number of matches per line rather than as a whole regex Treat search string as a regular expression repeat replace repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Repeat the last query replace or range replace operation on the current line The first match is replaced without confirmation Key Bindings VI VIM amp replace char line_mode multiline num lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Replace num characters with given character Set line_mode to multiline to allow replacing across lines extend to replace on current line and then extend the line length and restrict to replace only if enough characters exist on current line after cursor position Key Bindings VI VIM r invokes replace char
176. WINGWARE PYTHON IDE THE INTELLIGENT DEVELOPMENT ENVIRONMENT for PYTHON PROGRAMMERS Wing IDE Reference Manual Wingware the feather logo Wing IDE Wing IDE 101 Wing IDE Personal Wing IDE Professional and The Intelligent Development Environment are trademarks or registered trademarks of Wingware in the United States and other countries Disclaimers The information contained in this document is subject to change without notice Wingware shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained in this document nor for incidental or consequential damages resulting from furnishing performance or use of this material Hardware and software products mentioned herein are named for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of their respective owners Copyright c 1999 2014 by Wingware All rights reserved Wingware PROnes oxen 00 527 Cambridge MA 02140 0006 United States of America Contents Wing IDE Reference Manual Introduction 1 1 Product Levels 1 2 Licenses 1 3 Supported Platforms 1 4 Supported Python versions 1 5 Technical Support 1 6 Prerequisites for Installation 1 7 Installing Wing IDE 1 8 Running Wing IDE 1 9 Installing your License 1 10 User Settings Directory 1 11 Upgrading Compatibility Notes 1 11 1 Migrating from older versions of Wing Licensing Converting Projects Changes in Wing 5 1 11 2 Fixing a Failed Upgrade 1 12 Installation Details and Options 1 12 1
177. Wing runs with native look and feel for each OS It is possible to override this using Display Style preference The options include using the native style using a selected style for example Windows while running on OS X or using a style where foreground and background color can be selected Color Configuration The colors used in the user interface are selected with the Color Palette preference This affects editor background color and the color of markers on text such as the selection debug run marker caret line highlight bookmarks diff merge annotations and other configurable colors Palettes also define 20 additional colors that appear in preferences menus that are used for selecting colors The defaults set by the color palette preference can be overridden on a value by value basis in preferences For example the Text Selection Color preference is used to change the text selection color to a value other than the one specified in the selected color palette Each such preference allows selection of a color from the current color palette or selection of any color from a color chooser dialog To set also the background color of areas other than the editor first select a Color Palette and then set the Display Style preference to Match Palette The foreground and background colors for the GUI will be set by the current color palette The colors used for syntax highlighting code in the editor are configured separately as described in S
178. Wing will search for Python in usr local and usr on Linux and OS X or in the registry on Windows To use Wing with virtualenv just set this property to the Python executable provided by virtualenv An easy way to get the full path to use here is to type the following in the Python that you wish to use import sys print sys executable This can also be typed into the IDLE that is associated with the Python installation Python Path The PYTHONPATH is used by Python to locate modules that are imported at runtime with the import statement When the Use default checkbox in this area is checked the inherited PYTHONPATH environment variable is used for debug sessions Otherwise when Custom is selected the specified PYTHONPATH is used Environment This is used to specify values that should be added modified or removed from the environment that is inherited by debug processes started from Wing IDE and is used to expand environment variable references used in other properties Each entry is in var value form and must be specified one per line in the provided entry area An entry in the form var without a value will remove the given variable so it is undefined Note that you are operating on the environment inherited by the IDE when it started and not modifying an empty environment When the Use inherited environment choice is set any entered values are ignored and the inherited environment is used without changes Debug The following pr
179. Ye MEENE aeae This example removes a key equivalent entirely NCcwel C Ceel C s Nome These can be combined to changes the key binding for a command without retaining its default key binding Gitar Cam Catal Chea Ome tril G debug continue Wing always retains only the last key binding for a given key combination This example binds Ctrl X to quit and no other command HCE AIE eD S EOP Were oonkin If multiple commands are specified separated by commas Wing executes the first command that is available For example the following will either restart the debug process whether or not one is currently running Ctrl X debug restart debug continue Command arguments can be specified as part of the binding Any unspecified arguments that do not have a default will be collected from the user in a dialog or in the data entry area at the bottom of the IDE window Ctrl X P show panel panel_type debug probe If Keyboard Personality is set to VI Vim modifiers corresponding to the editor modes restrict availability of the binding to only that mode Walsall Cinieil 8 Vere 17 Customization 2 1 3 Key Names Key modifiers supported by Wing IDE for key bindings are e Ctrl Either Control key e Shift Either Shift key This modifier is ignored with some key names as indicated below e Alt Either Alt key Not recommended for general use since these bindings tend to conflict with
180. ab Key Action then pressing the Tab key repeatedly will toggle the line through the possible indent positions This can also be accomplished with the Indent to Match toolbar and menu items regardless of selected tab key action When pasting multiple lines into Python code and the caret is in the indent region or on a blank line Wing will auto indent pasted text as follows 1 If the caret is in column zero the text is indented to match the context 2 If the caret is within the indent region but not in column zero the text is indented to that position If the auto indent is incorrect a single Undo will return the pasted text to its original indentation level or the text can be selected and adjusted with the indentation toolbar or menu items or key equivalents 4 12 5 The Tab Key By default the action of the tab key depends on the selected Keyboard Personality file type and position within the file as described under Default for Personality below To insert a real tab character regardless of the indentation mode or the position of the cursor on a line type Ctrl Tab or Ctrl T The behavior of the tab key can be altered using the Tab Key Action preference which provides the following options Default for Personality This selects from the other tab key actions below according to the chosen keyboard personality current file type and in some cases the position of the caret within the file In all non Python files the default is
181. able is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints 410 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward on
182. able to the selected windowing policy from the Windows menu Wing IDE will remember the state of windows as part of your project file so the same window layout and contents will be restored in subsequent work sessions 21 Customization 2 2 4 Altering Text Display Wing tries to find display fonts appropriate for each system on which it runs but many users will want to customize the font style and size used in the editor and other user interface areas This can be done with the Source Code Font Size and Display Font Size preferences For information on altering colors used for syntax highlighting in the editor see Syntax Coloring 2 3 Preferences Wing has many preferences that control features of the editor unit tester debugger source browser project manager and other tools To alter these use the Preferences item in the Edit menu or Wing IDE menu on OS X This organizes all available preferences by category and provides access to documentation in tooltips that are displayed when mousing over the label area to the left of each preference Any non default values that are selected through the Preferences Dialog are stored in the user s preferences file which is located in the User Settings Directory All preferences are documented in the Preferences Reference 2 3 1 Preferences File Layers Wing s preferences manager runs on a layered set of preferences files as follows 1 For each preference Wing defines a hard
183. accelerators and operating system or window manager operations On OS X the Alt Key preference is used to configure which keys invoke Alt key bindings e Command Macintosh Command Apple key This may be mapped to other keys on other systems but is intended for use on the Macintosh On Linux it is possible to remap the function of the Control Alt command and windows keys In those cases the Ctrl and Alt modifiers will refer to the keys specified in that mapping Basic Keys such as the digit keys and core western alphabet keys are specified as follows 0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ Most punctuation can be specified but any Shift modifier will be ignored since these keys can vary in location on different international keyboards Allowed punctuation includes H amp _ 5i gt lt Special Keys can also be used Escape Space BackSpace Tab Linefeed Clear Return Pause Scroll_Lock Sys_Req Delete Home Left Up Right Down Prior Page _Up Next Page Down End Begin Select Print Execute Insert Undo Redo Menu Find Cancel Help Break Mode_switch script_switch Num_Lock F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 L1 F12 L2 F13 L3 F14 L4 F15 L5 F16 L6 F17 L7 F18 L8 F19 L9 F20 L10 F21 R1 F22 R2 F23 R3 F24 R4 F25 R5 F26 R6 F27 R7 F28 R8 F29 R9 F30 R10 F31 R11 F32 R12 F33 R13 F34 R14 F35 R15 Additional Key Names that also work but ignor
184. according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 381 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl C copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Comma next window Switch to the next window alphabetically by title Ctrl D delete line Delete the curre
185. ace Select this to automatically find the next search match after each Replace operation 5 4 Search in Files Tool The dockable Search in Files tool is used to search and replace within sets of files or for searching Wing s documentation It performs searches in batch and displays a result list for all found matches This list can then be traversed to view the matches in the source editor and is automatically updated as edits alter the search results Searching may span the current editor a single selected file all open files all project files all of Wing s documentation or sets of files on disk Files in a set may be filtered by file type for example searching only through Python files in the project In addition the options also available in the search tool the following choices are available in the Options popup menu e Replace Operates On Disk Check this to replace text in un opened files directly on disk Caution see Replace in Multiple Files for details on this option e Recursive Directory Search Check this to search recursively within all sub directories of the selected search directory e Omit Binary Files Check this to omit any file that appears to contain binary data e Auto restart Searches Check this to restart searching immediately if it is interupted because a search parameter or the set of files being searched is changed e Open First Match Check this to automatically open the first batch search
186. ackward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Option Page_Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Option Page_Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Option Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Option Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Option Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word extending the selection 371 Key Binding Reference Option Shift Right forward word extend Action varies accordin
187. action that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl U redo Redo last action Ctrl Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Ctrl V paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Ctrl X cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Z undo Undo last action Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char End cursor end Bring cursor to end of line to end of visible area or to end of document each successive consecutive invocation of this command End end of document Move cursor to end of document End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry End End End end of document Move cursor to
188. ally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar 342 Key Binding Reference Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible T
189. alse Run or debug the tests in the current editor Uses the given file or files instead if locs is not None The locations list may be a list of locations or filenames or a single location or filename The tests are debugged if debug True save all test results filename Save all test results to a file scan for unittests doc None Scan or re scan the current editor file for unittests 20 6 Version Control Commands Subversion Commands Subversion revision control system commands svn blame locs lt selected files gt Show blame praise annotate for selected files svn checkout Start the initial checkout from svn repository Repository and working directory must be entered before the checkout svn diff recent locs lt selected files gt Show diffs for most recent checkin svn log locs lt selected files gt Show the revision log for the selected files in the Subversion repository svn resolved locs lt selected files gt Indicate that any conflicts are resolved 269 Command Reference svn update locs lt selected files gt Update the selected files from the Subversion repository svn update project Update files in project Git Commands git revision control system commands git blame locs lt selected files gt Show the annotated blame praise for the selected files in the git repository git fetch repository locs lt selected files gt Pull from repository git list locs lt selected files gt
190. alues may hang up the debug server process during packaging Wing tries to avoid this by carefully probing an object s size before packing it up In some cases this does not work and Wing will wait for the data for the duration set by the Network Timeout preference and then will display the variable value as lt network timeout during evaluate gt Wing may encounter values too large to handle Wing will not package and transfer large sequences arrays or strings that exceed the size limits set by Huge List Threshold and Huge String Threshold preferences On the debugger display oversized sequences and arrays are annotated as huge and lt truncated gt is prepended to large truncated strings 93 Debugger To avoid this increase the value of the threshold preferences but be prepared for longer data transfer times Note that setting these values too high will cause the debugger to time out if the Network Timeout value isn t also increased An alternative available in Wing IDE Professional for viewing large data values is to enter expressions into the Watch tool or Debug Probe to view sub parts of the data rather than tranferring the whole top level portion of the value Wing may encounter errors during data handling Because Wing makes assignments and comparisons during packaging of debug data and because it converts debug data into string form it may execute special methods such as __cmp__ and __str__ in your code If this code has bu
191. alysis general project e ditor scripts Default Value message s 0 100000 gui more controls for search in files Controls whether Search in Files dialog has an extra row of visible options as buttons Internal Name gui more controls for search in files Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 gui prefered symbol order Control preferred order in source index displays such as the editor browse menus Either sort in the order found in the file or alphabetical order Internal Name gui prefered symbol order Data Specification file order alpha order Default Value alpha order gui reported exceptions Used internally to remember which unexpected exceptions have already been reported so we only show error reporting dialog once for each Internal Name gui reported exceptions 201 Preferences Reference Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values dict keys lt type str gt value s lt boolean Default Value gui scan for pythoncom shell extensions Scan for pythoncom shell extensions on Windows Internal Name gui scan for pythoncom shell extensions Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True gui set win32 foreground lock timeout Controls whether or not to set the foreground lock timeout on Windows XP where normally Wing will be unable to bring source windows to front whenever the debug process has windows in the foreground When this preference
192. and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift F11 Brief Shift F11 VI VIM Shift F11 Eclipse Shift F 11 Emacs Shift F11 Visual Studio Shift F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack Key Binding F11 hide detail Show the textual value detail area internal extra debugger logging start Turn on additional logging for diagnosing problems with the debugger internal extra debugger logging stop 277 Command Reference Turn off additional logging for diagnosing problems with the debugger manage launch configs Display the launch config manager manage named entry points Display the named entry point manager python shell clear Clear python shell python shell evaluate active range Evaluate the active range in the Python Shell if any is set python shell kill Kill python shell process python shell restart Restart python shell python shell show active range Show the active range set in the Python Shell in the editor python shell toggle active range Toggle the active range in the Python Shell The active range is cleared if already set or otherwise set using the current editor selection run build command Execute the build command defined in the project if any run to cursor Run to current cursor position Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt F5 Brief Alt F5 VI VIM Alt F5 Eclipse Alt F5 Emacs Alt F5 Visual Studio Alt F5 shell copy w
193. anel Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line 401 Key Binding Reference Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is Tru
194. ange case of text spanned by next cursor movement so each letter is the opposite of its current case Key Bindings VI VIM g case title repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection to title case first letter of each word capitalized case title next move repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of text spanned by next cursor movement to title case first letter of each word capitalized case upper repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection to upper case Key Bindings Visual Studio Ctrl Shift U 235 Command Reference case upper next move repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of text spanned by next cursor movement to upper case Key Bindings VI VIM g Shift U center cursor Scroll so cursor is centered on display Key Bindings Brief Ctrl C VI VIM z Emacs Ctrl L clear Clear selected text clear move command Clear any pending move command action as for VI mode Key Bindings VI VIM Esc complete autocompletion append Complete the current active autocompletion copy Copy selected text Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Insert Brief Ctrl Insert VI VIM Ctrl Insert Eclipse Ctrl Insert Emacs Ctrl Insert Visual Studio Ctrl Insert OS X Commanad C copy line Cop
195. anged within Wing s source editor and to prompt to reload files that have also been changed in the IDE You can change these behaviors by setting the value of the Reload when Unchanged and Reload when Changed preferences On Windows Wing uses a signal from the OS to detect changes so notification or reload is usually instant On Linux and Unix Wing polls the disk by default every 3 seconds this frequency can be changed with the External Check Freq preference 4 19 Auto save The source code editor auto saves files to disk every few seconds The auto save files are placed in a subdirectory of your User Settings Directory If Wing ever crashes or is killed from the outside you can use these files to manually recover any unsaved changes Copy the auto save files to overwrite the older unsaved files doing a comparison first to verify that the auto save file is what you want Search Replace Wing provides a number of tools for search and replace in your source code Which you use depends on the complexity of your search or replace task and what style of searching you are most familiar with 5 1 Toolbar Quick Search One way to do simple searches is to enter text in the search area of the toolbar This scrolls as you type to the next match found after the current cursor position Pressing Enter will search for each subsequent match wrapping the search when the end of the file is reached Text matching during toolbar quick search is c
196. ar exception ignores list Clear list of exceptions being ignored during debugging clear var errors Clear stored variable errors so they get refetched collapse tree more Collapse whole selected variables display subtree one more level create launch config name Create a new launch configuration with the given name if it does not already exist and then open the launch configuration attribute dialog create named entry point name Create a new named entry point if it does not already exist and then open the named entry point attribute dialog debug attach 275 Command Reference Attach to an already running debug process debug continue show_dialog None Continue or start running to next breakpoint Key Binding F5 debug detach Detach from the debug process and let it run debug file show_dialog None Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Key Binding Shift F5 debug kill Stop debugging Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F5 Brief Ctrl F5 VI VIM Ctrl F5 Eclipse Ctrl F5 Emacs Ctrl F5 Visual Studio Ctrl F5 OS X Commanad F5 debug move counter Move program counter to caret debug named entry point name Debug the named entry point debug probe clear Clear debug probe debug probe evaluate active range Evaluate the active range in the Debug Probe if any is set debug probe show active range Show the active range set in the Debug Probe in the editor
197. ars type until the correct symbol is highlighted in the list or use the up down arrow keys and then press the Tab key or double click on an item Wing will fill in the remaining characters for the source symbol correcting any spelling errors you might have made in the name To alter which keys cause auto completion to occur use the Auto completion Keys preference Cirl click on the list to select multiple keys For printable keys such as T and the key will be added to the editor and any relevant auto editing operations will be applied For the completer will be shown again for the attributes of the completed symbol To cancel out of the auto completion popup press the Esc key or Ctrl G The auto completer will also disappear when you exit the source symbol for example by pushing space or any other character that isn t a completion key and can t be contained in a source symbol if you click elsewhere on the surface of the source code or if you issue other keyboard bound commands that are not accepted by the auto completer for example save through keyboard equivalent The completer can be configured to display immediately only after a specified number of characters or after a time delay Completion may be case sensitive or insensitive and the completer may be auto hidden after a specified timeout These and other configuration options are in the Auto completion preferences group Auto Completer Icons The auto com
198. art of document ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page_ Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt B diff merge b a Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Al
199. ase insensitive unless you enter a capital letter as part of your search string If focus is off the toolbar search area and it already contains a search string clicking on it will immediately start searching in the current source editor for the next match If you wish to search for another string instead delete the text and type the desired search string As you delete the match position in the editor will 63 Search Replace proceed backward until it reaches your original search start position so that after typing your new search string you will be presented with the first match after the original source editor cursor position 5 2 Keyboard driven Mini Search Replace The Edit menu contains a Mini Search sub menu that enumerates the available keyboard driven search options These are normally initiated with the keyboard command sequences shown in the menu and can be controlled entirely by using the keyboard All interaction with the mini search manager occurs using data entry areas displayed on demand at the bottom of the IDE window The implementation of the mini search manager is very close to the most commonly used search and replace features found in Emacs but it is available whether or not the Emacs editor personality is being used The following search and replace features are available in this facility e Forward and Backward These display a search string entry area at the bottom of the IDE window and interactively search
200. at 4 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Ctrl Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift F9 Multiple commands first avail
201. at the File Filter field in the Testing tool can be used to subset the list of tests displayed in the tool Restore it to blank or use the Clear item in its popup menu to see the entire lists of tests This is a convenient way to find and focus on only those tests being worked on 11 1 Project Test Files A subset of a project s files can automatically be included in the list of test files in the Testing tool The set of files is specified by the Test file patterns field on the Testing tab of the Project Properties dialog which can also be accessed using the Add Files from Project menu item Any file matching the glob style wildcard pattern specified here is considered a test file For details see Wildcard Search Syntax If the field is left empty then no project files will automatically be added Automatically added files may not be removed from the project tool s list except by altering the set of wild cards in the Test file patterns project attribute 11 2 Running Tests Tests can be run and debugged from Wing in a variety of ways The options are e Run all tests in the testing tool This is done with the Run All Tests item in the Testing menu or by selecting no tests or all tests in the list and pressing the Run Tests button e Run only the tests in current file open in the source editor This is done with the Run Tests in Current File item in the Testing menu e Run a subset of test s by location of the cursor or selection in th
202. ation on what these commands do when executed by the command line executable Pull Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one and optionally update the working directory of the local repository Update Update entire working directory with changes from the local repository Merge Merge changes in local repository with the working directory Push 121 Integrated Version Control Push changes in local repository to remote repository 14 7 Perforce Wing s Perforce is disabled by default and must be enabled with the Active preference in the Version Control Perforce preferences group The support also requires the p4 command line executable to be installed separately from Wing Please see http www perforce com for information about Perforce The p4 executable may either be in your path or set it with the Perforce executable preference Wing finds Perforce s working directory is found by executing p4 client o in the environment defined in Project Properties when a project is opened or the environment is changed The client specification must be defined outside of Wing If Wing s Project Home Directory project property is set to a value outside of the Perforce tree it may be necessary to add d pathname with the appropriate pathname for your configuration to Extra Global Arguments in Wing s Perforce preferences If you usually use the Perforce GUI you may need to start up the GUI before the environment used by the
203. ault Value main plugin overrides Defines which plugins are enabled or disabled Internal Name main plugin overrides Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value main sassist allow pep287 errors Whether show docstrings as ReST even if they contain parse errors When disabled they are shown as plain text instead When enabled this may destroy formatting of some docstrings Internal Name main sassist allow pep287 errors Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False main sassist always show docstrings Whether to always show docstrings in the Source Assistant When disabled only the docstring for the last displayed symbol is shown Internal Name main sassist always show docstrings Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 199 Preferences Reference Default Value False main sassist tries rewrap Whether to rewrap plain text docstrings for display in the Source Assistant This may destroy formatting of some docstrings Internal Name main sassist tries rewrap Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True main sassist show validity Whether show docstring type and validity in the Source Assistant Internal Name main sassist show validity Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True main sassist tries pep287 Whether to try parsing docstrings as ReST format for display in the Source Assistant Th
204. backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 new document window Create a new document window with same documents and panels as in the current document window if any otherwise empty with default panels Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range t
205. board Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char End scroll to end Scroll to the end of the text in the editor Set move_caret to control whether the caret is moved F1 Multiple commands first available is executed e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area e minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F2 Multiple commands first available is executed show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 step into Step into current ex
206. cation lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 170 Preferences Reference Line Mode Whether and how to show a line at a collapsed fold point Controls the position of the line and whether it is shown for collapsed or expanded fold points Internal Name edit fold line mode Data Specification above collapsed above expanded none below collapsed below expanded Default Value below collapsed Indicator Style Selects the type of indicators to draw at fold points Internal Name edit fold indicator style Data Specification from 0 to 3 Default Value 1 Fold Trailing White Space Controls whether or not trailing white space after a block of code is folded up along with the block for a more compact folded display Internal Name edit fold trailing whitespace Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Foreground Color Color to use for the foreground of the fold indicators Internal Name edit fold mark foreground color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Background Color Color to use for the background of the fold indicators Internal Name edit fold mark background color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None e Auto completion Auto show Completer 171 Preferences Reference Controls whether or not the completer
207. ce technologies most of which are under OSI Certified Open Source licenses except as indicated in the footnotes e Crystal Clear An icon set by Everaldo LGPL v 2 1 1 e docutils reStructuredText markup processing by David Goodger and contributors Public Domain 2 parsetools Python parse tree conversion tools by John Ehresman MIT License pexpect Sub process control library by Noah Spurrier Richard Holden Marco Molteni Kimberley Burchett Robert Stone Hartmut Goebel Chad Schroeder Erick Tryzelaar Dave Kirby Ids vander Molen George Todd Noel Taylor Nicolas D Cesar Alexander Gattin Geoffrey Marshall Francisco Lourenco Glen Mabey Karthik Gurusamy and Fernando Perez MIT License e py2pdf Python source to PDF output converter by Dinu Gherman MIT License e PySide Python bindings for Qt by Nokia and contributors LGPL v 2 1 1 e pysqlite Python bindings for sqlite by Gerhard Haering BSD like custom license 4 e Python The Python programming language by Guido van Rossum PythonLabs and many contributors Python Software Foundation License version 2 3 e Python Imaging Library Library for image manipulation with Python written by Secret Labs AB and Fredrik Lundh MIT License e Qt Graphical user interface toolkit by many contributors and Digia LGPL v 2 1 1 6 e scintilla Source code editor component by Neil Hodgson and contributors MIT License e sqlite
208. cent query replace Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position Alt previous blank line threshold 1 Move to the previous blank line in the file if any If threshold gt 0 then a line is considered blank if it contains less than that many characters after leading and trailing whitespace are removed Alt next blank line threshold 1 Move to the next blank line in the file if any If threshold gt 0 then a line is considered blank if it contains less than that many characters after leading and trailing whitespace are removed 304 Key Binding Reference BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Ctrl 0 replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 9 search Bring up the search manager in search mod
209. ch buffer with given title and mime type The buffer is never marked as changed but can be saved w save as set bookmark mark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt M Brief Alt O invokes set bookmark mark 0 Eclipse Ctrl Alt M Emacs Ctrl X R M Visual Studio Ctrl Alt M OS X Commanad D set bookmark default Set a bookmark at current line using a default bookmark name for that context This command is only available if there is not already a bookmark on the line show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt K Brief Alt J Eclipse Ctrl Alt K Emacs Ctrl X R Return Visual Studio Ctrl Alt k OS X Commanda Shift K show bug report dialog Show the bug reporting dialog show document section manual Show the given documentation section Key Bindings OS X Commanda show feedback dialog 215 Command Reference Show the feedback submission dialog show file in editor filename lineno None col 1 length 0 Show the given file in the editor Selects the code starting and given column if gt 0 and of given length show file in os file manager filename None Show the selected file in the Explorer Finder or other OS provided file manager Shows the given file if any or the current file selected in the GUI show howtos Show the How Tos i
210. ckward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt B diff merge b a Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt N diff next Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not emp
211. closing split or close the current buffer if there is only one split left NOTE The parameters for this command are subject to change in the future Browse Ctrl W Browse p move editor focus previous Move focus to previous editor split Browse Ctrl W Browse q Multiple commands first available is executed e unsplit action close Unsplit all editors so there s only one Action specifies how to choose the remaining displayed editor One of current Show current editor elos Close current editor before unsplitting recent Change to recent buffer before unsplitting Tecene or COS Change to recent buffer before closing split or close the current buffer if there is only one split left NOTE The parameters for this command are subject to change in the future e close close_window 1 Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Browse Ctrl W Browse s split vertically Split current view vertically Create new editor in new view when new 1 Browse Ctrl W Browse t move editor focus first Move focus to first editor split Browse Ctrl W Browse v split horizontally Split current view horizontally Browse Ctrl X vi ctrl x Browse Ctrl Y scroll text up move_cursor False Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines
212. commercial applications 5 The source code states the author has disclaimed copyright of the source code The sqllite org website states All of the deliverable code in SQLite has been dedicated to the public domain by the authors All code authors and representatives of the companies they work for have signed affidavits dedicating their contributions to the public domain and originals of those signed affidavits are stored in a firesafe at the main offices of Hwaci Anyone is free to copy modify publish use compile sell or distribute the original SQLite code either in source code form or as a compiled binary for any purpose commercial or non commercial and by any means 6 Qt is available under several licenses The LGPL v 2 1 version of the software was used for Wing IDE Scintilla Copyright We are required by the license terms for Scintilla to include the following copyright notice in this documentation Copyright 1998 2003 by Neil Hodgson lt neilh scintilla org gt All Rights Reserved Permission to use copy modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation 425 License Information NEIL HODGSON DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIL
213. ct Properties so that the source analysis engine can resolve module imports 67 Refactoring Completed searches are stored in the Uses tool and can be referenced by clicking on the drop down menu at the top of the tool and deleted by clicking on the close icon Note that searches do not automatically refresh as code is modified but may be updated manually with Refresh in the Options menu 5 6 Wildcard Search Syntax For wild card searches in the Search tools the following syntax is used can be used to match any sequence of characters except for line endings For example the search string my value would match anything within a single line of text starting with my and ending with value Note that is greedy in that myinstancevalue myothervalue would match as a whole rather than as two matches To avoid this use Regex Search instead with instead of can be used to match any single character except for line endings For example my value would match any string starting with my followed by three characters and ending with value and can be used to indicate sets of match characters For example abcd matches any one of a b c or d Also a zA Z matches any letter in the range from a to z inclusive either lower case or uppercase Note that case specifications in character ranges will be ignored unless the Case Sensitive option is turned on Refactoring Wing IDE includes support for refactoring which is the
214. ct s Python files To start a search select or place the cursor in a symbol and then use Find Points of Use in the Source menu or editor s context menu right click or Alt click on a symbol Lines with matching symbols will be displayed in the Uses tool and clicking on a match will display it in an editor Since Python is a dynamic language it is sometimes impossible to determine for certain whether a match is the same symbol Matches are assigned a likelyhood of being correct as follows e Likely The original symbol and found symbol resolve to the same definition so that using Goto Definition on each will end up in the same place e Possible Either the original symbol or the found symbol don t resolve to any definition e Unlikely The original symbol resolves to a different definition than the found symbol Possible matches are listed with a question mark preceding the filename and unlikely matches are listed with double question mark preceding the filename Only likely and possible matches are displayed by default The display of possible and unlikely matches may be toggled via the Options menu on a per search basis When searching for uses of a class __init__ or _ new__ methods the results will include matches where the class or a derived class is used by their original name to create new instances If Wing is failing to see matches as resolving to the same point of definition it may help to add to the Python Path in Proje
215. current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift L swap lines Swap the line at start of current selection with the line that follows it or the preceding line if previous is True Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift O open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Ctrl Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the se
216. current is True Abandons changes rather than saving them when ignore_changes is True Close empty window and quit if all document windows closed when close_window is True Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift F2 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt F4 Brief Alt F4 VI VIM Alt F4 Eclipse Alt F4 Emacs Alt F4 Visual Studio Alt F4 OS X Option F4 209 Command Reference command by name command_name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F12 Brief Ctrl F12 VI VIM Ctrl F12 Eclipse Ctrl F12 Emacs Ctrl F12 Visual Studio Ctrl F12 OS X Command F12 copy tutorial Prompt user and copy the tutorial directory from the Wing IDE installation to the directory selected by the user edit file sets Show the File Sets preference editor edit preferences file Edit the preferences as a text file enter license Enter a new license code replacing any existing license activation execute file loc None Execute the file at the given location or use the active view if loc is None Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl U execute os command title Execute one of the stored commands in the OS Commands tool selecting it by its title execute os command by id id raise_panel True Execute one of the stored commands in the OS Commands tool selecting it by its internal ID execute process cmd_line Execu
217. d all classes and leave other fold points alone Command Apostrophe comment out region Comment out the selected region The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Each call adds a level of commenting Command Asterisk fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Command B brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Command Backslash indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Command Bracketleft outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Command Bracketright indent region Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select t
218. d by Wing IDE Internal Name gui qt display theme Data Specification tuple length 4 of None selected style selected colors N one CDE M Default Value None None u Windows None Color Palette The overall color palette used by Wing IDE All color preferences default to using colors from the palette but can be overridden individually The background colors from the palette will only apply to the editor unless the Display Style preference is set to Match Palette Additional palettes can be defined and added to the palettes sub directory of the User Settings directory Internal Name gui qt color palette Data Specification lt type str gt 149 Preferences Reference Default Value wing classic e Layout Windowing Policy Policy to use for window creation Combined Toolbox and Editor mode places toolboxes into editor windows Separate Toolbox mode creates separate toolbox windows and One Window per Editor mode also creates a new window for each file opened in an editor Internal Name gui windowing policy Data Specification combined window one window per editor separate toolbox window Default Value combined window Show Editor Tabs Controls whether or not Wing shows tabs for switching between editors When false a popup menu is used instead Internal Name gui use notebook editors Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Enable Tooltips Controls whether or not tooltips conta
219. d perspective Perspective Manager Context Menu The Perspective Manager provides the following functionality in its context right click menu e New creates a new untitled perspective with the current state of the application e Duplicate makes a copy of the selected perspective including its stored application state e Delete removes the selected perspective e Set Key Binding displays a dialog in which the key binding desired for the perspective can be typed This key sequence will cause Wing to switch to that perspective e Update with Current State replaces the stored state for the selected perspective with the current application state e Restore Saved State loads the state stored in the selected perspective without making that perspective current Preferences 25 Customization The Perspective Manager s Configure button displays the preferences that control how perspectives work These include e Auto save Perspectives Selects when the current GUI state should be auto saved into a perspective before switching to another perspective Always will always auto save all perspectives Never disables auto save entirely Prompt causes Wing to prompt each time when leaving a perspective and Configured by Perspective allows the behavior to be controlled for each perspective in the Manage Perspectives dialog The default is Always so that the last application state is always restored when returning to the perspective Disabling
220. d saved from the Project menu Internal Name proj show new project dialog Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Open Projects as Text Controls whether project files are opened as project or as text when opened from the File menu This does not affect opening from the Project menu Internal Name gui open projects as text Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Confirm Drag Copy Move Controls whether or not the IDE will confirm file copy move operations initiated by dragging items around on the Project view Internal Name proj confirm file drags Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 e Context Menu Groups Shown Controls which groups of menu items will be shown in the Project tool s context menu Internal Name proj context menu groups Data Specification tuple of clip script vcs nav proj file debug Default Value clip nav debug vcs proj file script Custom Items Extra menu items to add to the Project tool context menu 158 Preferences Reference Internal Name proj context menu custom items Data Specification tuple of tuple length 2 of lt type str gt lt type str gt Default Value Files Auto Save Files Before Debug or Execute Controls whether or not all edited files are saved without asking before a debug run before starting unit tests or before a file or build process is execut
221. d spaces as determined by the method described in Indentation Note Indenting to Match The command Indent Lines to Match also in the Indentation sub menu will indent or outdent the current line or selected lines to the level as a unit so that the first line is positioned as it would have been positioned by Wing s auto indentation facility This is very useful when moving around blocks of code 4 12 8 Indentation Manager The Indentation manager accessible from the Tools menu can be used to inspect and change indentation style in source files It has two parts 1 The indentation report and 2 the indentation converter A report on the nature of existing indentation found in your source file is given above the horizontal divider This includes the number of spaces only tabs only and mixed tabs and space indents found information about whether indentation in the file may be problematic to the Python interpreter and the tab and indent size 59 Source Code Editor computed for that file The manager also provides information about where the computed tab and indent size value come from for example an empty file results in use of the defaults configured in preferences Conversion options for your file are given below the horizontal divider The three tabs are used to select the type of conversion desired and each tab contains information about the availability and action of that conversion and a button to start the conversio
222. d symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True 405 Key Binding Reference Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt l toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Alt J show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Alt K kill line Kill rest of line from cursor to end of line and place it into the clipboard with any other contiguously removed lines End of line is removed only if there is nothing between the cursor and the end of the line Alt L toggle mark command style line Change between text marking and non text marking mode Style is char for stream select block for rectangular select and line for line select Set select_right 1 to select the character to right of the cursor when marking is toggled on Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt M toggle mark command select_right 1 Change between text marking and non text marking mode Style is char for stream select block for rectangular select and line for line select Set select_right 1 to select the character to right of the cursor when marking is toggled on Alt Minus previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Alt N next document Move to the nex
223. d with the Max Cache Size preference However Wing does not perform well if the space available for the cache is smaller than the space needed for a single project s source analysis information If you see excessive sluggishness either increase the size of the cache or disable it entirely by setting its size to 0 If the same cache will be used by more than one computer make sure the clocks of the two computers are synchronized The caching mechanism uses time stamps and may become confused if this is not done The analysis cache may be removed in its entirety Wing IDE will reanalyze your code and recreate the cache as necessary PyLint Integration Wing Pro provides a simple integration with pylint which is a third party tool that runs error and warning analyses on Python code To use the tool you must install pylint separately first and verify that it works from the command line Note that pylint has certain dependencies that may be missing from your system See the pylint website for installation details Once this is done and pylint works on the command line bring up the PyLint tool from the Tools menu Right click on the tool and select Configure This will open a configuration file in an editor in Wing You can alter the following here command The command that invokes pylint 129 PyLint Integration e args Additional command line arguments to send to pylint see the pylint documentation for details on those availab
224. d word extend delimiters _ 1 amp 1 lt gt trn beginning of line toggle True Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Key Bindings Brief Shift Home VI VIM 0 invokes beginning of line toggle 0 Emacs Home OS X Command Left beginning of line extend toggle True Move to beginning of current line adjusting the selection range to the new position When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Key Bindings Emacs Shift Home OS X Command Shift Left beginning of line text toggle True Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Key Bindings Wing IDE Home Brief Home VI VIM Home Eclipse Home Emacs Home Visual Studio Home beginning of line text extend toggle True Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Home Brief Shift Home VI VIM Shift Home Eclipse Shift Home Emacs Shift Home Visual Studio Shift Home beginning of screen lin
225. delete line does Key Bindings Brief Alt D insert debug print app Insert a print statement to print a selected variable name and value along with the file and line number under to hyphen editor Change underscores to hyphens dashes in current selection open url from editor Not documented 284 Command Reference smart paste editor A variant of paste that inserts line just copied with smart copy above current line remove prompts and paste ed Paste from clipboard after removing any gt gt gt and prompts convert to lf lineends app Convert the current editor to use LF style line endings vi fold more Approximation of zr key binding in vim Key Bindings VI VIM z r insert text text Insert given text at current caret location replacing any existing selected text convert to cr lineends app Convert the current editor to use CR style line endings cursor end Bring cursor to end of line to end of visible area or to end of document each successive consecutive invocation of this command Key Bindings Brief End title case editor Change current selection to capitalize first letter of each word Key Bindings Emacs Alt C watch selection Add a debug watch for the selected text in the current editor copy filename to clipboard fn Copy the filename for the currently selected file to the clipboard comment block toggle Toggle block comment with at start on
226. dented block Default Value indented Scroll Past End Set this to allow scrolling the editor past the last line Internal Name edit scroll past end Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Ensure File Ends With EOL When Saving Whether to add an eol at the end of the file when it is saved Internal Name edit ensure ending eol on save Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Enable Font Size Zooming 164 Preferences Reference Whether to allow font size zooming in the editor using the mouse wheel track pad or zoom in and zoom out commands Internal Name edit enable font zoom Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e Selection Caret Selection Color The color used to indicate the current text selection on editable text Internal Name gui qt text selection color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Caret Color Selects the color to use for the editor caret Internal Name edit caret color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Caret Width Width of the blinking insertion caret on the editor in pixels Currently limited to a value between 1 and 3 Internal Name edit caret width Data Specification from 1 to 3 Default Value 1 Caret Flash Rate ms Sets the time in
227. diagnostics Alternatively copy wingdbstub py out of your Wing IDE installation set WINGDB_LOGFILE environment variable to lt stderr gt or the name of a log file on disk or alter kLogFile inside wingdbstub py turn on the Accept Debug Connections preference and try launching the following script from the command line 148 Preferences Reference import wingdbstub print test1 print test2 This prints diagnostic output that may be easier to capture in some cases Email this output to support at wingware com Please include also the contents of the file error log in your User Settings Directory and also your system version version of Wing IDE version of Python and any other potentially relevant details Preferences Reference This chapter documents the entire set of available preferences for Wing IDE Professional Note that this includes preferences that are ignored and unused in Wing IDE Personal and Wing IDE 101 Most preferences can be set from the Preferences GUI but some users may wish to build preference files manually to control different instances of Wing IDE see details in Preferences Customization User Interface Display Language The language to use for the user interface Either the default for this system or set to a specific supported language Internal Name main display language Data Specification None de en fr Default Value None Display Style Configures the overall display style use
228. ditor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word 293 Key Binding Reference Ctrl S save Save active document Also close it if close is True Ctrl Shift B isearch sel backward Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl Shift C delete line Delete the current line or lines when the selection spans multiple lines or given repeat is gt 1 Ctrl Shift D selection add next occurence Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines Ctrl Shift Down move line down Move the current line or lines up down line optionally indenting to match the new position Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source oth
229. down stepping through code 12 9 1 Stack Data View The Stack Data debugger tool contains a popup menu for selecting thread in multi threaded processes and accessing the current debug stack a tree view area for browsing variable data in locals and globals and a textual view area for inspecting large data values that are truncated on the tree display Simple values such as strings and numbers and values with a short string representation will be displayed in the value column of the tree view area wove Strings are always contained in double quotes Any value outside of quotes is a number or internally defined constant such as None or Ellipsis Integers can be displayed as decimal hexadecimal or octal as controlled by the Integer Display Mode preference 89 Debugger Complex values such as instances lists and dictionaries will be presented with an angle bracketed type and memory address for example lt dict 0x80ce388 gt and can be expanded by clicking on the expansion indicator in the Variable column The memory address uniquely identifies the construct If you see the same address in two places you are looking at two object references to the same instance If a complex value is short enough to be displayed in its entirety the angle bracketed form is replaced with its value for example a b for a small dictionary These short complex values can still be expanded in the normal way Upon expansion of c
230. e Move to beginning of current wrapped line Key Bindings VI VIM g 0 beginning of screen line extend Move to beginning of current wrapped line extending selection beginning of screen line text 234 Command Reference Move to first non blank character at beginning of current wrapped line Key Bindings VI VIM g beginning of screen line text extend Move to first non blank character at beginning of current wrapped line extending selection brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl E Eclipse Ctrl E Emacs Ctrl M Visual Studio Ctrl E OS X Commanad B cancel Cancel current editor command cancel autocompletion Cancel any active autocompletion case lower repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection to lower case Key Bindings Visual Studio Ctrl U case lower next move repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of text spanned by next cursor movement to lower case Key Bindings VI VIM g u case swap repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection so each letter is the opposite of its current case Key Bindings VI VIM case swap next move repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Ch
231. e A partial path name may end up in __file__ only when a invoking Python code with a partial path name for example with python myfile py instead of python path to myfile py b sending partial path names into exec c using partial path names in your PYTHONPATH or sys path or d using compileall py or similar tool to compile modules with a partial path name Because Wing does everything possible to avoid this problem in practice it actually only occurs in the following rare cases e When modules are loaded with partial path names and os chdir is called before debugging is started This is only possible when using wingdbstub or otherwise starting debug after your debug process is started e When modules are loaded with partial path names and os chdir is called after wingdbstub debugger SuspendDebug and before wingdbstub debugger ResumeDebug e When modules are loaded with partial path names and removed from sys modules before the debugger is started or while debugging is suspended e When code objects are created on the fly using compile the C API or the new module a relative filename or an incorrect filename are used for the filename argument and os chdir is called before the code is executed 11 Wing tries to identify when source code in the IDE matches or does not match the code that is running in the debug process There are certain very rare cases where this will fail which may lead to failure to stop on breakpo
232. e Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl set mark command Set start of text marking for selection at current cursor position Subsequently all cursor move operations will automatically extend the text selection until stop mark command is issued Unit defines what is selected can be one of char line or block rectangle Ctrl A beginning of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Ctrl Alt replace string regex Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Alt B search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Alt Down goto next bookmark current_file_only True Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt F search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger 305 Key Binding Refer
233. e Wing IDE requires a time limited trial or permanent license and the license needs to be activated on each machine see the Licenses section for general information When Wing IDE is first started you can obtain a trial licence purchase a permanent license install amp activate a permanent license or use Wing for up to 10 minutes without any license Introduction E No License Found P xs Wing is running without a valid license You may now Obtain or extend a trial license Purchase a permanent license Install and activate a permanent license Enter license id 10 minute emergency session Trial Licenses Trial licenses allow evaluation of Wing IDE for 10 days with an option to extend the evaluation twice for up to 30 days total or more on request The most convenient way to obtain a trial license is to ask Wing IDE to connect directly to wingware com via http TCP IP port 80 After the trial license is obtained Wing will not attempt to connect to wingware com or any other site unless you submit feedback or a bug report through the Help menu Ep Activate Trial License p 2s Recommended Connect Wing IDE directly to wingware com Or Activate manually at http wingware com activate You will need your license id TNX22 R36PC NGPL J N6645 and request code RW512 XDV26 EE8KD 8PR7Y Then enter the provided activation key here VY Continue 3 Cancel If you re unable or unwilling to connect Win
234. e cache directory or the cache directory set by the XDG_CACHE_DIR is located on an NFS or other remote file server Wing can t obtain a lock on a database file To use slower dotfile locking set the Use sqlite dotfile locking preference to enabled or run Wing with the use sqlite dotfile locking command line option Note that all Wing processes regardless of the system they re running on that use the same cache directory need to either use or not use dotfile locking Under a Windows terminal server Wing may not be able to set up the environment variables it uses internally and will not start up In this case you can get Wing to start with the following commands set PYTHONOPTIMIZE 1 set PYTHONHOME D Program Files WingIDE bin PyCore wing exe Alter PYTHONHOME according to the location at which you ve installed Wing IDE On Linux with System Qt Wing may fail to start if there is an incompatibility with the version of Qt that you have on your system This should only occur if you are using the system qt command line option or have previoulsy changed the Use System Qt preference from its default value To solve this start Wing with the private qt command line option and restore the Use System Qt preference to Use Wing s Private Qt 142 Trouble shooting Guide Constant Guard from Comcast can prevent Wing IDE from starting without showing any dialog or message that it is doing so In other cases refer to Obtaining
235. e to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode License Information Wing IDE is a commercial product that is based on a number of open source technologies Although the product source code is available for Wing IDE Professional users with signed non disclosure agreement the product is not itself open source The following sections describe the licensing of the product as a whole the End User License Agreement and provide required legal statements for the incorporated open source components 22 1 Wing IDE Software License This End User License Agreement EULA is a CONTRACT between you either an individual or a single entity and Wingware which covers your use of Wing IDE Professional and related software components All such software is referred to herein as the Software Product A software license and a license key or serial number Software Product License issued to a designated user only by Wingware or its authorized agents is required for each user of the Software Product If you do not agree to the terms of this EULA then do not install or use the Software Product or the Software Product License By explicitly accepting this EULA you are acknowledging and agreeing to be bound by the following terms 417 License Information 1 EVALUATION LICENSE WARNING This Software Prod
236. e Exit visual mode and return back to default mode Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode 21 7 Brief Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the Brief keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt 0 set bookmark mark 0 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 1 set bookmark mark 1 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Alt 2 set bookmark mark 2 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt 3 set bookmark mark 3 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 4 set bookmark mark 4 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 5 set bookmark mark 5 Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Alt 6 set bookmark mark
237. e 0 Auto Show Bug Report Dialog Whether the error bug reporting dialog also available from the Help menu is shown automatically when an unexpected exception is encountered inside Wing IDE Internal Name gui show report error dialog Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Auto check for Product Updates Automatically attempt to connect to wingware com to check for updates once every day after Wing is started Internal Name main auto check updates Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Show Support Upgrades Reminders Show a reminder when Support Upgrades for the active license is expired or will expire soon Internal Name main monitor support upgrades Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Always Use Full Path in Tooltips Enable to always show the full path of a file name in the tooltips shown from the editor tabs and file selection menus When disabled the configured Source Title Style is used instead Internal Name gui full path in tooltips 156 Preferences Reference Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e Advanced Max Error Log Size The number of bytes at which the error log file USER_SETTINGS_DIR error log is truncated This file can be sent to technical support to help diagnose problems with the IDE Internal Name main max error log size Data Specification from 10000 to 10000000 Default Value
238. e None e Printing Print Header Format Set the header format to use for printing This can be any text with any of the following special fields mixed in basename base file name 177 Preferences Reference prepend fullpath full path file name prepend relative relative path with from project file append relative file name with relative path appended append fullpath file name with full path appended file time file modification time file date file modification date current time current time current date current date page current page being printed Internal Name edit print header format Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value prepend fullpath Print Footer Format Set the footer format to use for printing The values allowed are the same as those for print header format Internal Name edit print footer format Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value Page page last modified file date file time Print Header Font Font to use in print header Internal Name edit print header font Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None Print Footer Font Font to use in print footer Internal Name edit print footer font Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None Use Default Foreground Colors Use default foreground colors for all text when printing This is necessary when using a dark background in the GUI and
239. e Whenever you detach from a process it begins free running and will not stop at any breakpoints or non fatal exceptions This limits what can be done with detach attach from a single copy of Wing If you wish to actively debug two processes at once simultaneously controlling stepping breakpoint activation and execution as in a client server network program you must run two copies of Wing at once 113 Advanced Debugging Topics 13 4 OS X Debugging Notes System Provided Python The copy of Python in Library Python on OS X does not include source files for the standard libraries so Wing s editor will not offer autocompletion values for those modules To work around this use Python from within Library Frameworks Python frameworks instead or copy of Python installed from the standard source distribution MacPorts Python At least some versions of the MacPorts packaging of Python are known not to work with Wing s debugger because it contains an _md5 module that won t load To work around this use a different distribution of Python instead Debugging 32 bit Python on a 64 bit System On 64 bit OS X systems you can set up a shell script with the following contents and set it as the Python Executable in Project Properties in order to facilitate debugging Python in 32 bit mode bin bash areca 1586 joxyeiom VSE This should only be necessary if your code needs 32 bit libraries Wing s debugger works in either 64 bit or 32 bi
240. e grab_focus None Not documented show panel source assistant flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel testing flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel uses flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel versioncontrol bzr flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel versioncontrol cvs flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel versioncontrol git flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel versioncontrol hg flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel versioncontrol perforce flash True grab_focus None Not documented show panel versioncontrol svn flash True grab_focus None Not documented show pdf document doc manual Show the given document in PDF format One of manual intro or howtos 218 Command Reference show plugins guii Show the plugins GUI for enabling and disabling plugins show preferences gui prefname None Edit the preferences file using the preferences GUI optionally opening to the section that contains the given preference by name Key Bindings OS X Command Comma show python donate html Show the Python donations web page show python for beginners html Show the Python for Beginners web page show python manual html Show the Python users manual show python org html Show the python org site home page show python org search html Show the python org site search page sho
241. e moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjustin
242. e printed Report Logged Exceptions In When Printed Mode Controls whether to stop on exceptions logged with logging exception if the exception mode is set to When Printed Internal Name debug stop on logged exception Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Never Report Names of builtin exceptions to never report even if the exception is not handled This list takes precedence over the Always Report preference and the Report Exceptions preference when it is set to a value other than Always Immediately Internal Name debug never stop exceptions Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value SystemExit GeneratorExit Always Report Names of builtin exceptions to nearly always report These exceptions are not reported only if they are explicitly caught by the specific subclass in the same frame in which they are raised Internal Name debug always stop exceptions Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt 182 Preferences Reference Default Value AssertionError I O Debug I O Encoding Encoding of input output in the Debug I O panel Internal Name debug debug io encoding Data Specification None or Central and Eastern European iso8859 2 Japane se iso 2022 jr Danish Norwegian cp865 Cyrillic Languages iso8859 5 Turkish cp1026 We stern Europea Default Value None Shell Encoding Encoding of input output in the integrated Python Shell and Debug Probe Int
243. e the breakpoint will be ignored the given number of times and the debugger will only stop at the breakpoint if it is encountered more than the set 84 Debugger number of times The ignore count is reset to its original value with each new debug run Use the Breakpoint tool to monitor the remaining number of times a breakpoint will be ignored e Disable Enable Breakpoints can be temporarily disabled and subsequently re enabled Any disabled breakpoint will be ignored until re enabled Breakpoints Tool The Breakpoints tool available in the Tools menu displays a list of all currently defined breakpoints The following columns of data are provided e Enabled Checked if the breakpoint is enabled The checkbox can be used to alter the breakpoint s state e Location The file and line number where the breakpoint is located e Condition The conditional that must be true for the breakpoint to cause the debug process to stop or blank if the breakpoint is not conditional This value can be changed by clicking on it and editing it directly on the list e Temporary Checked if the breakpoint is a temporary one time breakpoint The checkbox can be used to alter the breakpoint s type e Ignores The number of times the breakpoint should be ignored before it causes the debugger to stop This value can be changed by clicking on it and editing it directly on the list e Ignores Left The number of ignores left for a breakpoint if
244. e to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char 297 Key Binding Reference End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry F1 Multiple commands first available is executed e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area e minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the c
245. e Python interpreter and PYTHONPATH that are being used by the source code analysis engine by selecting the Show Analysis Stats item in the Source menu The values shown in the resulting dialog window are read only but may be changed by pushing the Settings button See Project wide Properties for details on changing these values Be aware that if you use multiple versions of the Python interpreter or different PYTHONPATH values for different source files in your project Wing will analyse all files in the project using the one interpreter version and PYTHONPATH it finds through the main debug file or project wide debug properties settings This may lead to incorrect or incomplete analysis of some source so it is best to use only one version of Python with each Wing IDE project file When Wing tries to find analysis information for a particular module or file it takes the following steps e The path and same directory as the referencing module are searched for an importable module e If the module is Python code Wing statically analyses the code to extract information from it e f the module is an extension module Wing looks for a pi interface description file as described later in this section 126 Source Code Analysis e If the module cannot be found Wing tries to import it in a separate process space in order to analyze its contents e If a debug process is active Wing tries to read relevant type information from the live runtime
246. e _plugin_override function attribute to True If the user disables a plugin in the Tools menu this prevents loading of the plugin and thus overrides _activator_cb and any _plugin_override attributes for the plugin 139 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE 17 4 Scripting API Wing s formal scripting API consists of several parts 1 The contents of the wingapi py file in bin inside the Wing IDE installation this file is located in sre when working from the source distribution Please refer to the file itself for details of the API 2 The portions of the wingutils datatype and guiutils formbuilder modules that are documented in the preceding section 3 All of the documented commands which can be invoked using the ExecuteCommand method on wingapi gApplication Note keyword arguments can be passed to commands that take them for example ExecuteCommand replace string search_string tset replace_string test 4 All of the documented preferences which can be obtained and altered using GetPreference and SetPreference on wingapi gApplication Scripts can of course also import and use standard library modules from Python although Wing ships with a pruned subset of the standard library that includes only those modules that are used by the IDE s internals Advanced scripts may also reach through the API into Wing internals however this requires reading Wing s souce code and no guarantee is made that these will remain unc
247. e a new line at the current cursor position Alt Right visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level 320 Key Binding Reference BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Browse filter next move Filter the lines covered by the next cursor move command through an external command and replace the lines with the result Browse set register Set the register to use for subsequent cut copy paste operations Browse isearch sel backward persist 0 whole_word 1 Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Browse end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry Browse goto percent line cursor fnb Position cursor at start of line at given percent in file This uses the previously entered numeric modifier or defaults to going to line one The cursor can be positioned at start end or fnb
248. e a perspective is left or auto save as configured on a per perspective basis Internal Name main perspective auto save Data Specification tuple length 2 of always never prompt choose lt type str gt Default Value always Shared Perspective File Selects the file to use for storing and retrieving shared perspectives By default when value is None the file perspectives in the user settings directory is used Internal Name main perspective shared file Data Specification one of lt type NoneType gt lt type str gt Default Value None e Other Show Splash Screen Controls whether or not the splash screen is shown at startup Internal Name main show splash screen Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Quit Application When Last Window Closes Quit application when last document window closes Internal Name guimgr quit on last window close osx Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Auto Focus Tools Controls whether to automatically move keyboard focus from the editor to tools when they are revealed 155 Preferences Reference Internal Name gui auto focus tools Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Case Sensitive Sorting Controls whether names are sorted case sensitively with all caps preceding small letters or case insensitively Internal Name gui sort case sensitive Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Valu
249. e command registry and loads any sub modules if the module is a package with __init__ py Note that reloading is by design slightly different than Python s builtin reload function Any old top level symbols are blown away rather than being retained This places some limits on what can be done with global data For example storing a database connection will require re establishing the connection each time the script is reloaded Trouble shooting Guide This chapter describes what to do if you are having trouble installing or using Wing IDE 141 Trouble shooting Guide Note We welcome feedback and bug reports both of which can be submitted directly from Wing IDE using the Submit Feedback and Submit Bug Report items in the Help menu or by emailing us at support at wingware com 18 1 Trouble shooting Failure to Start If you are having trouble getting Wing to start at all read through this section for information on diagnosing the problem To rule out problems with a project file or preferences try renaming your User Settings Directory and restart Wing If this works you can copy over files from the renamed directory one at a time to isolate the problem or email support at wingware dot com for help On Windows the user s temporary directory sometimes becomes full which prevents Wing from starting Check whether the directory contains more than 65 000 files On Linux OS X or other Posix systems in some cases when th
250. e configured tab size Use the Indentation Manager to alter indentation in existing files Internal Name edit indent size Data Specification from 1 to 80 Default Value 4 Default Indent Style Set the style of indentation used in new files This is overridden in non empty files according to the actual contents of the file Use the Indentation Manager to alter indentation in existing files Internal Name edit indent style Data Specification mixed spaces only tabs only 166 Preferences Reference Default Value spaces only Auto Indent Controls when Wing automatically indents when return or enter is typed Internal Name edit auto indent Data Specification 0 1 blank only Default Value 1 Show Indent Guides Set to true to show indent guides by default Internal Name edit show indent guides Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Show Python Indent Warning Dialog Set to show a warning dialog when opening a Python file that contains potentially problematic indentation Either inconsistent and possibly confusing indentation a mix of indent styles in a single file or mixed tab and space indentation which is not recommended for Python Internal Name edit show python indent warnings Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Show Override Warning Dialog Show indent mismatch warning dialog when user selects an indent style that is incompatible with existing file conte
251. e encoding to use for newly created files Internal Name edit default encoding 159 Preferences Reference Data Specification None or Central and Eastern European iso8859 2 Japane se iso 2022 jr an Western European cp1140 Chinese PRC hz Portuguese cp860 Japane se iso 2022 jp Default Value None New File EOL Default end of line to use Wing matches existing line endings in non blank files and uses this preference only when a file contains no end of line characters Internal Name edit new file eol style Data Specification If cr crlf Default Value If New File Extension Default file extension for newly created files Internal Name edit new file extension Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value py Max Recent Items Maximum number of items to display in the Recent menus Internal Name gui max recent files Data Specification from 3 to 200 Default Value 20 Maximum File Size MB Maximum size of files that Wing will try to open in MB Internal Name gui max file size Data Specification from 1 to 100000 Default Value 100 e File Types Extra File Types This is a map from file extension or wildcard to mime type It adds additional file type mappings to those built into Wing IDE File extensions can be specified alone without dot or wildcard for example xcf or using wildcards containing and or 2 for example Makefile The mime type to use for Python files is text x python
252. e more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Up Brief Alt Up VI VIM Alt Up Eclipse Alt Up Emacs Alt Up Visual Studio Alt Up OS X Commanda _ fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt End Brief Alt End VI VIM Alt End Eclipse Alt End Emacs Alt End Visual Studio Alt End OS X Command Ctrl fold expand all clicked Expand the clicked fold point completely fold expand all current 251 Command Reference Expand the current fold point completely Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Page_Down Brief Alt Page_Down VI VIM Alt Page_Down Eclipse Alt Page_Down Emacs Alt Page_Down Visual Studio Alt Page_Down OS X Commana fold expand current Expand the current fold point Key Bindings VI VIM z o Eclipse Ctrl fold expand more clicked Expand the clicked fold point one more level fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Down Brief Alt Down VI VIM Alt Down Eclipse Alt Down Emacs Alt Down Visual Studio Alt Down OS X Command fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Brief Alt VI VIM Alt Eclipse Alt Emacs Alt Visual Studio Alt OS X Command fold toggle clicked Toggle the clicked fold point force indent style to match file Force the indent style of the editor to match the
253. e network In order to do this take the following steps see also Remote Debugging Example 1 First set up Wing IDE to successfully accept connections from another process within the same machine as described in section Importing the Debugger You can use any Python script for testing this until you have values that work 2 Optionally alter the Server Host preference to the name or IP address of the network interface on which the IDE listens for debug connections The default server is None which indicates that the IDE should listen on all the valid network interfaces on the host 3 Optionally alter the preference Server Port to the TCP IP port on which the IDE should listen for debug connections This value may need to be changed if multiple copies of Wing IDE are running on the same host 106 Advanced Debugging Topics 4 Set the Allowed Hosts preference to include the host on which the debug process will be run For security purposes Wing will reject connections if the host isn t included here 5 Configure any firewall on the system that Wing IDE is running on to accept a connection on the server port from the system that the debug process will run on 6 Next install Wing IDE on the machine on which you plan to run your debug program Creating an entire Wing IDE installation is the easiest approach Alternatives are to copy only the debug server code out of a Wing installation on the same type of OS or to compile the d
254. e open file dialog specify the name of the zip or egg file and add a followed by the name of the file to open 61 Source Code Editor 4 16 Keyboard Macros The Edit menu contains items for starting and completing definition of a keyboard or command sequence macro and for executing the most recently defined macro Once macro recording is started any keystroke or editor command is recorded as part of that macro until macro recording is stopped again Most commands may be included in macros as well as all character insertions and deletions Macros can be quite powerful by combining keyboard driven search Mini search in the Edit menu cursor movements and edits 4 17 Notes on Copy Paste There are a number of ways to cut copy and paste text in the editor e Use the Edit menu items This stores the copy cut text in the system wide clipboard and can be pasted into or copied from other applications e Use key equivalents as defined in the Edit menu e Right click on the editor surface and use the items in the popup menu that appears e Select a range of text and drag it using the drag and drop feature This will move the text from its old location to the new location either within or between editors e On Linux select text anywhere on the display and then click with the middle mouse button to insert it at the point of click e On Windows and Mac OS X click with the middle mouse button to insert the current emacs private c
255. e page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt O and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string 411 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key inter
256. e right to remove or alter any trademark logo copyright or other proprietary notice legend symbol or label in the Software Product You may at your discretion distribute patch files containing any modifications or improvements made to the Software Product other than those that are aimed at disabling or circumventing its built in license verification capabilities or that result in the removal or alteration of any trademark logo copyright or other proprietary notice legend symbol or label in the Software Product This right does not include the right to distribute substantial portions of the original source where distribution rights are limited to contextual information normally existing in software patch files You may at your discretion designate license terms open source or otherwise for all modifications or improvements made by you Wingware has no special rights to any such modifications or improvements You may make copies of the Software Product as reasonably necessary for its use Each copy must reproduce all copyright and other proprietary rights notices on or in the Software Product You may install your Software Product License only on computer systems and user accounts that are used by you the licensee You may also make copies of the 418 License Information Software Product License as necessary for backup and or archival purposes No other copies or installations may be made All rights not expressly granted to yo
257. e source editor This is done with the Run Tests at Cursor item in the Testing menu e Run tests that failed the last time tests were run This is done with the Run Failed Tests item in the Testing menu e Run all tests that were run the last time tests were run This is done with the Run Tests Again item in the Testing menu Test files and or individual tests may also be selected in the Testing tool and run with the Run Tests button or using the items in the context menu right click on the Testing tool For each of these run options there is an equivalent debug option that will run the tests in the debugger These are in the Debug group of the Testing menu To stop running tests use the Abort Running Tests item in the Testing menu or the Abort Tests item on the Testing tool To clear the previous test results from the Testing tool use the Clear Results item in the right click context menu 80 Debugger 11 3 Running unittest Tests From the Command Line Wing s unittest test runner can be run from the command line and store results in an XML file that can be loaded into Wing via the Load Test Results item in the Testing menu The test runner script is src testing runners run_unittest_xml py within the Wing installation directory It should be run with the Python interpreter that should be used for the selected tests as follows path to python path to src testing runners run_unittests_xml py options q testMo Where option
258. e tar distribution find your Wing installation directory and run the wing uninstall script located there Once done manually remove any remaining files and directories If this procedure does not solve the problem try moving aside the User Settings Directory and then starting Wing If this works try restoring files from the old user settings directory one by one to find the problem Key files to try are license act preferences and recent Then submit a bug report to support wingware com with the offending file Introduction 1 12 Installation Details and Options This section provides some additional detail for installing Wing and describes installation options for advanced users 1 12 1 Linux Installation Notes On Linux Wing can be installed from RPM Debian package or from tar archive Use the latter if you do not have root access on your machine or wish to install Wing somewhere other than usr lib wingide5 Be sure to use the 64 bit packages if you are on a 64 bit system Installing from RPM Wing can be installed from an RPM package on RPM based systems such as RedHat and Mandriva To install run rpm i wingide5 5 0 9 1 1386 rpm as root or use your favorite RPM administration tool to install the RPM Most files for Wing are placed under the usr lib wingided directory and the wing5 0 command is placed in the usr bin directory Installing from Debian package Wing can be installed from a Debian package on Debian Ubu
259. e the Shift modifier since they tend to appear in different locations on international keyboards AE Aacute Acircumflex Adiaeresis Agrave Ampersand Any Apostrophe Aring AsciiCircum AsciiTilde Asterisk At Atilde Backslash Bar BraceLeft BraceRight BracketLeft BracketRight Ccedilla Colon Comma Dollar ETH Eacute Ecircumflex Ediaeresis Egrave Equal Exclam Greater lacute Icircumflex Idiaeresis Igrave Less Minus Ntilde NumberSign Oacute Ocircumflex Odiaeresis Ograve Ooblique Otilde ParenLeft ParenRight Percent Period 18 Customization Plus Question QuoteDbl QuoteLeft Semicolon Slash Space THORN Uacute Ucircumflex Udiaeresis Ugrave Underscore Yacute acute brokenbar cedilla cent copyright currency degree diaeresis division exclamdown guillemotleft guillemotright hyphen macron masculine mu multiply nobreakspace notsign onehalf onequarter onesuperior ordfeminine paragraph periodcentered plusminus questiondown registered section ssharp sterling threequarters threesuperior twosuperior ydiaeresis yen 2 2 User Interface Options Wing provides many options for customizing the user interface to your needs Preferences can be set to control the number and type of windows layout of tools and editors text fonts and colors type of toolbar and the overall display style including ability to select background color 2 2 1 Display Style and Colors By default
260. e tool is visible and has focus wingtips close Close the Wing Tips window wingtips contents Go to the Wing Tips contents page 224 Command Reference wingtips next Go to the next page in Wing Tips wingtips next unseen Go to a next unseen Wing Tips page wingtips previous Go to the previous page in Wing Tips 20 2 Project Manager Commands Project Manager Commands These commands act on the project manager or on the current project regardless of whether the project list has the keyboard focus add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift 1 Brief Ctrl Shift l VI VIM Ctrl Shift l Eclipse Ctrl Shift l Emacs Ctrl Shift 1 Visual Studio Cirl Shift l OS X Command Shift l add directory to project loc None recursive True filter include_hidden False gui True Add directory to project add file to project Add an existing file to the project browse selected from project Browse file currently selected in the project manager clear project main debug file Clear main debug entry point to nothing so that debugging runs the file in the current editor by default close project Close currently open project file debug selected from project Start debugging the file currently selected in the project manager execute selected from project Execute the file currently selected in the project manager new projec
261. e vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa 357 Key Binding Reference ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Up ba
262. e with the system qt and private qt command line options Internal Name gui use system qt Data Specification None True False Default Value False gui work area rect Rectangle to use for the IDE work area on screen All windows open within this area Format is x y width height or use None for full screen Internal Name gui work area rect Data Specification None or tuple length 4 of lt type int gt lt type int gt lt type int gt lt type int gt Default Value None Editor Preferences consoles auto clear Automatically clear the OS Commands consoles each time the command is re executed Internal Name consoles auto clear Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False edit autocomplete autoshow Controls whether or not the completer is shown automatically during typing When disabled it can still be shown on demand with the Show Completer item in the Source menu Internal Name edit autocomplete autoshow Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 edit dataentry undo grouping Whether or not to group all edits made during data entry mode into a single undo action Internal Name edit dataentry undo grouping Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 203 Preferences Reference Default Value False edit fold mime types Selects the mime types for which folding should be allowed when folding in general is enabled Internal Name edit fold mime types
263. ead for the same result use sqlite dotfile locking Posix only Use sqlite dotfile locking when opening databases which are located under the cache directory or in the XDG_CACHE_DIR use winghome For developers only This option sets WINGHOME to be used during this run It is used internally and by developers contributing to Wing IDE The directory to use follows this argument use src For developers only This option is used to force Wing to run from Python source files even if compiled files are present in the bin directory as is the case after a distribution has been built Customization orig python path For developers only This option is used internally to indicate the original Python path in use by the user before Wing was launched The path follows this argument squelch output For developers only This option prevents any output of any kind to stdout and stderr Used on Windows to avoid console creation Customization There are many ways to customize Wing IDE in order to adapt it to your needs or preferences This chapter describes the options that are available to you Note These are some of the areas of customization that are available e The editor can run with different personalities such as VI Vim Emacs Visual Studio Eclipse and Brief emulation e The action of the tab key can be configured e The auto completer s completion key s can be altered e The layout look color and co
264. ebugger core from source code For details see Installing the Debugger Core 7 Next transfer copies of all your debug code so that the source files are available on the host where Wing IDE will be running and at least the pyc files are available on the debug host During debugging the client and server copies of your source files must match or the debugger will either fail to stop at breakpoints or stop at the wrong place and stepping through code may not work properly Since there is no mechanism in Wing IDE for transferring your code you need to use NFS Samba FTP or some other file sharing or file transfer mechanism to keep the remote files up to date as you edit them in Wing If files appear in different disk locations on the two machines you will also need to set up a file location map as described in File Location Maps 8 On your debug host copy wingdbstub py into the same directory as your source files and import it in your Python source as described in Debugging Externally Launched Code 9 If you didn t copy wingdbstub py out of a complete installation of Wing IDE on the debug host you will need to set kWingHome to match the location where you have copied the debug server code on your debug host 10 In wingdbstub py on your debug host set kWingHostPort The host in this value must be the IP address of the machine where Wing IDE is running The port must match the port configured with the Server Port preference on
265. ect use Save Project As in the Project menu Once a project file has been saved the first time it will be auto saved whenever you close the project start a debug session or exit Wing You can also save a copy of your project to another location or name with Save Project As in the Project menu 28 Project Manager Note Moving Project Files When moving a project file on disk doing so in a file browser or from the command line may partially break the project if it is moved relative to the position of files that it includes Using Save Project As in Wing instead will properly update the relative paths that the project manager uses to locate files in the project 3 4 Sorting the View The project can be set to show your files in one of several modes using the Options menu in the top right of the project view e View As Tree This displays the project files in true tree form The tree structure is based on the partial relative path from the project file e View As Flattened Tree This view the default shows files organized according to their location on disk Each directory is shown at the top level with path names shown as partial relative paths based on the location of the project file If you alter the location of the project file with Save Project As these paths will be updated accordingly Several sorting options are available to sort items within their directory by name mime type or extension The List Files B
266. ecution point or start debugging at first line F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line 370 Key Binding Reference Home scroll to start Scroll to the top of the text in the editor Set move_caret to control whether the the caret is moved ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Option Backspace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Option Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Option F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Option F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Option F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Option F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Option Left b
267. ed Internal Name gui auto save before action Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Default Directory Policy Defines how Wing determines the starting directory to use when prompting for a file name Either based on location of the resource at current focus location of the current project home directory the last directory visited for file selection the current directory at startup or selected since or always the specific fixed directory entered here Internal Name main start dir policy Data Specification tuple length 2 of current project current directory recen t directory ct Default Value current focus Title Style Format used for titles of source files Use Base Name Only to display just the file name Prepend Relative Path to use partial relative path from the project file location or configured Project Home Directory Append Relative Path to instead append the relative path after the file namePrepend Full Path to use full path or Append Full Path to instead append the fullpath after the file name Internal Name gui source title style Data Specification append relative basename prepend fullpath append fullp ath prepend Default Value append relative Default Encoding The default encoding to use for text files opened in the source editor and other tools when an encoding for that file cannot be determined by reading the file Other encodings may also be tried This also sets th
268. ed files perforce commit locs lt selected files gt Commit the selected files to the Perforce repository perforce commit project Commit files in project perforce diff locs lt selected files gt Show the differences between working version of given files and the corresponding revision in the Perforce repository perforce edit locs lt selected files gt Copy the selected files from the Perforce repository perforce log locs lt selected files gt Show the revision log for the selected files in the Perforce repository 272 Command Reference perforce project status Run status for entire project perforce remove locs lt selected files gt Remove the selected files perforce resolved locs lt selected files gt Indicate that any conflicts are resolved perforce revert locs lt selected files gt Revert the selected files perforce status locs lt selected files gt View the Perforce repository status for the selected files perforce sync locs lt selected files gt Copy the selected files from the Perforce repository perforce sync project Update files in project Version Control Command Map Base class for version control command map classes This provides the common shared commands for version control by creating them dynamically at runtime The common commands are as follows add Add a file or files to the repository remove Remove from the repository commit Commit changes f
269. ed in guiutils formbuilder py but these are not usually needed in collecting scripting arguments CPopupChoiceGui A popup menu to select from a range of values The constructor takes a list of items for the popup Each item may be one of None SEELE value label value label tip 136 iN Clawarelese The valu The label used in the menu is derived label value replace _ title Th The value and label to use in menu va lue label and a tooltip to show when the user hovers over the menu item Scripting and Extending Wing IDE CNumberGui A small entry area for collecting a number The constructor takes these arguments all are required min_value The minimum value inclusive max_value The maximum value inclusive page_size Increment when scroller is used to browse the range num_decimals Number of decimal places 0 to collect an integer Additional formlets for collecting data are defined in guiutils formbuilder py but these are not usually needed for scripting Magic Default Argument Values Wing treats certain defaults values specially when they are specified for a script s arguments When these default values are given Wing will replace them with instances of objects defined in the API This is a convenient way for the script to access the application debugger current project current editor and other objects in the API A
270. eded Command F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Command F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Command F5 debug kill Stop debugging Command F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Command F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Command G search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction Command H toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default Command l view file properties View project properties for a particular file current file if none is given Command J fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Command L goto line Position cursor at start of given line number 363 Key Binding Reference Command Left beginning of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Command M execute kbd macro Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the
271. educe overhead as well However this disabled security options so it s a good idea to understand what it does before using it If you are displaying to Windows the choice of X11 server software running on Windows can make a huge difference in performance If the GUI seems very slow try a different X11 server Other Options Other options for displaying Wing remotely from Linux include e XRDP implements the protocol for Windows Remote Desktop e NoMachine Another free remote desktop toolkit Introduction 1 12 3 Installing Extra Documentation On Windows Wing looks for local copies of Python documentation in the Doc directory of the Python installation s either in CHM or HTML format If you are using Linux or OS X the Python manual is not included in most Python installations so you may wish to download and install local copies To do this place the top level of the HTML formatted Python manual where index html is found into python manual within your Wing IDE installation Replace with the major and minor version of the corresponding Python interpreter for example for the Python 2 7 x manual use python manual 2 7 Once this is done Wing will use the local disk copy rather than going to the web when the Python Manual item is selected from the Help menu 1 12 4 Source Code Installation Source code is available to licensed users of Wing IDE Professional non evaluation licenses only who have completed a non
272. efault Value 4 Alt Key Selects the key to use as the Alt modifier in key bindings Note that the Option key is also used to enter characters such as on US keyboards or on German keyboards When the Option key is used for the Alt key Alt key bindings take precedence and thus may block entering of characters with the Option key If both functions are needed use the left Option key for the Alt key and enter characters with the right Option key If the Command keys are used for the Alt key any Alt key bindings will override Command key bindings for the same key 153 Preferences Reference Internal Name gui qt osx key for alt Data Specification both option keys command keys left option key none Default Value left option key Use Alt for Accelerators Specifies whether plain Alt keystrokes should be used only for accelerators When enabled Alt key presses that could be for an accelerator will be used only for accelerators and never for key bindings When disabled Alt key bindings take precedence over accelerators This preference is ignored when Wing is running with native OS X display style since in that case accelerators do not exist Internal Name gui qt os alt for accelerators Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Custom Key Bindings Override key bindings in the keymap To enter the key place focus on the entry area and type the key combination desired The command is one of those docum
273. eference is used Ctrl K Ctrl U uncomment out region Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Ctrl L cut line Cut the current line s to clipboard Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl M execute kbd macro Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl Minus visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl N new file Create a new file Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl O
274. efined for it This operates only on the last directory on the snippet path snippet rename file type new_file_extension Rename a file type to the snippet manager The file type is the file extension This operates on the last directory on the snippet path 262 Command Reference snippet selected copy new_name Copy the selected snippet to a new name in the same context snippet selected edit Edit the selected snippet snippet selected new file Paste the currently selected snippet into a new editor snippet selected paste Paste the currently selected snippet into the current editor snippet selected remove Remove the selected snippet snippet selected rename new_name Rename the selected snippet snippet show docs Show the Wing IDE documentation section for the snippet manager 20 4 Search Manager Commands Toolbar Search Commands Commands available when the tool bar search entry area has the keyboard focus backward char Move backward one character Key Binding Left backward char extend Move backward one character extending the selection Key Binding Shift Left backward delete char Delete character behind the cursor Key Bindings Wing IDE BackSpace Brief BackSpace VI VIM BackSpace Eclipse BackSpace Emacs BackSpace Visual Studio BackSpace OS X Backspace backward delete word Delete word behind the cursor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl BackSpace Brief Ctrl BackSpace VI VIM
275. efore Directories option may be used to control whether files or directories are shown first in the tree view 3 5 Navigating to Files Files can be opened from the project manager window by double clicking or middle clicking on the file name or right clicking and using the Open in Wing IDE menu item Files may also be opened using an external viewer or editor by right clicking on the file and using the Open in External Viewer item On Windows and Mac OS X this opens the file as if you had double clicked on it On Linux the preferences File Display Commands and Extra Mime Types can be used to configure how files are opened You can also execute Makefiles Python source code and any executable files by selecting the Execute Selected item from the popup menu This executes outside of the debugger with any input output occurring in the OS Commands tool Doing so also adds the command to the OS Commands tool where its runtime environment can be configured 29 Project Manager 3 5 1 Keyboard Navigation Once it has the focus the project manager tree view is navigable with the keyboard using the up down arrow keys page up and page down and home end Use the right arrow key on a parent to display its children or the left arrow key to hide them Whenever a file is selected pressing enter will open that item into an editor in Wing IDE 3 6 Sharing Projects The default Project Type accessed from Project Properties gt Optio
276. elect the command line options sent to the Python interpreter while debugging The default of u sets Python into unbuffered I O mode which ensures that the debug process output including prompts shown for keyboard input will appear in a timely fashion For all of these environment variable references may be used as described in Environment Variable Expansion Shared Launch Configurations By default each launch configuration is stored in the project file In the launch configuration manager dialog the Shared checkbox can be selected to cause Wing to store that launch configuration in the User Settings Directory instead in a file named launch Those launch configurations are then accessible from all projects Working on Different Machines or OSes When the Shared checkbox is selected for a launch configuration or when shared projects are used it is necessary to design launch configurations carefully so that they will work across projects machines or operating systems For example specifying a full path in the Python Path may not work on a different OS The key to making this work is to use environment variable references in the form VARNAME as described in Environment Variable Expansion The referenced environment variables can be special environment variables defined by Wing such as WING PROJECT_DIR or user defined values that are set either system wide or in Project Properties Note that values set in Environment in 38
277. elected stack frame and tries to re evaluate that path whenever the value may have changed For example if you define a dictionary variable called testdict in a function and set a value testdict 1 test the watched value for testdict 1 would show any value for that slot of testdict even if you delete testdict and recreate it In other words value tracking is independent of the life of any object instances in the data path e By Direct Object Reference The debugger uses the object reference to the selected value to track it If you use this mode with testdict as a whole it would track the contents of that dictionary as long as it exists If you were to reassign the variable testdict to another value your zoomed out display would still show the contents of the original dictionary instance if it still exists rather than the new value of the variable testdict In other words the symbolic path to the value is completely disregarded and only instance identity is used to track the value Because it s meaningless to track immutable types this way this option is disabled or enabled according to the values you select to zoom out into a separate window e By Parent Reference and Slot The debugger uses the object reference to the parent of the selected data slot and uses a symbolic representation of the slot within the parent in order to determine where to look for any value updates This means that reassignment of the variable that points t
278. emaining displayed editor One of current Show current editor elose Close current editor before unsplitting recent Change to recent buffer before unsplitting PECENE Or CIOS Change to recent buffer before closing split or close the current buffer if there is only one split left NOTE The parameters for this command are subject to change in the future Key Bindings Brief F4 VI VIM Ctrl W q invokes unsplit action close Emacs Ctrl X 1 Editor Replace Mode Commands Commands available only when editor is in replace mode used for VI bindings and possibly others enter browse mode provisional False Enter editor browse mode Key Bindings VI VIM Esc 230 Command Reference Editor Split Commands Commands for a particular editor split available when the editor in that split has the keyboard focus Additional commands affecting the editor s content are defined separately activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 1 Brief Ctrl 1 VI VIM Ctrl 1 Eclipse Ctrl 1 Emacs Ctrl 1 Visual Studio Ctrl 1 OS X Commanc 1 grow split horizontally Increase width of this split grow split vertically Increase height of this split Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W shrink split horizontally Decrease width of this split shrink split vertically Decrease height of this split Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W visit history next Move forward in
279. embers attrib Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 207 Command Reference Default Value 1 debug warn stale shell Enable to display a dialog when the Python Shell state no longer matches the configured Python Executable and or Python Path Internal Name debug warn stale shell Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 debug wrap debug io Enables line wrapping in the integrated Debug I O tool Internal Name debug wrap debug io Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 debug wrap debug probe Enables line wrapping in the Debug Probe Internal Name debug wrap debug probe Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 debug wrap python shell Enables line wrapping in the Python Shell Internal Name debug wrap python shell Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Command Reference This chapter describes the entire top level command set of Wing IDE Use this reference to look up command names for use in modified keyboard bindings Commands that list arguments of type lt numeric modifier gt accept either a number or previously entered numeric modifier This is used with key bindings that provide a way to enter a numeric modifier such as Esc 1 2 3 in the emacs personality or typing numerals in browse mode in the vi personality 208 Command Reference 20 1 Top level Commands Application Control Commands These are the high level applicati
280. en line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Key Binding Shift Down next line extend rect cursor same repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Alt Down Brief Shift Alt Down VI VIM Shift Alt Down Eclipse Shift Alt Down Emacs Shift Alt Down Visual Studio Shift Alt Down OS X Ctrl Option Down 243 Command Reference next line in file cursor start repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to next line in file repositioning character within line start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Key Bindings VI VIM invokes next line in file cursor fnb next scope count 1 sibling_only False Select the next scope Specify a count of more than 1 to go forward multiple scopes If sibling_only is true move only to other scopes of the same parent Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift Down next statement count 1 ignore_indented True Select the next statement Will ignore indented statemen
281. ence Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt R isearch backward regex Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt S isearch forward regex Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only i
282. ences must be specified e Accept Debug Connections should be checked e Server Host should be set to All Interfaces this is the default e Server Port should be set to 50005 this is the default e Allowed Hosts should be altered by adding 192 168 1 200 On the Linux Unix machine the following value is needed in wingdbstub py knimohostREort a 117 ios oi Zs SOOOS Y Once this is done and Wing has been restarted you should be able to run code that imports wingdbstub on the Linux Unix machine and see the debug connection establish on the Windows machine 110 Advanced Debugging Topics Then you will need to set up file sharing between the two machines for example using Samba and will need to establish a location map in your Wing IDE preferences on the Windows machine If your source code on the Linux Unix machine is in home myuser mysource and you map home myuser to e on the Windows machine then you would enter this location map via the Preferences GUI by adding 192 168 1 200 as a new Remote Host IP and entering a single mapping pair with home myuser mysource and e mysource See Location Map Examples for additional examples 13 2 3 Installing the Debugger Core When Wing is used to debug a Python program remotely the Wing debugger core must be installed on the remote machine The easiest way to do that is just to install Wing IDE there If that is not possible there are two options 1 Copy just the debugger files from
283. end of document F1 Multiple commands first available is executed show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F10 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F2 Multiple commands first available is executed 412 Key Binding Reference e show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F3 split vertically Split current view vertically Create new editor in new view when new 1 F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F4 unsplit Unsplit all editors so there s only one Action specifies how to choose the remaining displayed editor One of current Show current editor ElGSE Close current editor before unsplitting recent Change to recent buffer before unsplitting recent or close Change to recent buffer before closing split or close the current buffer if there is only one split left NOTE The parameters for this command are subject to change in the future F5 debug continue Continue or sta
284. end of the toolbar search entry Command S save Save active document Also close it if close is True Command Semicolon comment toggle Toggle commenting out of the selected lines The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block 364 Key Binding Reference uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Command Shift D goto bookmark Goto named bookmark Command Shift Down end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Command Shift F batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Command Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Command Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Command Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Command Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view
285. ent adjusting the selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Home Brief Ctrl Shift Home VI VIM 248 Command Reference Ctrl Shift Home Eclipse Ctrl Shift Home Emacs Ctrl Shift Home Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Home OS X Commanda Shift Up stop mark command deselect True Stop text marking for selection at current cursor position leaving the selection set as is Subsequent cursor move operations will deselect the range and set selection to cursor position Deselect immediately when deselect is True Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl G swap lines previous False Swap the line at start of current selection with the line that follows it or the preceding line if previous is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift L Eclipse Ctrl Shift L Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl T invokes swap lines previous True tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Key Binding Tab undo Undo last action Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Z Brief Alt U VI VIM u Eclipse Ctrl Z Emacs Ctrl Visual Studio Ctrl Z OS X Commana Z yank line Yank contents of kill buffer created with kill line into the edit buffer Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl Y General Editor Commands Editor commands that act on the current most recently active source editor whether or not it currently has the keyboard focus check indent consistency Check whether indents consistently use spaces or tabs throughout
286. ent position Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page_Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Page_ Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt B diff merge b a Shift
287. ent statement F6 step over statement Step over current statement F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F7 step out Step out of the current function or method F8 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa 397 Key Binding Reference Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at curr
288. ented in the user manual s Command Reference or the name of any user scripts that have been loaded into the IDE Leave the command name blank to remove the default binding for a key this is useful when adding multi key bindings that conflict with a default Internal Name gui keymap override Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values lt type str gt Default Value Typing Group Timeout Sets the timeout in seconds to use for typing after which keys pressed are considered a separate group of characters This is used for typing to select on lists and in other GUI areas Before the timeout subsequent keys are added to previous ones to refine the selection during keyboard navigation Internal Name gui typing group timeout Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 1 VI Mode Ctrl C X V Controls the behavior of the Ctrl X C V key bindings in vi mode Either always use these for cut copy paste use them for vi native actions such as initiate numeric repeat and start select block or use the default by system clipboard on win32 and other commands elsewhere 154 Preferences Reference Internal Name vi mode clipboard bindings Data Specification other clipboard system default Default Value system default e Perspectives Auto save Perspectives Selects whether to auto save perspectives when switching to another perspective Can always auto save never auto save prompt each tim
289. ents to mixed indent_size Convert all lines with leading spaces to mixed tabs and spaces convert indents to spaces only indent_size Convert all lines containing leading tabs to spaces only convert indents to tabs only Convert all indentation to use tab characters only and no spaces evaluate file in shell restart_shell None Run the contents of the editor within the Python Shell Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt V Eclipse Ctrl Alt V evaluate sel in debug probe whole_lines None Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Debug Probe tool When whole _lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When unspecified set to None the setting from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt D Eclipse Ctrl Alt D evaluate sel in shell restart_shell False whole_lines None Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Python Shell tool optionally restarting the shell first When whole lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When unspecified set to None the setting from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt E Eclipse Ctrl Alt E Emacs Ctrl C execute kbd macro register a repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise
290. eparate window indicating the point of definition for that symbol Interactive Python Shell Wing provides an integrated Python Shell for execution of commands and experimental evaluation of expressions The version of Python used in the Python Shell and the environment it runs with is configured in your project using Project Properties This shell runs a separate Python process that is independent of the IDE and functions without regard to the state of any running debug process In Wing Professional the Debug Probe can be used to interact in a similar way with your debug process For details see Interactive Debug Probe Convenient ways to run parts of your source code in the shell include Copy Paste part of a file Wing will automatically adjust leading indentation so the code can be executed in the shell Drag and Drop part of a file This works like Copy Paste Evaluate File in Python Shell This command in the Source menu will evaluate the top level of the current file in the shell Evaluate Selection in Python Shell The command in the Source menu and editor s context menu right click will evaluate the current selection in the shell Options menu This menu in the Python Shell tool contains items for evaluating the current file or selection In the Python Shell the Up and Down arrow keys will traverse the history of the code you have entered and the return key will either execute the code if it is complete or prompt
291. epositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position 341 Key Binding Reference Shift Alt N diff next Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position option
292. er Key Bindings VI VIM y new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Key Binding Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Return Brief Ctrl Return VI VIM Ctrl Return Eclipse Ctrl Return Emacs Ctrl Return Visual Studio Ctrl Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Return Brief Shift Return VI VIM Shift Return Eclipse Shift Return Emacs Shift Return Visual Studio Shift Return next blank line threshold 0 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to the next blank line in the file if any If threshold gt 0 then a line is considered blank if it contains less than that many characters after leading and trailing whitespace are removed Key Bindings Emacs Alt invokes next blank line threshold 1 next block count 1 ignore_indented True Select the next block Will ignore indented blocks under the current block unless ignore_indented is False Specify a count of more than 1 to go forward multiple blocks next line cursor same repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Key Binding Down next line extend cursor same repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to next scre
293. ernal Name debug debug probe encoding Data Specification None or Central and Eastern European iso8859 2 Japane se iso 2022 jr Chinese PRC hz Portuguese cp860 Chinese ROC cp950 Unicode UTF 16 big endian Default Value None Pretty Print in Shells Enable to use pprint pprint to display values in the Python Shell and Debug Probe Internal Name debug pretty print in shells Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False OS Commands Encoding Default encoding of sub process input output when run in the OS Commands panel This can be overridden on a per command basis in each command s properties Internal Name consoles encoding Data Specification None or Central and Eastern European iso8859 2 Japane se iso 2022 jr Danish Norwegian cp865 Cyrillic Languages iso8859 5 Turkish cp1026 We stern Europea Default Value None Use External Console Selects whether to use the integrated Debug I O tool for debug process input output or an external terminal window Use an external window if your debug process depends on details of the command prompt environment for cursor movement color text etc Internal Name debug external console 183 Preferences Reference Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 External Console Waits on Exit Determines whether to leave up the console after normal program exit or to close the console right away in all cases This is only relevant when run
294. erwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift F batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints Ctrl Shift G search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Ctrl Shift H batch replace Display search and replace in files tool 294 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift l add
295. es preference to define them Once defined filters are presented by name in the Search in Files tool s Filter menu and in the Project tool s Directory Properties Any problems encountered in using the file filters are reported in the Messages area Project Manager The Project manager provides a convenient index of the files in your software project and collects information needed by Wing s debugger source code analysis tools version control integration and other facilities To get the most out of Wing s debugger and source analysis engine you may in some cases need to set up Python Executable Python Path and other values in Project Wide Properties and or Per File Properties 3 1 Creating a Project To create a new project use the New Project item in the Project menu This will prompt you to save any changes to your currently open project and will create a new untitled project When you create a new project you will often want to alter some of the Project Properties to point Wing at the version of Python you want to use set 27 Project Manager PYTHONPATH so Wing s source analyzer and debugger can find your files and set any other necessary runtime environment for your code To add files to your project use the following items in the Project menu e Add Existing Directory allows you to specify a directory to include in the project In many cases this is the only operation needed to set up a new project and it is t
296. es tool This makes it easy to quickly find and fixed errors in scripts during their development To make life easier you may want to create a project for your scripting work and then add WINGHOME bin to your Python Path in Project Properties where WINGHOME is replaced with the installation location of Wing IDE or on OS X the name of the Contents Resources folder inside of Wing s app folder This will make it possible for Wing to show auto completion and call tips for items inside the module wingapi That s all there is to basic scripting The most relevant examples for most simple scripts can be found in editor extensions py in the scripts directory inside the Wing IDE installation This shows how to access and alter text in the current editor among other things For more advanced scripting where more complete debugging support is needed you will need to obtain a copy of the Wing IDE source code distribution and run Wing from source code so that the scripts and all of Wing can be debugged with another copy of Wing usually your binary installation of Wing This is done by signing and submitting a non disclosure agreement 17 2 Getting Started Scripts are Python modules or packages containing one or more Python functions When Wing starts up it will search all directories in the configured Script Search Path for modules py files and packages directories with an __ init__ py file and any number of other py files or sub package
297. escribed in keyboard bindings All available commands are documented in the Command Reference 21 1 Wing IDE Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the Wing IDE keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file 287 Key Binding Reference Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents a
298. ets up a Wing project to work with an existing Django project This assumes that you have already added files to the project so that your manage py and settings py files are in the project It sets up the Python Executable project property sets manage py runserver noreload 8000 as the main debug file sets up the Wing project environment by defining DJANGO_SITENAME and DJANGO_SETTINGS_ MODULE adds the site directory to the Python Path in the Wing project sets TEMPLATE_DEBUG True in the settings py file ensures that the Template Debugging project property is enabled sets up the unit testing framework and file patterns in project properties django start app appname 281 Command Reference Start a new application within the current Django project and add it to the INSTALLED_APPS list in the project s settings py file django sync db Run manage py syncdb django run tests Run manage py unit tests in the Testing tool django restart shell Show and restart the Python Shell tool which works in the same environment as manage py shell To show the tool without restarting it use the Tools menu Django Script A plugin that provides Django specific functionality when a project looks like it contains Django files django setup wing project Sets up a Wing project to work with an existing Django project This assumes that you have already added files to the project so that your manage py and settings py files are
299. ever because of the way in which Wing loads scripts users should avoid importing one script file into another If this is done the module loaded at the import will not be the same as the one loaded into the scripting manager This happens because the scripting manager uniquifies the module name by prepending internal_script_ so two entries in sys modules will result In practice this is not always a problem except if global data at the top level of the script module is used as a way to share data between the two script modules Be sure to completely understand Python s module loading facility before importing one script into another Internationalization and Localization String literals and docstrings defined in script files can be flagged for translation using the gettext system To do this the following code should be added before any string literals are used 138 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE import gettext _ gettext translation scripts_example fallback 1 gettext _il8n_module scripts_example The string scripts_example should be replaced with the name of the mo translation file that will be added to the resources locale localization directories inside the Wing installation Subsequently all translatable strings are passed to the _ function as in this code example kMenuName _ Test Base The separate _i18n_module attribute is needed to tell Wing how to translate docstrings which cannot be passed
300. ew key bindings or in other cases where the Custom Key Bindings preference is not sufficient it is possible to create a custom key equivalency map and use it as your default map through the Key Map File preference In a key map file each key equivalent is built from names listed in the Key Names section These names can be combined as follows 1 A single unmodified key is specified by its name alone for example Down for the down arrow key 2 Modified keys are specified by hyphenating the key names for example Shift Down for the down arrow key pushed while shift is held down Multiple modifiers may also be specified as in Ctrl Shift Down 3 Special modifiers are defined for Vim mode Visual Browse Insert and Replace These correspond with the different editor modes and will only work if the Keyboard Personality preference has been set to VI Vim 4 Multi key combinations can be specified by listing multiple key names separated by a space For example to define a key equivalent that consists of Customization first pushing ctrl x and then pushing the a key by itself use ctrl x a as the key sequence The command portion of the key equivalency definition may be any of the commands listed in section Command Reference See the examples below for usage options Examples Here is an example of adding a key binding for a command If the command already has a default key binding both bindings will work UCwiel o
301. exception is not in the end handled and the debug program exits without calling StopDebug Work arounds include setting sys exitfunc before importing wingdbstub py or adding a top level try except clause that always calls StopDebug before exiting the debug program 13 Naming a file lt string gt will prevent the debugger from debugging that file because it is confused with the default file name used in Python for code that is not located in a file 14 The debugger may fail to step or start after stopping at a breakpoint if the floating point mode is set to single precision 24 bit on Intel x86 and potentially other processors This is sometimes done by graphics libraries such as DirectX or by other code that optimizes floating point calculations 15 When using Stackless Python overriding stackless tasklet __call___ without calling the Wing debugger s __call___ will break the debugger Integrated Version Control Wing IDE ships with integrated support for the Subversion Mercurial Bazaar Git CVS and Perforce version control systems Version control operations can be accessed with a menu on the main menubar context menus in the editors and Project view and a tool available from the Tools menu By default Wing auto detects which version control system is in use for your project based on files and directories that have been added to the project and assigns a single active system for project wide operations such as status update
302. ext display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Option Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Option Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character 367 Key Binding Reference within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Ctrl Option Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Ctrl Option Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Ctrl Option Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Ctrl Period visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl R query replace
303. ference Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 1 initiate repeat 1 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Alt 2 initiate repeat 2 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt 3 initiate repeat 3 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 4 initiate repeat 4 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 5 initiate repeat 5 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 6 initiate repeat 6 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 7 initiate repeat 7 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 8 initiate repeat 8 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Alt 9 initiate repeat 9 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the s
304. fication file Minor Adjustments For minor tweaks to syntax coloring in the editor use Syntax Formatting in the Edit gt Syntax Coloring preference group For each supported file type and each lexical state for the file type it is possible to set the foreground and background colors to use bold or italic font and to fill the end of line character so it appears as a solid block of color 23 Customization Comprehensive Changes For more comprehensive changes to syntax coloring textual syntax coloring specifications can be placed into the syntax directory within the User Settings Directory This directory must be created if it is not already present To override syntax colors only for a particular Color Palette place the syntax file in a sub directory of the syntax directory whose name matches the palette specification file name For example use syntax black background python stx to specify colors to use in Python files only with the Black Background color palette The syntax coloring configuration files can be modeled on the system wide defaults which are stored in resources syntax within your Wing IDE installation directory Any values missing from these files cause Wing to fall back to the system wide defaults Wing must be restarted to pick up changes made in these files Note that any non default syntax coloring preferences will take precedence over syntax files found in the user settings directory or system wide Automa
305. file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default e stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Browse r replace char line_mode restrict Replace num characters with given character Set line_mode to multiline to allow replacing across lines extend to replace on current line and then extend the line length and restrict to replace only if enough characters exist on current line after cursor position Browse s forward delete char insert Delete one char in front of the cursor and enter insert mode when working in modal key bindings Browse u undo Undo last action Browse v start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Browse w forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Browse x forward delete char within line Delete one character in front of the cursor unless at end of line in which case delete backward Do nothing if the line is empty This is VI style x in browser mode Browse y move to register next move Move the text spanned by the next cursor motion to a register 332 Key Binding Reference Browse z Browse center cursor Scroll so cursor is centered on display
306. focus browse selected from project Browse file currently selected in the project manager debug selected from project Start debugging the file currently selected in the project manager execute selected from project Execute the file currently selected in the project manager move files selected in project to trash 227 Command Reference Move the files and or directories currently selected in the project view to the trash or recycling bin open ext selected from project Open file currently selected in the project manager open selected from project Open files currently selected in the project manager remove selection from project Remove currently selected file or package from the project rename selected in project new_name Rename the currently selected file or directory in the project view search in selected from project Search in file or directory currently selected in the project manager set selected as main debug file Set selected file as the main debug file for this project view project as flat tree View project as flattened directory tree from project file view project as tree View project as directory tree from project file 20 3 Editor Commands Editor Browse Mode Commands Commands available only when the editor is in browse mode used for VI bindings and possibly others enter insert mode pos before Enter editor insert mode Key Bindings VI VIM A invokes enter insert
307. focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Ctrl Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search 308 Key Binding Reference Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl J fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Ctrl K kill line Kill rest of line from cursor to end of line and place it into the clipboard with any other contiguously removed lines End of line is removed only if there is nothing between the cursor and the end of the line Ctrl L center cursor Scroll so cursor is centered on display Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is
308. forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Command Underscore fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Command Up start of document Move cursor to start of document Command V paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Command W close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true 366 Key Binding Reference Command x cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Command Y selection add next occurence Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Command Z undo Undo last action Command parenleft start kbd macro Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z
309. forward one paragraph to next all whitespace line adjusting the selection range to new position forward tab Place a tab character at the current cursor position Key Binding Ctrl T forward word delimiters None gravity start repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Right Brief Citrl Right VI VIM Ctrl Right Eclipse Ctrl Right Emacs Cirl Right Visual Studio Ctrl Right OS xX Ctrl Right invokes forward word delimiters _ 8 amp 3 lt gt trn forward word extend delimiters None gravity start repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Right Brief 240 Command Reference Ctrl Shift Right VI VIM Ctrl Shift Right Eclipse Ctrl Shift Right Emacs Ctrl Shift Right Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Right OS X Option Shift Right goto overridden method Goes to the method that is overridden by the current method hide selec
310. forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl R replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl S save Save active document Also close it if close is True Ctrl Shift B isearch sel backward Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl Shift D selection add next occurence Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 t
311. ft if dir lt 0 Optionally place cursor pos characters to left or right of the target e g use 1 to place one to left If repeat gt 1 the Nth match is found Set single_line 1 to search only within the current line Key Bindings VI VIM F invokes search char dir 1 single_line 1 select all Select all text in the editor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl A Eclipse Ctrl A Visual Studio Ctrl A OS X Command A select block Select the block the cursor is in select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Down Brief Ctrl Down VI VIM Ctrl Down Eclipse Ctrl Down Emacs Cirl Down Visual Studio Ctrl Down select lines Select the current line or lines select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Up Brief Ctrl Up VI VIM Ctrl Up Eclipse Ctrl Up Emacs Ctrl Up Visual Studio Ctrl Up OS X Option Up select scope Select the scope the cursor is in select statement Select the statement the cursor is in 247 Command Reference selection add next occurence skip _current False reverse False Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift D Eclipse Ctrl Shift D
312. g you will need to install Python on your system if you have not already done so Python is available from www python org To debug Python code with Wing open up the Python file and select Start Continue from the Debug menu This will run to the first breakpoint unhandled exception or until the debug program completes Select Step Into instead to run to the first line of code Use the Debug O tool to view your program s output or to enter values for input to the program If your program depends on characteristics of the Windows Console or a particular Linux Unix shell see External I O Consoles for more information In some cases you may also need to enter a PYTHONPATH and other environment values using the Project Properties dialog available from the Project menu This can also be used to specify which Python executable should be used to run with your debug process Use this if Wing IDE cannot find Python on your system or if you have more than one version of Python installed To set breakpoints just click on the leftmost part of the margin next to the source code In Wing IDE Professional conditional and ignore counted breakpoints are also available from the Breakpoint Options group in the Debug menu or by right clicking on the breakpoints margin 82 Debugger 12 2 Specifying Main Entry Point Normally Wing will start debugging in whatever file you have active in the frontmost editor Depending on the nature of your projec
313. g IDE directly to wingware com you can go to http wingware com activate and enter the license id and activation request number obtained from Wing After entering this information you will be given an activation key which you can enter into Wing s dialog box to complete the activation This is exactly the same exchange of information that occurs when Wing IDE connects directly to wingware com to obtain a trial license If activation fails Wing will provide a way to configure an http proxy Wing tries to detect and use proxies by default but in some cases they will need to be manually configured Please ask your network administrator if you do not know what proxy settings to use See also how to determine proxy settings Introduction If you run into problems or need additional evaluation time please email us at sales at wingware com Permanent Licenses Permanent licenses and upgrades may be purchased in the online store at http wingware com store Permanent licenses include free upgrades through the 5 version series Wing IDE Professional licenses also allow access to the product source code via http wingware com downloads requires signed non disclosure agreement Activating on Shared Drives When Wing is installed on a shared drive for example a USB keydrive or on a file server the User Settings Directory where the license activation is stored may be accessed from several different computers In this case Wing m
314. g character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Visual filter selection Filter the current selection through an external command and replace the lines with the result Visual 1 initiate numeric modifier digit 1 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual 2 initiate numeric modifier digit 2 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual 3 initiate numeric modifier digit 3 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual 4 initiate numeric modifier digit 4 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual 5 initiate numeric modifier digit 5 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual 6 initiate numeric modifier digit 6 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command 344 Key Binding Reference Visual 7 initiate numeric modifier digit 7 VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Visual 8 initiate numeric modifier digit 8 VI style repeat numeric modifier for
315. g for POV ray tracer scene description language use lexer properties 259 Command Reference Force syntax highlighting for properties files use lexer ps Force syntax highlighting for Postscript use lexer python Force syntax highlighting for Python source Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 P Eclipse Ctrl 7 P Emacs Ctrl X L P Visual Studio Ctrl 7 P OS X Command 7 P use lexer qss Force syntax highlighting for QSS Qt Style sheets use lexer r Force syntax highlighting for R source file use lexer rc Force syntax highlighting for RC file format use lexer ruby Force syntax highlighting for Ruby source use lexer scriptol Force syntax highlighting for Scriptol use lexer scss Force syntax highlighting for SCSS formatted SASS use lexer sq l Force syntax highlighting for SQL Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 S Eclipse Ctrl 7 S Emacs Ctrl X L S Visual Studio Ctrl 7 S OS X Command 7 S use lexer tcl Force syntax highlighting for TCL use lexer vb Force syntax highlighting for Visual Basic use lexer vxml Force syntax highlighting for VXML use lexer xcode Force syntax highlighting for XCode files use lexer xml Force syntax highlighting for XML files Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 X Eclipse Ctrl 7 X Visual Studio Ctrl 7 X OS X Commana 7 X 260 Command Reference use lexer yaml Force syntax highlighting for YAML zoom in Zoom in increasing the text display
316. g test script can be used to confirm that the problem exists in your Python installation import sys print sys version sys version 144 Trouble shooting Guide print sys executable sys executable print sys version_info sys version_info import socket print socket socket print socket _socket socket _socket import select print select select To solve this problem try uninstalling Python manually removing any remaining files and installing again Or install Python into a new location on disk Once this is done be sure to confirm that Wing is configured to use the new Python installation from the Project Properties dialog in the Project menu and that the Show Python Environment item in the Source menu displays the correct intepreter PyGame Full Screen Mode Wing s debugger is unable to debug games written with pygame when they are running in full screen mode Use window mode instead This is a problem also for other Python debuggers 18 3 2 Failure to Stop on Breakpoints or Show Source Code There are several reasons why Wing may fail to stop on breakpoints or fail to show the Python source code when the breakpoint is reached Missing or Incorrect Source File Names The most common cause of failure to stop on breakpoints or to bring up source windows while stopping or stepping through code is a mismatch between the file name that is stored in the pyc file and the actual locat
317. g the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position 402 Key Binding Reference Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Tab outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never se
318. g to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word extending the selection Option Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page_Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt Down next line extend cursor xcode Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift Alt Up previous line extend cursor xcode Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char o
319. ged by clicking on the name within the list and editing it in place When perspectives are shared they are stored in the shared perspectives file which is configured with the Shared Perspective File preference instead of in the project file This makes the shared perspectives available across all projects or potentially to multiple users When multiple instances of Wing share this file Wing will watch for changes and auto reload the set of perspectives into each instance of Wing as another instance makes changes Note that when a shared perspective is un shared it is moved into the project currently open in the instance of Wing that un shared it When the Auto save Perspectives is set to Configured by Perspective the Perspective Manager will include a column to specify whether the perspective should be auto saved before transitioning to another perspective This is described in more detail below The perspective style can be used to control how much state is stored in the perspective By default Wing stores only the overall layout of the GUI and set of tools present Setting this to Tools and Editors will cause the perspective to control also which editors are open Setting it to All Visual State will store also the detailed state of the tools and editors including scroll position selection search strings tree expansion states and so forth When a key binding is defined that key sequence will cause Wing to switch to the associate
320. gger e Show Hide Detail Used to quickly show and hide the split where Wing shows expanded copies of values that are truncated on the main debug data view click on items to show their expanded form e Expand More When a complex data value is selected this menu item will expand one additional level in the complex value Since this expands a potentially large number of values you may experience a delay before the operation completes e Collapse More When a complex data value is selected this menu item will collapse its display by one additional level e Watch by These items can be used to watch a debug data value over time as described in Watching Values e Force Reload This forces Wing IDE to reload the displayed value from the debug process This is useful in cases where Wing is showing an evaluation error or when the debug program contains instances that implement __repr__ or similar special methods in a way that causes the value to change when subjected to repeated evaluation 12 9 1 2 Filtering Value Display There are a number of ways in which the variable displays can be configured 91 e Wing lets you prune the variable display area by omitting all values by type and variables or dictionary keys by name This is done by setting the two preferences Omit Types and Omit Names e You can also tell Wing to avoid probing certain values by data type This is useful to avoid attempting expansion of data values defi
321. gs The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl C copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Comma next window Switch to the next window alphabetically by title Ctrl D toolbar search focus Move focus to toolbar search entry Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl E brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl F search Bring up the search manager in search mode Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true 291 Key Binding Reference Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F
322. gs in it the debugger may reveal those bugs at times when you would otherwise not see them The rare worst case scenario is crashing of the debug process if flawed C or C extension module code is invoked In this case the debug session is ended More common but still rare are cases where Wing encounters an unexpected Python exception while handling a debug data value When this happens Wing displays the value as lt error handling value gt These errors are not reported as normal program errors in the Exceptions tool However extra output that may contain the exception being raised can be obtained by setting the Debug Internals Log File preference Stored Value Errors Wing remembers errors it encounters on debug values and stores these in the project file These values will not be refetched during subsequent debugging even if Wing is quit and restarted To override this behavior for an individual value use the Force Reload item in the right click context menu on a data value To clear the list of all errors previously encountered so that all values are reloaded use the Clear Stored Value Errors item in the Debug menu This operates only on the list of errors known for the current debug file if a debug session is active or for the main debug file if any when no debug process is running 12 10 Debug Process I O While running under the Wing debugger any output from print or any writes to stdout or stderr will be seen in t
323. gt Delete one character in front of the cursor unless at end of line in which case delete backward Do nothing if the line is empty This is VI style x in browser mode Key Bindings VI VIM x 239 Command Reference forward delete word delimiters None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete one word in front of the cursor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Delete Brief Ctrl Delete VI VIM Ctrl Delete Eclipse Ctrl Delete Emacs Ctrl Delete Visual Studio Ctrl Delete OS X Option Delete forward delete word insert delimiters None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete one word in front of the cursor and enter insert mode when working in modal key bindings forward page repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one page Key Bindings Wing IDE Next Brief Next VI VIM Next Eclipse Next Emacs Next Visual Studio Next OS X Ctrl Down forward page extend repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Next Brief Shift Next VI VIM Shift Next Eclipse Shift Next Emacs Shift Next Visual Studio Shift Next OS X Shift Page_Down forward paragraph repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor forward one paragraph to next all whitespace line Key Bindings VI VIM forward paragraph extend repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor
324. gt or a file name If the given file doesn t exist it is created if possible Note that using lt stderr gt may cause problems on Windows if the debug process is not running in a console This is equivalent to setting the WINGDB_LOGFILE environment variable before launching the debug program use a value of to turn off logging to file e Set kEmbedded to 1 when debugging embedded scripts In this case the debug connection will be maintained across script invocations instead of closing the debug connection when the script finishes When this is set to 1 you may need to call wingdbstub debugger ProgramQuit before your program exits or before it discards an instance of Python in order to cleanly close the debug connection to the IDE This is equivalent to setting the environment variable WINGDB_EMBEDDED 103 Advanced Debugging Topics e Set kAttachPort to define the default port at which the debug process will listen for requests to attach available in Wing IDE Professional only This is equivalent to setting the WINGDB_ATTACHPORT environment variable before launching the debug program If this value is less than 0 the debug process will never listen for attach requests If it is greater than or equal to 0 this value is used when the debug process is running without being in contact with Wing IDE as might happen if it initially fails to connect to the above defined host and port or if the IDE detaches from the process for a period
325. handled mode works well with wxPython PyGTK and in most other code where unexpected exceptions either lead to program termination or are handled by catch all exception handlers written in C C extension module code In some cases Wing s unhandled exception detector can report normal handled exceptions that are not seen outside of the debugger This occurs when the exceptions are handled in C C extension module code Wing can be trained to ignore these by checking the Ignore this exception location check box in the debugger s Exception tool Ignored exceptions are still reported if they actually lead to program termination and your selection is remembered in your project file so only needs to be made once Use Clear Ignored Exceptions from the Debug menu at any time to reset the ignore list to blank Reporting Logged Exceptions The Report Logged Exceptions in When Printed Mode preference controls whether exceptions that are not printed but that are logged with a call to logging exception will be reported by the default When Printed exception reporting mode This preference is ignored in other exception reporting modes Exception Type Filters The Never Report and Always Report preferences can be used to specify that certain exception types should never be reported at all or always reported regardless of whether they are printed or logged For example by default Wing will never stop on SystemExit or GeneratorExit since these occur during n
326. hanged or will change only in a backward compatible manner 17 5 Advanced Scripting While simple scripts can generally be developed from example using only the Wing IDE binary distribution more advanced scripts require Wing to be run from the source code distribution usually as a debug process being controlled by another copy of Wing IDE This provides not only more complete access to the source code for scripts that reach through the API into Wing internals but also more complete support for debugging the scripts as they are developed To obtain Wing s source code you must have a valid license to Wing IDE Professional or higher and must fill out and submit a non disclosure agreement Once this is done you will be provided with access to the source code and more information on working with Wing IDE s sources Example For an example of an advanced script that adds a tool panel to the IDE s interface see templating py in the scripts directory inside the Wing IDE installation 140 Trouble shooting Guide How Script Reloading Works Advanced scripters working outside of the API defined in wingapi py should note that Wing only clears code objects registered through the API For example a script added timeout using CAPIApplication InstallTimeout method will be removed and re added automatically during reload but a tool panel added using Wing internals will need to be removed and re added before it updates to run on altered scri
327. he CVS repository cvs log locs lt selected files gt Show the revision log for the selected files in the CVS repository Cvs project status Run status for entire project cvs remove locs lt selected files gt Remove the selected files cvs revert locs lt selected files gt Revert the selected files cvs status locs lt selected files gt View the CVS repository status for the selected files cvs update locs lt selected files gt Update the selected files from the CVS repository cvs update project Update files in project 271 Command Reference Mercurial Commands Mercurial revision control system commands hg annotate locs lt selected files gt Show user and revision for every line in the file s hg log locs lt selected files gt Show the revision log for the selected files in the hg repository hg merge locs lt selected files gt Merge working directory with changes in repository hg pull entire repository locs lt selected files gt Pull all changes from remote repository to local repository hg push entire repository locs lt selected files gt Update the selected files from the hg repository hg update locs lt selected files gt Update working directory from repository Perforce Commands Perforce revision control system commands perforce add locs lt selected files gt Add the files to perforce perforce blame locs lt selected files gt Show blame praise annotate for select
328. he Debug I O tool This is also where you enter keyboard input if your debug program requests any with input or raw_input or by reading from stdin The code that services debug process I O does two things 1 any waits on sys stdin are multiplexed with servicing of the debug network socket so that the debug process remains responsive to Wing IDE while waiting for keyboard input and 2 in some cases I O is redirected to another window 94 Debugger For a debug process launched from within Wing keyboard I O always occurs either in the Debug 1 O tool or in a new external console that is created before the debug process is started This can be controlled as described in External I O Consoles Using an external console is recommended when printing very large amounts of output from a debug process Debug processes launched outside of Wing using wingdbstub always do their keyboard I O through the environment from which they were launched whether that s a console window web server or any other I O environment When commands are typed in the Debug Probe I O is redirected temporarily to the Debug Probe only during the time that the command is being processed 12 10 71 External O Consoles In cases where the debug process requires specific characteristics provided by the Windows Console or specific Linux Unix shell or to better handle very large amounts of debug process output you can redirect debug I O to a new external window
329. he current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search
330. he file set in the editor This is done in the Manage File Sets dialog by selecting the file set right clicking and selecting Set Key Binding 49 Source Code Editor Shared File Sets File sets can either be stored in the project file the default or in a shared file that is used by all projects To make a file set into a shared file set open the Manage File Sets dialog and check the Shared checkbox 4 11 Code Snippets Wing Professional provides support for defining and using code snippets for commonly reused bits of code and other text Snippets might be used for standard file skeletons comment formats dividers class definitions function definitions HTML tables and much more Variants of snippets may be defined for different contexts for example to include or omit self in a def depending on whether or not itis a method in a class Wing s snippet functionality is implemented in the Snippets tool panel and by providing the snippets by name in the editor s auto completer Key bindings can be assigned to snippets so that the snippets tool does not have to be visible in order to use a Snippet Although Wing comes with a few example snippets in most cases users will want to define their own to match their coding conventions and preferences User Interface The Snippets tool panel provides the means for adding editing removing and executing snippets and also assigning key bindings for pasting selected snippets into the c
331. he form BP and places breakpoints on all lines where those markers are found A conditional breakpoint can be set if a condition follows the marker for example BP x gt 10 Removes all old breakpoints first Django Script A plugin that provides Django specific functionality when a project looks like it contains Django files django validate Run manage py validate django sqI appname Run manage py sql for given app name and display the output in a scratch buffer django show docs Show documentation for using Wing IDE and Django together django start project django_admin parent_directory site name superuser superuser_email superuser_password Start a new Django project with given site name and superuser account This will prompt for the location of django admin py the parent directory and the site name to use It then runs django admin py startproject edits settings py fields DATABASE_ENGINE and DATABASE _NAME to use sqlite3 by default adds django contrib admin to INSTALLED_APPS in settings py runs syncdb creating superuser account if one was given sets up the default admin templates by copying base_site html into the project and then offers to create a new project in Wing and run the django setup wing project command to configure the Wing IDE project for use with the new Django project django run tests to scratch buffer Run manage py tests with output in a scratch buffer django setup wing project S
332. he frontmost editor or to the next breakpoint exception or program termination You can you also step through code using the toolbar icons The step icon in the toolbar implements Step Over Statement Move Program Counter Here in the editor context menu right click can be used to move the current position within the innermost stack frame in the debug process to any other valid position within the same scope Stepping or execution will then continue with the selected line Attach and Detach only in Wing IDE Professional may be used to change the debugger between different debug processes This is for advanced users and is detailed in Attaching and Detaching 12 8 Viewing the Stack Whenever the debug program is paused at a breakpoint or during manual stepping the current stack is displayed in the Call Stack tool This shows all program stack frames encountered between invocation of the program and the current run position Outermost stack frames are higher up on the list When the debugger steps or stops at a breakpoint or exception it selects the innermost stack frame by default In order to visit other stack frames further up or down the stack select them in the Call Stack tool You may also change stack frames using the Up Stack and Down Stack items in the Debug menu the up down tool bar icons the stack selector popup menus the other debugging tools When you change stack frames all the tools in Wing that reference the current
333. he recommended approach You will be able to specify a filter of which files to include whether to include hidden amp temporary files and whether to include subdirectories The list of files in the project will be updated as files matching the criteria are added and removed from the disk e Add Current File will add the current editor file to the project if it is not already there e Add Existing File will prompt you to select a single file to add to the project view This may also result in adding a new directory to the project manager window if that file is the first to be added for a directory e Add New File is used to create a new file and simultaneously add it to your project A subset of these options can be accessed from the context menu that appears when right clicking your mouse on the surface of the project manager window 3 2 Removing Files and Directories To remove a specific file or directory select it and use the Remove From Project menu item in the right click context menu from the surface of the Project Manager window or by selecting an item on the project and using Remove Selected Entry in the Project menu If the removed file or directory is part of another directory that has been added to the project the removal is remembered as an exclusion that can be cleared from Directory Properties which are accessed by right clicking on the parent directory in the Project tool 3 3 Saving the Project To save a new proj
334. he two and hilighting the braces Ctrl greater indent region Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl less outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl parenleft start kbd macro Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl parenright stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Ctrl question uncomment out region Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Ctrl space show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Down next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line sam
335. hell eval whole lines Evaluate whole lines from editor rather than the exact selection when a selection from the editor is sent to the Python Shell tool Internal Name debug shell eval whole lines Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 debug shell pasted line threshold The number of lines after which the Python Shell will just print a summary rather than the actual lines of code pasted dragged or other transferred to the shell Internal Name debug shell pasted line threshold Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 30 debug show exceptions tip Used internally to show information about exception handling to new users Once turned off it is never turned on again Internal Name debug show exceptions tip Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 debug stop timeout Number of seconds to wait before the debugger will stop in its own code after a pause request is received and no other Python code is reached Internal Name debug stop timeout Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 3 0 debug use members attrib Set this to true to have the debug server use the _ members ___ attribute to try to interpret otherwise opaque data values This is a preference because some extension modules contain bugs that result in crashing if this attribute is accessed Note that __ members__ has been deprecated since Python version 2 2 Internal Name debug use m
336. hen percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift F batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and 353 Key Binding Reference either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints Ctrl Shift G search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Ctrl Shift H batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl Shift Home start of document e
337. her split if one is available and other_split is True F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F4 show panel panel_type browser Show most recently visited panel instance of given type If no such panel exists add one to the primary window and show it Returns the panel view object or None if not shown Focus is shifted to 396 Key Binding Reference panel if grab_focus is specified and is true if grab_focus is not specified it defaults to the value of flash The valid panel types are project browser batch search interactive search source assistant debug data debug stack debug io debug exceptions debug breakpoints debug probe debug watch debug modules python shell messages help indent bookmarks testing open files os command snippets diff uses refactoring versioncontrol svn versioncontrol hg versioncontrol git versioncontrol bzr versioncontrol cvs versioncontrol perforce Wing Personal and Pro only Wing Pro only F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F5 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F6 step over statement Step over curr
338. iable __all___ that lists the file level modules Python should automatically import when the package as a whole is imported See the Python documentation for additional information on creating packages e Directories found in your project that do not contain the necessary __init__ py file are shown as directories rather than packages e Python files found at any level are shown as modules Within each top level package directory or module the browser will display all sub modules sub directories modules and any Python constructs These are all labeled by generic type including the following types e class an object class found in Python source e method a class method e attribute a class or instance attribute e function a function defined at the top level of a Python module e variable a variable defined at the top level of a Python module The icons for these are shown in the Options menu in the top right of the source browser Note that the base icons are modified in color and with arrows depending on whether they are imported or inherited and whether they are public semi private or private This is described in more detail later 72 Source Code Browser 8 1 2 Browsing Project Classes When browsing by class the browser shows a list of all classes found in the project Within each class in addition to a list of derived classes the methods and attributes for the class are shown Navigation to super classes
339. ic modifier default 1 gt Move to previous line in file repositioning character within line start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Key Bindings VI VIM invokes previous line in file cursor fnb previous scope count 1 sibling _only False Select the previous scope Specify a count of more than 1 to go backward multiple scopes If sibling_only is true move only to other scopes of the same parent Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift Up previous statement count 1 ignore_indented True Select the previous statement Will ignore indented statements under the current statements unless ignore_indented is False Specify a count of more than 1 to go back multiple statements Key Bindings Eclipse Alt Shift Left profile editor start Turn on profiling for the current source editor profile editor stop Stop profiling and print stats to stdout reanalyze file Rescan file for code analysis redo Redo last action Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Y Brief Ctrl U VI VIM Ctrl R Eclipse Ctrl Y Emacs Ctrl Visual Studio Ctrl Y OS X Commana Shift Z repeat command repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt 245 Command Reference Repeat the last editor command Key Bindings VI VIM repeat search char opposite 0 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Repeat the last search_char operation optionally in the opposite direction Key Bindings VI VIM rstrip each line Str
340. ication lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False main documentation language The language to use for the documentation when available not all documentation is translated into all supported languages Internal Name main documentation language Data Specification None de en fr Default Value en main extra mime type comments This is a map from mime type to tuple of start end comment characters for each mime type One entry should be added for each new mime type added with the main extra mime types preference Internal Name main extra mime type comments Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values tuple length 2 of lt type str gt lt type str gt Default Value main extra mime type names 198 Preferences Reference This is a map from mime type to displayable name for that mime type one entry should be added for each new mime type added with the main extra mime types preference Internal Name main extra mime type names Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values lt type str gt Default Value main help font zoom The amount by which to zoom font sizes in or out in the documentation viewer Internal Name main help font zoom Data Specification lt type float gt Default Value 1 0 main ignored updates Used internally to keep track of updates the user is not interested in Internal Name main ignored updates Data Specification list of lt type str gt Def
341. ication per file never Default Value per file Default Watch Style Sets the tracking style used when a value is double clicked in order to watch it Values may be tracked by symbolic name by object reference and attribute by name and by direct object reference Internal Name debug default watch style Data Specification ref parent ref symbolic Default Value symbolic e Diagnostics Debug Internals Log File 189 Preferences Reference This is used to obtain verbose information about debugger internals in cases where you are having problems getting debugging working Logging can be disabled or sent to stderr stdout or a file Internal Name debug logfile Data Specification one of None lt stdout gt lt stderr gt lt type str gt Default Value None Extremely Verbose Internal Log This is used to turn on very verbose and detailed logging from the debugger Only recommended when debugging the debugger Internal Name debug very verbose log Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Python Shell Debug Log This is used to obtain verbose information about the Python Shell internals in cases where you are having problems getting it working Logging can be disabled or sent to stderr stdout or a file Internal Name debug shell logfile Data Specification one of None lt stdout gt lt stderr gt lt type str gt Default Value None Extremely Verbose Python Shell Debug
342. ide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position 390 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift O open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Ctrl Shift P brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the se
343. ift End Brief Ctrl Shift End VI VIM Ctrl Shift End Eclipse Ctrl Shift End Emacs Ctrl Shift End Visual Studio Ctrl Shift End OS X Commana Shift Down end of line count lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to end of current line Key Bindings Wing IDE End Brief End VI VIM End Eclipse End Emacs End Visual Studio End OS X Command Right end of line extend count lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift End Brief Shift End VI VIM Shift End Eclipse Shift End Emacs Shift End Visual Studio Shift End OS X Commana Shift Right end of screen line count lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to end of current wrapped line Key Bindings VI VIM g end of screen line extend count lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to end of current wrapped line extending selection 238 Command Reference exchange point and mark When currently marking text this exchanges the current position and mark ends of the current selection Key Bindings VI VIM o Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl X filter next move repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Filter the lines covered by the next cursor move command through an external command and replace the lines with the result Key Bindings VI VIM filter range cmd start_line 0 end_line 1 Filter a range of lines in the editor through an external command and replace
344. ilation instructions are located in build files README DBG SRC txt in the source distribution that you will be provided with 13 3 Attaching and Detaching Debug processes normally contact Wing IDE automatically during startup However Wing IDE can also attach to debug processes that are already running but not yet in contact with the IDE if the process will allow it There are two cases where this is useful 1 When an externally launched process one that uses wingdbstub py as described in section Debugging Externally Launched Code cannot reach the IDE at the configured host and port during initial startup for example because the IDE is not yet running or was not configured to accept debug connections 2 When a process attached to the IDE is disconnected using Detach from Process in the Debug menu or the detach icon in the toolbar In either case the IDE can manage any number of detached processes allowing you to attach to any one process at a time 13 3 1 Access Control Wing will not allow attach detach functionality unless it has available to it a password that can be used to control access This is important because an unsecured debug server provides the client Wing IDE full control of the host machine via the Debug Probe tool Any Python command can be executed in this way including programs that compromise the security of your machine and network Because Wing sets up an access control password during installation at
345. ile URLs To check out a repository with http or https type svn checkout http hostname path to repository If you re not sure what to check out try this first svn list http hostname To check out a repository with file URLs type svn checkout file path to repository You will be prompted for your user name and password which will be cached by Subversion for future sessions 14 9 3 Configuring CVS Installing CVS On Windows Download from http www nongnu org cvs and add installation location to PATH environment variable from the Advanced tab of the System control panel On Linux Unix Install CVS from using the packages that came with your Linux Unix distribution or download from http Avww nongnu org cvs and build from sources Using CVS with SSH First time configuration Install and configure SSH as described earlier this also loads authentication information into the cache for the current session Then On Windows add CVS_RSH plink to your environment from the Advanced tab of the System control panel On Linux Unix add CVS_RSH ssh to your environment For example CVS_RSH ssh export CVS_RSH on the command line or add this to your bashre file Note that Environment in your Project Properties can also be used to set CVS_RSH or other environment variables however only for CVS commands issued from the IDE To check out a repository Type cvs d ext username hostname path to repository co module_name Future sessions
346. ile left clicking to modify the folding behavior e Shift Clicking on any fold point while holding down the shift key will expand that point and all its children recursively so that the maximum level of expansion is increased by one e Ctrl Clicking on any fold point while holding down the ctrl key will collapse that point and all its children recursively so that the maximum level of expansion is decreased by one e Ctrl Shift On a currently expanded fold point this will collapse all child fold points recursively to maximum depth as well as just the outer one When the 60 Source Code Editor fold point is subsequently re expanded with a regular click its children will appear collapsed Ctrl shift click on a collapsed fold point will force re expansion of all children recursively to maximum depth Fold commands are also available in the Folding section of the Source menu which indicates the key equivalents assigned to the operations e Toggle Current Fold Like clicking on the fold margin this operates on the first fold point found in the current selection or on the current line e Collapse Current More Like ctrl clicking this collapses the current fold point one more level than it is now e Expand Current More Like shift clicking this expands the current fold point one more level than it is now e Collapse Current Completely Like shift ctrl clicking on an expanded node this collapses all children recursively
347. in instead even though output will still appear in the Debug Probe as always Internal Name debug use stdin wrapper Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Show Editor on Exceptions in Shells Controls whether the debugger raises source files to indicate exception locations encountered when working in the Debug Probe and other debugger tools 188 Preferences Reference Internal Name debug raise from tools Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Shells Ignore Editor Modes Set to False so that shells will act modal in the same way as editors when working with a modal key bindings such as that for VI When True the shells always act as if in Insert mode Internal Name debug shells ignore editor modes Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Execute Pasted Lines in Shells Immediately Whether to always execute immediately after text is pasted into a shell Note that if the number of lines exceed the pasted line threshold the lines are immediately executed Internal Name debug shell always execute on paste Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Auto show Run Args Dialog Controls whether the Debug Args dialog is shown before each debug run Either never show the dialog or show it only if Show this dialog before each run is checked in the file s properties this is the default Internal Name debug show args dialog Data Specif
348. in Wing IDE Professional acts as an index to your source code supporting inspection of collections of Python code from either a module oriented or class oriented viewpoint Note Background Source Analysis Wing IDE s source code analyzer will run in the background from the time that you open a project until all files have been analyzed You may notice this overhead immediately after opening your project depending on the size of your source base Until analysis is complete the class oriented view within 71 Source Code Browser the browser window will only include those classes that have been analyzed This list is updated as more code is analyzed 8 1 Display Choices The source code browser offers three ways in which to browse your source code All code by module all code by class or only the current file These are selected from the menu at the top left of the browser 8 1 1 Browse Project Modules When browsing project modules the source browser shows in alphabetical order all Python modules and packages that you have placed into your project and all modules and packages reachable by traversing the directory structure that contains your project files including all sub directories The following types of items are present in this display mode each of which is displayed with its own icon e Packages which are directories that contain a number of files and a special file init__ py This file optionally contains a special var
349. in a modal editor key binding Key Bindings VI VIM Shift C 237 Command Reference delete to start of line Delete everything between the cursor and start of line Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl U duplicate line pos below Duplicate the current line or lines Places the duplicate on the line following the selection if pos is below or before the selection if it is above Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift V Eclipse Ctrl Shift V duplicate line above Duplicate the current line or lines above the selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Y Eclipse Ctrl Shift Y enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl invokes enclose start end Brief Ctrl invokes enclose start end VI VIM Ctrl invokes enclose start end Eclipse Ctrl invokes enclose start end Emacs Ctrl invokes enclose start end Visual Studio Ctrl invokes enclose start end end of document Move cursor to end of document Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl End Brief Ctrl End VI VIM Ctrl End Eclipse Ctrl End Emacs Ctrl End Visual Studio Ctrl End OS X Command Down end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Sh
350. in all newly created snippet files Similarly line endings in snippets will be replaced with the appropriate type to match the file to which the snippet is applied However there is no requirement for snippet files to contain any particular kind of line ending If the snippet starts with x then x is a specification of how the indents in the snippet should be converted It can be one of e An integer Re indent as a block like Wing s indent region command so the first line is at the given number of indent levels e The character m Re indent as a block like Wing s indent to match command so the first line is at the expected indent level according to context in the source e The character m followed by or and an integer Re indent as for m and then shift left or right by the given number of indents Any x at the start of a snippet file will be removed before the snippet is inserted into an editor 53 Source Code Editor Cursor Placement Snippets can contain to indicate the final resting position of the cursor after all other fields have been filled When this is present inline data entry mode is terminated automatically when this position is reached after all other fields have been entered The mark will be removed before snippets are inserted into an editor Snippet Directory Layout Snippets are stored in the snippets directory in the user settings directory The first time the Snippets tool is used
351. in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Period comment toggle Toggle commenting out of the selected lines The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Ctrl Plus fold expand current Expand the current fold point Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally sho
352. in the project It sets up the Python Executable project property sets manage py runserver noreload 8000 as the main debug file sets up the Wing project environment by defining DJANGO_SITENAME and DJANGO_SETTINGS_ MODULE adds the site directory to the Python Path in the Wing project sets TEMPLATE_DEBUG True in the settings py file ensures that the Template Debugging project property is enabled sets up the unit testing framework and file patterns in project properties django start project django_admin parent_directory site name superuser superuser_email superuser_password Start a new Django project with given site name and superuser account This will prompt for the location of django admin py the parent directory and the site name to use It then runs django admin py startproject edits settings py fields DATABASE_ENGINE and DATABASE_NAME to use sqlite3 by default adds django contrib admin to INSTALLED_APPS in settings py runs syncdb creating superuser account if one was given sets up the default admin templates by copying base_site html into the project and then offers to create a new project in Wing and run the django setup wing project command to configure the Wing IDE project for use with the new Django project Editor Extensions Script Editor extensions that also serve as examples for scripting Wing IDE vs tab app 282 Command Reference Modified tab indentation command that acts like tab in Visual Stud
353. in the tree in alphabetic order regardless of type e By Type Sorts first by construct type and then alphabetically e In File Order Sorts the contents of each scope in the same order that the symbols are defined in the source file 8 4 Navigating the Views To navigate source code from the browser double click on the tree display This will open source files to the appropriate location Source files opened from the browser will automatically close when browsing elsewhere except if they are edited or if the stick pin icon in the upper right of the source area is clicked to indicate that the source file should remain open For details on this see Transient Sticky and Locked Editors The option Follow Selection may be enabled in the Options menu to cause the browser to open files even on a single click or as the currently selected item on the browser is changed from the keyboard Right clicking on classes will present a popup menu that includes any super classes allowing quick traversal up the class hierarchy 8 5 Browser Keyboard Navigation Once it has the focus the browser tree view is navigable with the keyboard using the up down arrow keys page up and page down home end and by using the right arrow key on a parent to expand it or the left arrow key to collapse a parent 74 Interactive Python Shell Whenever a tree row is selected pressing enter or return will open the source view for the selected symbol in a s
354. ing To attach to a process select it from the list and push the Attach button You may also type in a host port value manually if your choice is not on the list see Identifying Foreign Processes Once you are attached to a process it continues running until it reaches a breakpoint unhandled exception or you Pause it 13 3 4 Identifying Foreign Processes When debugging externally launched code as described in Debugging Externally Launched Code you may use the kAttachPort constant in wingdbstub py to set the port on which the debug process will listen for attach requests from Wing IDE This is useful when spawning multiple processes concurrently or in other cases where the debug process may not be able to attached to Wing IDE as it starts up It is important to set unique values for the kAttachPort value for each concurrent externally launched process If the set port is in use a random port number will be used instead and it may be difficult to determine this number if the process cannot initially contact Wing IDE to register itself Once this is done the debug process can be reached from Wing IDE by typing its host port into the Attach dialog text areas If you find yourself typing a host port value often it is best to add that value to the Common Attach Hosts preference See section Debugging Externally Launched Code for more information 13 3 5 Constraints Wing supports attaching only to a single debug process at a tim
355. ing For example x is replaced with x x is replaced with x and Wing will add when it is missing in x d Each of these operations can be enabled or disabled independently in the Auto Editing preferences group Where relevant such as in spacing Wing s auto editing modes adhere to the PEP8 Style Guide for Python Code 4 9 Bookmarks Wing IDE Professional and higher support named bookmarks that can be set and accessed from the Source menu and the key bindings shown there and with Toggle Bookmark in the editor context menu Defined bookmarks are listed in the Bookmarks tool and are shown with a background color change or underline on the editor The style and color of bookmark indicators can be changed with the Bookmark Style and Bookmark Color preferences Bookmark names are global to the project and refer to a particular position within a selected file e For Python files bookmarks are defined relative to the enclosing scope method class or function so changes before the line where the bookmark is located will not cause the bookmark s relative position in source code to be changed even if those changes are made outside of Wing Edits made outside of Wing that affect the code between the anchoring scope and the bookmarked line will cause a bookmark s position to slip e For all other types of files bookmarks are defined simply by file name and line number If the file is edited outside of Wing the bookmark s positi
356. ing Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Browse Browse p paste register indent 1 Paste text from register as before or after the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Browse beginning of line text toggle 0 Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Browse b backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Browse c delete next move insert Delete the text covered by the next cursor move command and then enter insert mode when working in a modal editor key binding Browse colon vi command by name Execu
357. ing between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl U execute file Execute the file at the given location or use the active view if loc is None Ctrl U isearch forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Ctrl Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Ctrl V paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Ctrl W close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl X cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Y redo Redo last action Ctrl Z undo Undo last action Ctrl uncomment out
358. ining help are shown when the mouse hovers over areas of the user interface Internal Name gui enable tooltips Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 e Toolbar Show Toolbar Whether toolbar is shown in any window Internal Name gui show toolbar Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Toolbar Size Sets size of the toolbar icons By default adjusts according to available space Internal Name gui toolbar icon size 150 Preferences Reference Data Specification medium default xlarge text height large small Default Value auto Toolbar Style Select style of toolbar icons to use By default adjusts according to available space Internal Name gui toolbar icon style Data Specification medium default auto xlarge text height large small Default Value auto Groups Shown Controls which groups of tools will be shown in the toolbar Internal Name guimgr toolbar groups Data Specification tuple of search indent clip bookmark debug vcs proj file diff test Default Value file clip search diff indent proj debug Custom Items Extra items to add to the tool bar Internal Name guimgr toolbar custom items Data Specification tuple of tuple length 3 of lt icon spec gt lt type str gt lt type str gt Default Value Primary Icon Color Primary color for icons Internal Name gui icon color primary Data
359. int of definition Depending on context and symbol type the Source Assistant will also display relevant docstrings call signature return type super classes overridden methods When invoking a function or method the Source Assistant will display information both for the callable being invoked and the current argument or item in the auto completer 4 7 1 Docstring Type and Validity By default the Source Assistant displays a type and validity indicator for docstrings showing whether the docstring was successfully parsed or reformatted The following messages may be displayed 44 Source Code Editor al m PEP287 The docstring parses successfully using PEP 287 reStructuredText Docstring Format and is being rendered accordingly This only occurs when the Use PEP 287 for docstrings option is enabled alii PEP287 The docstring does not parse successfully as reStructuredText and is showing inline parse errors This only occurs when the Show PEP 287 parse errors option is enabled Rewrapped The docstring is being shown as plain text but Wing has heuristically rewrapped paragraphs This only occurs when the Rewrap plain text docstrings option is enabled Plain Text The docstring is being shown as plain text exactly as it appears in the source code See Source Assistant Options for a list of the available display options 4 7 2 Python Documentation Links For symbols in the Python standard library Wing will attempt
360. ints and other problems even when files are identified by the IDE as being synchronized Using execfile eval or exec with a globals dict that contains _ file will cause Wing to incorrectly assert that the specified file has been reloaded In practice this scenario usually occurs when execfile is called from the top level of a module in which case the module is in fact being loaded or reloaded so no mis identification of module load status occurs However in cases where a module load takes a long time or involves a long running loop at the top level the execfile eval or exec may occur after edits to the module have been made and saved In this case Wing will mis identify the module as having been reloaded with the new edits 116 Integrated Version Control This problem can also be triggered if a globals with _ file is explicitly passed to execfile eval or exec However it will only occur in this case when the code object file name is and locals and globals dictionaries are the same as they are by default for these calls 12 In very rare cases when using the wingdbstub py if you set sys exitfunc after debugging has been started the IDE will time out on a broken network connection after the debug program exits on an exception This only happens in some exception handling modes with exceptions that look like they will be handled because a try except block is present that might handle the exception but where the
361. io fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt 1 Brief Alt 1 VI VIM Alt 1 Eclipse Alt 1 Emacs Alt 1 Visual Studio Alt 1 OS X Commanda Alt word list completion word Provide simple word list driven auto completion on the current editor smart cut Implement a variant of clipboard cut that cuts the whole current line if there is no selection on the editor kill line with eol ed Variant of emacs style kill line command that always kills the eol characters upper case editor Change current selection to all upper case Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift Y smart copy Implement a variant of clipboard copy that copies the whole current line if there is no selection on the editor hyphen to under editor Change hyphens dashes to underscores in current selection batch search current directory Not documented lower case editor Change current selection to all lower case Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl Shift X cc checkout app Check the current file out of clearcase This is best used with Wing configured to auto reload unchanged files describe key briefly key Display the commands that a key is bound to in the status area Does not fully work for the vi binding insert spaces to tab stop tab_size 0 Insert spaces to reach the next tab stop units of given tab size or editor s tab size if none is give
362. ion of the py source file This can be caused by 1 not saving before you run in the debugger 2 using partial path names on PYTHONPATH or when invoking a script from the command line the partial path stored in the pyc file may become invalid if current directory changes 3 moving around the pyc file after they are created or 4 using compileall py to create pyc files from source The easiest way to solve this is to use only full paths on PYTHONPATH and remove any suspect pyc files Concurrent Processes Wing may fail to stop when debugging an application that gets invoked repeatedly in separate processes for example a CGI script invoked multiple times from a browser as part of a page load This is because the debugger can only debug one process at a time If the debugger is already connected to one process the second and later processes will not be debugged and thus may miss breakpoints Other Problems Less common causes of this problem are 1 running Python with the O optimization option 2 running Python with psyco or other optimizer 3 overriding the Python __import__ routine 4 adding breakpoints after you ve started debugging an application that spends much of its time in C C or other 145 Trouble shooting Guide non Python code and 5 on Windows using symbolic links to directories that contain your source code files For more information see the Debugger Limitations section 18 3 3 Failure to
363. ion scripts Note that WINGHOME scripts is always appended to the given path since it contains scripts that ship with Wing Internal Name main script path Data Specification list of lt type str gt Default Value u USER_SETTINGS_DIR scripts Auto Reload Scripts on Save When enabled Wing will automatically reload scripts that extend the IDE when they are edited and saved from the IDE This makes developing extension scripts for the IDE very fast and should work in most cases Disable this when working on extension scripts that do not reload properly such as those that reach through the scripting API extensively Internal Name main auto reload scripts Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True 197 Preferences Reference Network HTTP Proxy Server Allows manual configuration of an http proxy to be used for feedback bug reports and license activation all of which result in Wing connecting to wingware com via http Leave user name and password blank if not required Internal Name main http proxy Data Specification None or tuple length 4 of lt type str gt lt type int gt lt type str gt lt type str gt Default Value None Internal Preferences Core Preferences main debug break on critical If True and a gtk gdk or glib critical message is logged Wing tries to start a C debugger and break at the current execution point Internal Name main debug break on critical Data Specif
364. ioncontrol svn executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value svn SVN Admin Executable Executable command to run svn Internal Name versioncontrol svn svnadmin executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value svnadmin Extra global arguments Extra arguments to pass to every command Internal Name versioncontrol svn extra global args Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value e Git Active When Git version control support is active Internal Name versioncontrol git active Data Specification u Always Active always active u Not active not activ e u Active i Default Value active if project dir Git Executable Executable command to run Git Internal Name versioncontrol git executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value git Use porcelain 194 Preferences Reference Use porcelain output for git status Internal Name versioncontrol git use porcelain Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e BZR Active When Bazaar version control support is active Internal Name versioncontrol bzr active Data Specification u Always Active always active u Not active not activ e u Active i Default Value active if project dir Bazaar Executable Executable command to run Bazaar Internal Name versioncontrol bzr executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value bzr e Mercurial Active Whe
365. ip trailing whitespace from each line scroll text down repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt move_cursor True Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the Cursor remains on same screen line Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Down Brief Ctrl Shift Down VI VIM Ctrl Shift Down Eclipse Ctrl Shift Down Emacs Ctrl Shift Down Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Down scroll text left repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Scroll text left a column w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of columns or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Key Bindings VI VIM zI scroll text page down repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt move_cursor True Scroll text down a page w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of pages or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line scroll text page up repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt move_cursor True Scroll text up a page w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of pages or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor
366. irect product of the Software Product to any country person or entity even to foreign units of your own company if such a transfer is in violation of U S export restrictions 12 NO WARRANTIES YOU ACCEPT THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND SOFTWARE PRODUCT LICENSE AS IS AND WINGWARE AND ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS MAKE NO WARRANTY AS TO ITS USE PERFORMANCE OR OTHERWISE TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW WINGWARE AND ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS DISCLAIM ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS EXPRESS IMPLIED STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY SATISFACTORY QUALITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT THE ENTIRE RISK ARISING OUT OF USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT REMAINS WITH YOU 13 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY 421 License Information THIS LIMITATION OF LIABILITY IS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL WINGWARE OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS AND LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY COSTS OF SUBSTITUTE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES OR FOR ANY SPECIAL INCIDENTAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION ARISING OUT OF THIS EULA OR THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT OR THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES EVEN
367. is 104 106 106 108 108 110 111 112 112 112 113 113 113 114 114 114 114 114 117 118 118 120 120 120 121 122 122 123 123 124 125 126 15 1 How Analysis Works 15 2 Static Analysis Limitations 15 3 Helping Wing Analyze Code 15 4 Analysis Disk Cache PyLint Integration Scripting and Extending Wing IDE 17 1 Scripting Example 17 2 Getting Started Naming Commands Reloading Scripts Overriding Internal Commands 17 3 Script Syntax Script Attributes Arginfo Commonly Used Types Commonly Used Formlets Magic Default Argument Values GUI Contexts Top level Attributes Importing Other Modules Internationalization and Localization Plugins 17 4 Scripting API 17 5 Advanced Scripting Example How Script Reloading Works Trouble shooting Guide 18 1 Trouble shooting Failure to Start 18 2 Speeding up Wing 18 3 Trouble shooting Failure to Debug 18 3 1 Failure to Start Debug 18 3 2 Failure to Stop on Breakpoints or Show Source Code 126 127 12r 129 129 131 131 132 133 133 133 134 134 135 135 135 137 137 138 138 138 139 140 140 140 141 141 142 143 143 143 145 18 3 3 Failure to Stop on Exceptions 146 18 3 4 Extra Debugger Exceptions 147 18 4 Trouble shooting Other Known Problems 147 18 5 Obtaining Diagnostic Output 148 Preferences Reference 149 User Interface 149 Projects 157 Files 159 Editor 163 Debugger 180 Source Analysis 190 Version Control 193 IDE Extension Scripting
368. is always shown automatically during typing never auto shown or shown only after a certain number of characters are in the completion fragment When auto show is disabled the auto completer can still be shown on demand with the Show Completer item in the Source menu Internal Name edit autocomplete autoshow option Data Specification always never Default Value always Auto completer Height The maximum number of lines to show in the auto completer at once Internal Name edit autocompleter height Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 10 Auto complete Delay sec Delay in seconds from last key press to wait before the auto completer is shown If 0 0 the auto completer is shown immediately Internal Name edit autocomplete delay Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 0 0 Auto complete Timeout Timeout in seconds from last key press after which the auto completer is automatically hidden If 0 0 the auto completer does not time out Internal Name edit autocomplete timeout Data Specification lt type float gt lt type int gt Default Value 0 Completion Keys Controls which keys will enter selected completion value into the editor Internal Name edit autocomplete keys Data Specification tuple of f1 f3 return space period bracketleft tab f12 colon f10 pa Default Value tab Completion Mode Selects how completion is done in the editor Either insert the
369. is may destroy formatting of some docstrings Internal Name main sassist tries pep287 Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True User Interface Preferences gui all editors in all splits Whether to show all open editors in a window in every split Internal Name gui all editors in all splits Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True gui alphabetize tabs Whether to keep tabs in alphabetical order Internal Name gui alphabetize tabs Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True gui feedback email Email address to use by default in the Feedback and Bug Report dialogs 200 Preferences Reference Internal Name gui feedback email Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value gui last feedback shown Used internally to avoid showing the feedback dialog on exit over and over again Internal Name gui last feedback shown Data Specification lt type float gt Default Value 0 0 gui message config Controls the format and verbosity of messages shown to the user for each message domain in the message area Each domain specifies the format in Python 2 3 logging Formatter format and the minimum logging level that should be shown in the display If a message domain is left unspecified then the parent domain settings are used instead is the parent of all domains Internal Name gui message config Data Specification dict keys search debugger an
370. is possible by right clicking on classes in the display 8 1 3 Viewing Current Module The browser can also be asked to restrict the display to only those symbols defined in the current module This view shows all types of symbols at the top level and allows expansion to visit symbols defined in nested scopes In this mode the browser can be used as an index into the current editor file 8 2 Display Filters A number of options are available for filtering the constructs that are presented by the source code browser These filters are available from the Options popup menu at the top right of the browser They are organized into two major groups 1 construct scope and source and 2 construct type 8 2 1 Filtering Scope and Source The following distinctions of scope and source are made among the symbols that are shown in the source browser Constructs in each category can be shown or hidden as a group using the filters in the Options menu e Public Constructs accessible to any user of a module or instance These are names that have no leading underscores such as Print or kMaxListLength e Semi Private Constructs intended for use only within related modules or from related or derived classes These are names that have one leading underscore such as _NotifyError or _gMaxCount Python doesn t enforce usage of these constructs but they are helpful in writing clean well structured code and are recommended in the Python language
371. ispose of any local changes and revert the local files to match the current revision in the repository Resolved This is used to indicate that a conflict that arose during update has been resolved Files that are in conflict cannot be checked in with commit until the resolved operation is completed Blame Praise This can be used to see the revision number and author for every line in a file Last Revision Diff This shows the differences for the changes that were most recently checked in for a files 14 9 Version Control Configuration This section provides additional information for users that have not already started using a version control system outside of Wing 14 9 1 Configuring SSH Most modern version control systems use SSH as a secure and convenient way to access the version control repository To set up SSH on Windows Install putty the combined installer is easiest 2 Add the location where putty is installed to your PATH environment variable from the Advanced tab of the System control panel 3 Run puttygen and generate an SSH2 RSA key pair Use a passphrase you will remember Save both private and public keys to disk Copy the contents of the key box starting with ssh rsa to rsa public key on disk 4 Copy the rsa public key file to your server and add it to the ssh authorized_keys_ file under your username E g use pscp rsa public key user hostname and then log into hostname and cat rsa public ke
372. it executable may either be in your path or set it with the Git executable preference in the Version Control Git preferences group 120 Integrated Version Control The Git support defines the following commands in addition to those documented in Common Version Control Operations Please see the Git documentation for information on what these commands do when executed by the command line executable List Branches List all branches in local repository Switch Branch Switch to a different named branch This runs git checkout lt branch gt Fetch Repository Changes Fetch changes from a remote repository This runs git fetch lt remote gt Pull Branch Changes Pull changes on a branch from a remote repository to the local repository This runs git pull lt remote gt lt branch gt Push Branch Changes Push changes on a branch from the local repository to a remote repository This runs git push lt remote gt lt branch gt 14 6 Mercurial Wing s Mercurial support requires the hg command line executable to be installed separately from Wing Please see http mercurial selenic com for information about Mercurial The hg executable may either be in your path or set it with the Mercurial executable preference in the Version Control Mercurial preferences group The Mercurial support defines the following commands in addition to those documented in Common Version Control Operations Please see the Mercurial documentation for inform
373. ith prompts shell None Copy text from shell including all prompts shell ctrl down Not documented shell ctrl return Not documented shell ctrl up Not documented show detail 278 Command Reference Show the textual value detail area step into show_dialog None Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line Key Binding F7 step out Step out of the current function or method Key Binding F8 step over Step over current instruction Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F6 Brief Ctrl F6 VI VIM Ctrl F6 Eclipse Ctrl F6 Emacs Ctrl F6 Visual Studio Ctrl F6 step over block Step over current block step over line Step over current line step over statement Step over current statement Key Binding F6 watch style ref Watch selected variable using a direct object reference to track it watch expression expr None Add a new expression to the watch list watch module ref Watch selected value relative to a module looked up by name in sys modules watch parent ref Watch selected variable using a reference to the value s parent and the key slot for the value watch ref Watch selected variable using a direct object reference to track it watch symbolic Watch selected value using the symbolic path to it Debugger Watch Commands Commands for the debugger s Watch tool Wing IDE Professional only These are available only when the watch tool has key board focus
374. itted over the internet Instead an SHA hash of some of the values is passed back and forth so that the machine will be identifiable without us knowing anything specific about it The machine identity metrics used for activation are designed to be forgiving so that replacing parts of your machine s hardware or upgrading the machine will usually not require another activation By the same token activating multiple times on the same machine for example if the activation file is lost usually does not increase your activation count Licenses come with ten activations per year by default and additional activations can be obtained from the self serve license manager or by emailing sales at wingware com As a fall back in cases of emergency where we cannot be contacted and you don t have an activation Wing IDE will run for 10 minutes at a time without any license at all or a trial license can be used until any license problem is resolved See Installing Your License for more information on obtaining and activating licenses 1 3 Supported Platforms This version of Wing IDE is available for Microsoft Windows Linux and Mac OS X Microsoft Windows Wing IDE supports Windows XP 2003 Server Vista Windows 7 and Windows 8 for Intel processors Earlier versions of Windows are not supported and will not work Linux Intel Wing IDE runs on Linux versions with glibc version 2 6 or later such as Ubuntu 10 RHEL 6 4 and Debian 5 0 Mac OS X
375. ized Files Controls whether or not Wing ignores files that were not saved before starting debug or that have changed since they were loaded by the debug process Wing normally will warn of unsynchronized files since breakpoints may not be reached and stepping through the files may not work properly if lines have moved Checking this option turns off these warnings Internal Name gui ignore unsaved before action Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 181 Preferences Reference e Exceptions Report Exceptions Controls how Wing reports exceptions that are raised by your debug process By default Wing shows exceptions at the time that the exception traceback would normally be printed Alternatively Wing can try to predict which exceptions are unhandled and stop immediately when unhandled exceptions are raised so that any finally clauses can be stepped through in the debugger Wing can also stop on all exceptions even if handled immediately when they are raised or it can wait to report fatal exceptions as the debug process terminates In the latter case Wing makes a best effort to stop before the debug process exits or at least to report the exception post mortem but one or both may fail if working with externally launched debug processes In that case we recommend using When Printed exception reporting mode Internal Name debug exception mode Data Specification unhandled always never printed Default Valu
376. ks traversing each in outward order b In other cases indentation is reduced by one level 2 When the caret is at the end of a non empty line and there is no selection one indent level is inserted The Smart Tab End of Line Indents preference can be used to alter the type of indentation used or to disable this aspect of the Smart Tab feature 58 Source Code Editor 4 12 6 Checking Indentation Wing IDE analyzes existing indentation whenever it opens a Python source file and will indicate a potentially problematic mix of indentation styles allowing you to attempt to repair the file Files can be inspected more closely or repaired at any time using the Indentation Manager To turn off indentation warnings in Python files use the Show Python Indent Warnings preference Wing also indicates suspiciously mismatched indentation in source code by underlining the indent area of the relevant lines in red or yellow In this case an error or warning message is displayed when the mouse hovers over the flagged area of code 4 12 7 Changing Block Indentation Wing provides Indent and Outdent commands in the Indentation portion of the Source menu which increase or decrease the level of indentation for selected blocks of text All lines that are included in the current text selection are moved even if the entire line isn t selected Indentation placed by these commands will contain either only spaces only tabs or a mixture of tabs an
377. l Enable built in version control Enable the integrated version control system Internal Name versioncontrol enable non script Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Save files without prompting Save without prompting before running version control commands Internal Name versioncontrol save without prompting Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Track changes made in project tool Track file add remove and rename operations made with Wing s Project view into the version control repository Internal Name versioncontrol track disk operations Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Automatically refresh status Watch disk for version control changes and refresh the Project view and Project Status accordingly Internal Name versioncontrol watch disk Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Enable diagnostic logging Log all commands to the error log Internal Name versioncontrol log all commands Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False e SVN Active 193 Preferences Reference When Subversion version control support is active Internal Name versioncontrol svn active Data Specification u Always Active always active u Not active not activ e u Active i Default Value active if project dir SVN Executable Executable command to run Subversion Internal Name vers
378. l 7 M use lexer makefile Force syntax highlighting for make files Ctrl 7 N use lexer none Use no syntax highlighting Ctrl 7 P use lexer python Force syntax highlighting for Python source Ctrl 7 S use lexer sql Force syntax highlighting for SQL Ctrl 7 X use lexer xml Force syntax highlighting for XML files Ctrl 8 recent document Switches to previous document most recently visited in the current window or window set if in one window per editor windowing mode Ctrl 9 previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl A select all Select all text in the editor Ctrl Alt B search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Alt Comma query replace regex Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Alt D selection add next occurence skip current True Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the 348 Key Binding Reference current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Ctrl Alt Down goto next book
379. l Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl Right forward word gravity end Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl S isearch forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then 310 Key Binding Reference percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the
380. l remote mapping pair containing home apache cgi and svr1 home apache cgi IDE on Linux Unix with Debug Process on Windows If you are debugging between Windows and Linux or Unix some care is needed in specifying the conversion paths because of the different path name conventions on each platform The following entry would be used when running Wing IDE on a Linux Unix host and the debug process on a Windows host with ip address 192 168 1 1 debug location map TL27 50 0 1 NONS JOm RG ie sna NSO l mau home myu se rn s rerin In this example the Linux Unix directory home myuser is being shared via Samba to the Windows machine and mapped to the e drive In the Preferences GUI you would add 192 168 1 1 as a new Remote IP Address and a single local remote mapping pair containing e src and home myuser src IDE on Windows with Debug Process on Linux Unix If running Wing IDE on a Windows host and the debug process on a Linux Unix host with IP address 192 168 1 1 the following would be used instead for the same file locations debug location map Tar eO MOME NONE 1O21 lite i O fineima mypseie sice Yec siee I Again note the use of forward slashes in the URL even though the file is on a Windows machine In the Preferences GUI you would add 192 168 1 1 as a new Remote IP Address and a single local remote mapping pair containing home myuser src and e src Two Windows Hosts If running Wing IDE on Windo
381. le e timeout The maximum amount of time to wait for pylint to complete before aborting analysis e autosave Set this to 1 to automatically save a file before starting pylint to analyze it or 2 to auto save all open files before starting pylint to analyze any file 0 disables any auto saving Once you have edited the configuration file as desired save and close it Per project pylintrc files can also be specified If a file pylintrc exists in the same directory as a Wing project file then this file name is passed to pylint using the rcfile argument See the pylint documentation for details on what this file can contain Next bring up some Python source code in an editor in Wing and then right click on the PyLint tool and select Update After some time up to a minute for larger files lists of errors warnings and informational messages will be placed into the tool Click on the items to bring up the source code with the indicated line selected Note that you can disable messages on the command line to pylint as configured using the args item in the configuration file See the pylint documentation for details Processing multiple files The context menu on the PyLint tool will include an item for running pylint on all the files in the current package when the current file is in a package a directory that contains a file __ init__ py In this case the file name as well as the line number is shown in the Line column of the o
382. le vertical tools Show or minimize the vertical tool area Document Viewer Commands Commands for the documentation viewer These are available when the documentation viewer has the keyboard focus copy Copy any selected text Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Insert Brief Ctrl Insert VI VIM Ctrl Insert Eclipse Ctrl Insert Emacs Ctrl Insert Visual Studio Ctrl Insert OS X Command C document back Go back to prior page in the history of those that have been viewed document contents Go to the document contents page document forward Go forward to next page in the history of those that have been viewed document next Go to the next page in the current document document previous Go to the previous page in the current document isearch backward search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt 222 Command Reference Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift U Eclipse Ctrl Shift U Emacs Ctrl R Visual Studio Ctrl Shift U OS X Commanda Shift U isearch backward regex search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental regular expression mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings VI VIM Emacs Ctrl Alt R isearch forward search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 g
383. lect to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char 403 Key Binding Reference Visual Esc exit visual mod
384. lection range to new position Ctrl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift R batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift S save as Save active document to a new file Ctrl Shift T find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name 295 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift U isearch backward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Docume
385. lection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift R batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl Shift R open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indica
386. lement functionality not duplicated in the formal Python API Scripts can be executed like any other command provided by Wing IDE Scripts can add themselves to the editor and project context menus or to new menus in the menu bar and they can also register code for periodic execution as an idle event They can also be bound to a key combination or can be invoked by name using the Command by Name item in the Edit menu Errors encountered while loading or executing scripts are displayed in the Scripts channel of the Messages tool Scripts can optionally be designated as plugins which allows the script to enable or disable itself as a whole when appropriate for example according to project contents or current editor file type and allows the user to selectively enable or disable the script in the Tools menu More advanced scripting including the ability to add tool panels is also available but generally requires running a copy of Wing IDE from source code so that scripts can be debugged more efficiently 17 1 Scripting Example The scripting facility is documented in detail in the sections that follow but in most cases it is easiest simply to work from the examples in the scripts directory in the Wing IDE installation using the rest of this chapter as a reference User scripts are usually placed inside a directory named scripts within the User Settings Directory They can also be placed in scripts inside the Wing IDE installation
387. lete line does Alt D kill line Kill rest of line from cursor to end of line and place it into the clipboard with any other contiguously removed lines End of line is removed only if there is nothing between the cursor and the end of the line Alt Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Alt E open gui Open a file from disk prompting with file selection dialog if necessary Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F5 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt G goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Alt H goto selecte
388. lete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level 346 Key Binding Reference Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 view project properties View or change project wide properties Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Alt Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Alt
389. line down indent True Move the current line or lines up down line optionally indenting to match the new position Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Alt Enter view file properties View project properties for a particular file current file if none is given Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True 375 Key Binding Reference Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of
390. line_mode restrict replace string Search_string replace_string Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt Eclipse Alt Emacs Alt Visual Studio Alt replace string regex Search_string replace_string Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file The search string is treated as a regular expression Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt Eclipse Ctrl Alt Emacs Ctrl Alt Visual Studio Ctrl Alt 255 Command Reference save buffer Save the current text file to disk set readonly Set editor to be readonly This cannot be done if the editor contains any unsaved edits set visit history anchor Set anchor in the visit history to go back to set writable Set editor to be writable This can be used to override the read only state used initially for editors displaying files that are read only on disk show all whitespace Turn on all special marks for displaying white space and end of line show eol Turn on special marks for displaying end of line chars show indent guides Turn on special marks for displaying indent level show indent manager Display the indentation manager for this editor file show whitespace Turn on special marks for displaying white space start kbd macro register a Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z
391. lipboard if in emacs mode and the buffer is non empty or the contents of the system wide clipboard in all other cases This behavior may be disabled via the Middle Mouse Paste preference eIn emacs mode ctrl k kill line will cut one line at a time into the private emacs clipboard This is kept separate from the system wide clipboard and is pasted using ctrl y yank line On Windows and Mac OS X ctrl y will paste the contents of the system wide clipboard only if the emacs clipboard is empty e In VI mode named text registers are supported It is important to note which actions use the system wide clipboard which use the emacs private clipboard or VI registers and which use the X windows selection X Windows only Otherwise these commands are interchangeable in their effects Smart Copy Wing can be configured to copy or cut the whole current line when there is no selection on the editor This is done with On Empty Selection in the Editor gt Clipboard preference group The default is to use the whole line on copy but not cut 62 Search Replace 4 18 Auto reloading Changed Files Wing s editor detects when files have been changed outside of the IDE and can reload files automatically or after prompting for permission This is useful when working with an external editor or when using code generation tools that rewrite files Wing s default behavior is to automatically reload externally changed files that have not yet been ch
392. ll the default values are defined in the wingapi py file as are the classes they reference kArgApplication The CAPIApplication instance this is a singleton Also accessible as wingapi gApplication kArgDebugger The currently active CAPIDebugger Also accessible as wingapi gApplication GetDebugger e kArgProject The currently active CAPIProject Also accessible as wingapi gApplication GetProject e kArgEditor The currently active CAPIEditor Also accessible as wingapi gApplication GetActiveEditor kArgDocument The CAPIDocument for the currently active editor Also accessible as wingapi gApplication GetActiveDocument GUI Contexts Scripts can use the contexts function attribute to cause Wing to automatically place the script into certain menus or other parts of the GUI The following contexts are currently supported they are defined in wingapi py e kContextEditor Adds an item to the end of the editor s context menu accessed by right clicking on the editor e kContextProject Adds an item to the end of the project s context menu accessed by right clicking on the project e kContextNewMenu Adds an item to a new menu in the menu bar This is a class whose constructor takes the localized name of the menu to add The menu is only added if one or more valid scripts with that menu context are successfully loaded 137 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE e kContextScriptsMenu Adds an item to the
393. lled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Q quit Quit the application Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl R replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active E
394. locs None Debug the tests in the current editor Uses the given file or files if locs is not None The locations can be a list of filenames or locations or a single filename or location load test results filename Load all test results from a file run all tests debug False Runs all the tests in testing panel Key Binding Shift F6 run clicked tests debug False Runs the clicked test or tests if possible The tests are determined by the last clicked position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True run current tests debug False Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Key Binding Shift F7 268 Command Reference run failed tests debug False Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt F6 Brief Alt F6 VI VIM Alt F6 Eclipse Alt F6 Emacs Alt F6 Visual Studio Alt F6 OS X Option F6 run last tests debug False Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt F7 Brief Alt F7 VI VIM Alt F7 Eclipse Alt F7 Emacs Alt F7 Visual Studio Alt F7 OS X Option F7 run selected tests debug False Run the tests currently selected in the testing panel The tests are debugged when debug is True run test files locs None debug F
395. lt and Command act as cancel keys in addition to Esc This mode can be considerably faster to use when the completer contains the desired text Once the correct completion is selected in the completer the next source code character can immediately be typed The completion will be placed the next key will be entered into the editor any relevant auto editing operations will be applied and the completer shown again if appropriate In contexts where a new symbol is being defined Wing disables Turbo mode depending on the character being pressed For example pressing after a name at the start of a line entering an argument name in a def and entering a symbol after for all define a new symbol in most cases In these contexts Tab must be pressed to cause completion to occur The draw back of operating in this mode is that Wing may fail to recognize some contexts where a new symbol is being defined or may enter undesired completions when code is being typed before a referenced symbol has been 43 Source Code Editor defined To make canceling from the completer more convenient in this case Ctrl Alt and Command are also treated as cancel keys in addition to Esc For the same reason snippets do not participate in Turbo mode To enter snippets found in the auto completer press Tab or Enter This mode is experimental Please email feedback and suggestions to support wingware com How Auto completion Works The information sho
396. mark current_file_only True Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt F search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt G goto bookmark Goto named bookmark Ctrl Alt K show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt M set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt T toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True
397. may have changed from Wing 4 and are no longer available on OS X because Qt follows Mac user interface guidelines except when the Display Style preference is used to select non native display e More project data is stored in the shared branch of two file projects Python Path OS Commands e Support for Python lt 2 2 has been dropped on Windows and support for Python lt 2 5 has been dropped on OS X e New projects created with Wing Pro are always Shared Two File projects 1 11 2 Fixing a Failed Upgrade In rare cases upgrading may fail to overwrite old files resulting in random or bizarre behaviors and crashing The fix for this problem is to completely uninstall and manually remove remaining files before installing the upgrade again Windows To uninstall on Windows run the Add Remove Programs control panel to uninstall Wing IDE Then go into the directory where Wing was located and manually remove any remaining folders and files Mac OS X On Mac OS X just drag the entire Wing IDE application folder to the trash Linux Debian If you installed Wing IDE for Linux from Debian package issue the command dpkg r wingide5 Then go into usr lib wingide5 and remove any remaining files and directories Linux RPM If you installed Wing IDE for Linux from RPM issue the command rpm e wingide5 Then go into usr lib wingide5 and remove any remaining files and directories Linux Tar If you installed Wing IDE for Linux from th
398. me diff scroll lock Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 176 Preferences Reference Default Value True Ignore White Space Controls whether differences will ignore changes that alter white space only Internal Name diff ignore whitespace Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Empty Session Warning Controls whether to warn when changing white space filtering causes sessions to become empty of changes Internal Name diff empty session warning Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Diff Color Color to use on the source editor for differences during a diff merge session The current mark is drawn in a lighter version of the same color The within difference change indicators are drawn transparently with the color set in the Text Selection Color preference Internal Name edit qt diff color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Merged Diff Color Color to use on the source editor for already merged differences during a diff merge session The current mark is drawn in a lighter version of the same color The within difference change indicators are drawn transparently with the color set in the Text Selection Color preference Internal Name edit qt merged diff color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Valu
399. me edit highlight occurrences Data Specification always never words Default Value words Match Case Disable to allow occurrences highlighting also where case does not match Internal Name edit match case occurrences Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True 169 Preferences Reference Occurrences Indicator Style The style of indicator to use for highlighting other occurrences of the current selection on the editor Internal Name edit occurrence indicator style Data Specification box block Default Value block Occurrences Color The color used to indicate the current text selection on editable text Internal Name edit occurrence color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None e Bookmarks Bookmark Color Color to use on the source editor to indicate the location of user defined bookmarks Internal Name edit qt bookmark color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Bookmark Style Visual display style to use for bookmarks Either an underline a background color change or no visible marker Internal Name edit bookmark style Data Specification None underline background Default Value background e Folding Enable Folding Whether to enable folding source code Internal Name edit enable folding Data Specifi
400. milliseconds between showing and hiding the caret when it is flashing use 0 to disable flashing entirely Internal Name edit caret flash rate Data Specification from 0 to 2000 Default Value 500 Caret Line Highlight 165 Preferences Reference Selects whether to highlight the line the caret is currently on When enabled a highlight color and alpha transparency can be set Internal Name edit caret line highlight Data Specification None or tuple length 2 of None or tuple length 3 of fro m 0 to 255 f Default Value None Indentation Use Indent Analysis Select when to use indent analysis examination of current file contents in order to determine tab size and indent size Either always in all files only in Python files or never Internal Name edit use indent analysis Data Specification always never python only Default Value always Default Tab Size Set size of tabs in spaces used in new files Note that in Python files that contain mixed space and tab indentation tab size is always forced to 8 spaces Use the Indentation Manager to alter indentation in existing files Internal Name edit tab size Data Specification from 1 to 80 Default Value 8 Default Indent Size Sets size of an indent in spaces used in new files This is overridden in non empty files according to the actual contents of the file In files with tab only indentation this value may be modified so it is a multiple of th
401. mment keys Wing will comment out or uncomment out the currently selected lines using the configured Block Comment Style e Apply and to Selection When an open parenthesis bracket or brace is typed over a non empty selection Wing surrounds the selection with the matching characters e Apply Colon to Selection When one or more lines are selected Wing creates a new block using those lines and places the caret for immediate entry of the block type if try for with etc When try is subsequently entered Wing auto enters the matching except block In this case except is selected so it can be changed into finally Pressing the Tab key moves into the except or finally block Auto Enter Spaces In Python code Wing auto enters spaces when typing operators or punctuation Some associated characters may also be entered such as after a dict item when is pressed When this operation is enabled Wing also refuses to enter redundant spaces or commas in contexts where spacing is being enforced In non Python files this operation only enters spaces after a comma Note that for some operations such as typing spacing will be adjusted differently after the first and second keys are pressed When this is enabled the following sub operations are available e Auto Space After Keywords In Python code Wing also auto enters spaces after keyword names No space is added when the keyword name matches a snippet in the
402. mode pos after enter replace mode Enter editor replace mode Key Bindings VI VIM Shift R enter visual mode unit char Enter editor visual mode Unit should be one of char line or block previous select Turn on auto select using previous mode and selection Key Bindings VI VIM g v 228 Command Reference start select block Turn on auto select block mode Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Ctrl F8 Brief Shift Ctrl F8 VI VIM Shift Ctrl F8 Eclipse Shift Ctrl F8 Emacs Shift Ctrl F8 Visual Studio Shift Ctrl F8 OS X Shift Command F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Key Binding Shift F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F8 Brief Ctrl F8 VI VIM Ctrl F8 Eclipse Ctrl F8 Emacs Ctrl F8 Visual Studio Ctrl F8 OS X Commanda F8 amp vi command by name Execute a VI command implements commands from VI Key Bindings VI VIM vi set command Perform vi s set action The command is the portion after set Currently supports ic noic ai noai number or nu nonumber or nonu ro noro sm and nosm Multiple options can be specied in one call as for set ic sm ai Editor Insert Mode Commands Commands available only when editor is in insert mode used for VI bindings and possibly others enter browse mode provisional False Enter editor browse mode Key Bindings VI VIM Esc Editor Non
403. mport the extension module and introspecting its contents which yields only a limited amount of information and cannot determine argument number name or types Also since Python is a dynamic language it is possible to craft code that Wing s static analysis engine cannot understand For both of these cases it is possible to create a pi Python interface file that describes the contents of a module This file is simply a Python skeleton with the appropriate structure and call signature to match the functions attributes classes and methods defined in a module Wing IDE will read this file and merge its contents with any information it can obtain through static analysis or by loading an extension module In somes cases as for Python bindings for GUI and other toolkits these pi files can be auto generated from interface description files For a module imported as mymodule the interface file is called mymodule pi Wing will search for pi files first in the same directory as it finds the Python module or the extension module source code if it has not yet been compiled and the source code s directory is on your configured Python Path If not found Wing will look in the directory path set with the Interfaces Path preference Next Wing will look in the resources builtin pi files directory within your Wing IDE installation Finally Wing will look in resources packages pi files which is used to ship some pi files for commonly used third
404. n fold python classes 283 Command Reference Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Key Bindings Wing IDE Alt 2 Brief Alt 2 VI VIM Alt 2 Eclipse Alt 2 Emacs Alt 2 Visual Studio Alt 2 OS X Commana Ctrl vi fold less Approximation of zm key binding in vim Key Bindings VI VIM z m indent new comment line app ed Enter a newline indent to match previous line and insert a comment character and a space Assumes that auto indent is enabled cursor home Bring cursor to start of line to start of visible area or to start of document each successive consecutive invocation of this command Key Bindings Brief Home open filename from editor Not documented open clicked url from editor Not documented sort selected app Sort selected lines of text alphabetically search python docs Do a search on the Python documentation for the selected text in the current editor toggle mark command style char select_right 0 Change between text marking and non text marking mode Style is char for stream select block for rectangular select and line for line select Set select_right 1 to select the character to right of the cursor when marking is toggled on Key Bindings Brief Alt M invokes toggle mark command select_right 1 delete selected lines app Delete the line or range of lines that contain the current selection This duplicates what the editor command
405. n In some of the conversion options the indent size field shown in the indentation report is made editable to allow specification of the desired resulting indent size Once conversion is complete the indentation manager updates to display the new status of the file and action of any subsequent conversions Conversions can be undone be moving to the converted source file and selecting Undo from the Edit menu 4 13 Folding The editor supports optional folding for Python C C Java Javascript HTML Eiffel Lisp Ruby and a number of other file formats This allows you to visually collapse logical hierarchical sections of your code while you are working in other parts of the file You can turn folding on and off as a whole with the Enable Folding preference The Fold Line Mode preference can be used to determine whether or not a horizontal line is drawn at fold points whether it is drawn above or below the fold point and whether it is shown when the fold point is collapsed or expanded Fold Indicator Style is used to select the look of the fold marks shown at fold points Once folding is turned on an additional margin appears to the left of source files that can be folded Left mouse click on one of the fold marks in this margin to collapse or expand that fold point Right mouse clicking anywhere on the fold margin displays a context menu with the various folding operations You can also hold down the following key modifiers wh
406. n Mercurial version control support is active Internal Name versioncontrol hg active Data Specification u Always Active always active u Not active not activ e u Active i Default Value active if project dir Mercurial Executable Executable command to run Mercurial Internal Name versioncontrol hg executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value hg Extra global arguments Extra arguments to pass to every command Internal Name versioncontrol hg extra global args Data Specification lt type str gt 195 Preferences Reference Default Value encoding utf8 e CVS Active When CVS version control support is active Internal Name versioncontrol cvs active Data Specification u Always Active always active u Not active not activ e u Active i Default Value active if project dir CVS Executable Executable command to run CVS Internal Name versioncontrol cvs executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value cvs Extra global arguments Extra arguments to pass to every command Internal Name versioncontrol cvs extra global args Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value z3 e Perforce Active When Perforce version control support is active Internal Name versioncontrol perforce active Data Specification u Always Active always active u Not active not activ e u Active i Default Value not active Perforce Executable Executable command t
407. n position toolbar search focus Move focus to toolbar search entry Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl D Eclipse Ctrl D Visual Studio Ctrl D toolbar search next set_anchor True Move to next match of text already entered in the toolbar search area toolbar search prev set_anchor True Move to previous match of text already entered in the toolbar search area vi delete bookmark marks Remove one or more bookmarks pass in space separated list of names vi goto bookmark Goto bookmark using single character name defined by the next pressed key Key Bindings VI VIM Grave vi set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor using the next key press as the name of the bookmark Key Bindings VI VIM m wing tips 220 Command Reference Display interactive tip manager write changed file and close filename Write current document to given location only if it contains any changes and close it Writes to current file name if given filename is None write file filename start_line None end_line None follow True Write current file to a new location optionally omitting all but the lines in the given range The editor is changed to point to the new location when follow is True If follow is untitled then the editor is changed to point to the new location only if starting with an untitled buffer and saving the whole file Note that the editor contents will be truncated to the given start end lines when
408. n the current window Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define
409. n the cursor and the end of the line Key Bindings Brief Alt D Emacs Ctrl K OS X Ctrl k middle of screen line Move to middle of current wrapped line Key Bindings VI VIM g m middle of screen line extend Move to middle of current wrapped line extending selection move line down indent True repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move the current line or lines up down line optionally indenting to match the new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Down Eclipse Ctrl Shift Down move line up indent True repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move the current line or lines up one line optionally indenting to match the new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Up Eclipse Ctrl Shift Upp move range start_line end_line target_line Move the given range of lines to the given target line Moves to current line if target_line is move to register unit char cut 0 num lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Cut or copy a specified number of characters or lines or the current selection Set cut 1 to remove the range of text from the editor after moving to register otherwise it is just copied Unit should be one of char or line or sel for current selection Key Bindings VI VIM Shift Y invokes move to register unit line move to register next move cut 0 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt 242 Command Reference Move the text spanned by the next cursor motion to a regist
410. n with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl C copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Comma next window Switch to the next window alphabetically by title Ctrl D toolbar search focus Move focus to toolbar search entry Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl E brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl F search Bring up the search manager in search mode Ctrl F10 debug to cursor Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl F5 debug
411. named entry point To rename an entry point click on its name and type the new name Each named entry point may be assigned a key binding to debug it and another key binding to execute it This is also done by right clicking in the named entry point manager Each named entry point defines the following fields Python File The file to launch Environment The environment to use when launching the file This can either be the project defined environment from Project Properties with a specified command line or it can be a selected launch configuration Show this dialog before each run Select this to show the named entry point properties dialog before debugging or executing it This is off by default 83 Debugger 12 3 Debug Properties In some cases you may need to set project and per file properties from the Project manager before you can debug your code This is done to specify Python interpreter PYTHONPATH environment variables command line arguments start directory and other values associated with the debug process For details see Project Wide Properties and Per file Properties 12 4 Setting Breakpoints Breakpoints can be set on source code by opening the source file and clicking on the breakpoint margin to the left of a line of source code Right clicking on the breakpoint margin will display a context menu with additional breakpoint operations and options In Wing IDE Professional the Breakpoints tool in the To
412. names Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value Do Not Expand 184 Preferences Reference Defines types for which values should never be probed for contents These are types that are known to crash when the debugger probes them because they contain buggy data value extraction code These values are instead shown as an opaque value with hex object instance id and are never accessed for runtime introspection Internal Name debug no probe types Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value GdkColormap lOBTree JPackage Huge List Threshold Defines the length threshold over which a list dict or other complex type will be considered too large to show in the normal debugger If this is set too large the debugger will time out see the Network Timeout preference Internal Name debug huge list threshold Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 2000 Huge String Threshold Defines the length over which a string is considered too large to fetch for display in the debugger If this is set too large the debugger will time out see the Network Timeout preference Internal Name debug huge string threshold Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 64000 e External Remote Accept Debug Connections Controls whether or not the debugger listens for connections from an externally launched program This should be enabled when the debug program is not launched
413. nd Merge menu item in the Source menu You will be prompted for any file or directory names in the status area at the bottom of the IDE window Additional sessions can be started concurrently but only one session is current at a given time The same menus can be used to switch among multiple concurrent sessions when there are two or more Once a session is started the selected files will be displayed side by side one annotated with A and the other annotated with B Use the newly revealed toolbar items to move to the next or previous difference pair to merge differences from one file into the other or to terminate the session Navigation and merging is also possible with the key bindings listed in the diff merge menu In addition a summary listing all changes is available from the diff merge icon displayed at the top right of editors in the active session This includes line number change summary and Python scope name when applicable Selecting a change from this menu will jump to it The following types of difference merge sessions are available e Compare Files Compare two selected files e Compare Directories Compare two selected directories The Diff Merge tool which will be shown while the multi file session is active will display a list of files and estimated degree of difference in each file pair Clicking on the list 70 Source Code Browser will display the first difference in the selected file pair The selection on
414. nd horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F5 debug kill Stop debugging Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character 359 Key Binding Reference Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text
415. nd of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view The tests are debugged when debug is True Shift F8 start select char Turn on auto select mode character by character Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break enable Enable the breakpoint on the current line e break disable Disable
416. nd others include catch all handlers for unexpected exceptions raised in the main loop but those handlers cause the exception traceback to be printed and thus will be reported correctly by Wing without any modification to the handler 146 Trouble shooting Guide 18 3 4 Extra Debugger Exceptions This section is only relevant if you have set the Exception Reporting preference to Immediately if Appears Unhandled When Wing s debugger is running in this exception handling mode it sometimes appears to reveal bugs that are not seen when running outside of the debugger This is a result of how this mode decides which exceptions should be shown to the user it is inspecting exceptions as they are raised and making decisions about whether or not the exception is unexpected or part of normal operation You can train Wing to ignore unwanted exception reports with the checkbox in the Exceptions tool You can also change the way Wing reports debug process exceptions with the Exception Reporting preference For more information see Managing Exceptions 18 4 Trouble shooting Other Known Problems Here are some other known problems that can affect some of Wing IDE s functionality Windows File Names with Spaces When using Windows File Types or Open With to cause Python files to be opened with Wing some versions of Windows set up the wrong command line for opening the file You can fix this using regeat32 exe regedit exe or similar tool
417. nd panels in it Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Alt Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Alt Right visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Alt comma query replace Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position Alt period replace string Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Ctrl 0 next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the lis
418. ndent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl A select all Select all text in the editor Ctrl Alt B search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Alt Comma query replace regex Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Alt D evaluate sel in debug probe Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Debug Probe tool When whole_lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When unspecified set to None the setting from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Ctrl Alt D selection add next occurence skip current True Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the 289 Key Binding Reference current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Ctrl Alt Down goto next bookmark current_file_only True Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt E evaluate sel in shell Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Python Shell tool optionally restarting the shell first When whole_lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When unspecified set to None the setting
419. ndex show html document section manual Show the given document section in HTML format show line numbers show 1 Show the line numbers in editors show manual htmll Show the HTML version of the Wing IDE users manual show manual pdf Show the PDF version of the Wing IDE users manual for either US Letter or A4 depending on user s print locale show panel panel_type flash True grab_focus None Show most recently visited panel instance of given type If no such panel exists add one to the primary window and show it Returns the panel view object or None if not shown Focus is shifted to panel if grab_focus is specified and is true if grab_focus is not specified it defaults to the value of flash The valid panel types are project browser batch search interactive search source assistant debug data debug stack debug io debug exceptions debug breakpoints debug probe debug watch debug modules python shell messages help indent bookmarks testing open files os command snippets diff uses refactoring versioncontrol svn versioncontrol hg versioncontrol git versioncontrol bzr versioncontrol cvs versioncontrol perforce Wing Personal and Pro only Wing Pro only Key Bindings Eclipse Ctrl E invokes show panel panel_type open files show panel batch search flash True grab_focus None Not documented 216
420. ne character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode 21 2 Emacs Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the Emacs keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt execute process Execute the given command line in the OS Commands tool using default run directory and environment as defined in project properties or the values set in an existing command with the same command line in the OS Commands tool Alt 0 initiate repeat 0 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke 301 Key Binding Re
421. ned in buggy extension modules which can lead to crashing of the debug process as the debugger invokes code that isn t normally executed This preference is also respected during introspection of the runtime state for auto completion and other features in the IDE To add values to avoid set preference Do Not Expand e Wing provides control over size thresholds above which values are considered too large to move from the debug process into the variable display area Values found to be too large are annotated as huge in the variable display area and cannot be expanded further The data size thresholds are controlled with preferences Huge List Threshold and Huge String Threshold e By default Wing will display small items on a single line in the variable display areas even if they are complex types like lists and maps The size threshold used for this is controlled with preference Line Threshold If you want all values to be shown uniformly this preference should be set to 0 Debugger 12 9 2 Watching Values Wing can watch debug data values using a variety of techniques for tracking the value over time In most cases watching a value is initiated by right clicking a value within a Stack Data view and selecting one of the Watch menu items The value is then added to the list in the Watch tool and tracked by one of the following methods e By Symbolic Path The debugger looks at the symbolic path from locals or globals for the currently s
422. ng the Properties menu item in the popup by right clicking on a file in the project view and selecting File Properties or by opening a file and using the Current File Properties item in the Source menu For Debug and Python Settings values entered here will override any corresponding project wide values when the selected file is the current file or the main entry point for debugging Any string value for a property may contain environment and special variable references as described in Environment Variable Expansion File Attributes File Type This property specifies the file type for a given file overriding the type determined automatically from its file extension and or content This property is recommended only when the Extra File Types preference cannot be used to specify encoding based on filename extension Encoding This can be used to specify the encoding with which a file will be saved When it is altered for an already open file Wing will offer to reload the file 35 Project Manager using the new encoding to only save subsequently using the new encoding or to cancel the change Choose to reload if the file was opened with the wrong encoding For already open files the encoding attribute change is only saved if the file is saved If it is closed without saving the encoding attribute will revert to its previous setting The encoding cannot be altered with this property if it is being defined by an encoding comment in a
423. ng the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode 21 3 VI VIM Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the VI VIM keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone 319 Key Binding Reference Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according
424. nimize the horizontal tool area 395 Key Binding Reference F1 Multiple commands first available is executed e show horizontal tools Show the horizontal tool area e minimize horizontal tools Minimize the horizontal tool area F11 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F11 frame up Move up the current debug stack F12 focus current editor Move focus back to the current editor out of any tool if there is an active editor F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F12 frame down Move down the current debug stack F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area e minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e show vertical tools Show the vertical tool area minimize vertical tools Minimize the vertical tool area F3 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in anot
425. ning with an external native console instead of using the integrated Debug I O tool Internal Name debug persist console Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 External Consoles A list of the terminal programs that are used with debug processes when running with an external console Each is tried in turn until one is found to exist If just the name is given Wing will look for each first on the PATH and then in likely places Specify the full path starting with to use a specific executable If program arguments are specified they must end with the argument that indicates that the rest of arguments are the program to run in the terminal If the program name starts with WINGHOME WINGHOME is replaced by the Wing install directory On OS X if the program name ends is applescript the environment is loaded from a file before starting the debugger Internal Name debug x terminal Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value WINGHOME resources osx run in terminal applescript gn ome terminal e Data Filters Omit Types Defines types for which values are never shown by the debugger Internal Name debug omit types Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value function builtin_function_or_method class classobj inst ance method Omit Names Defines variable key names for which values are never shown by the debugger Internal Name debug omit
426. nks on the client or server will not work as an alternative to using this mapping This is a side effect of functionality in the debugger that ensures that debugging works right when symbolic links are present Internally source file names are always resolved to their actual full path location 13 2 1 1 File Location Map Examples The best way to understand location mapping is to inspect a few examples Defaults Explained The default value for the Location Map preference contains one entry for 127 0 0 1 where the mapping is set to None in Python this is represented as 127 0 0 1 None This is equivalent to the more verbose Python representation of 127 0 0 1 It converts full paths on the debug server to the client side URLs without altering any part of the full path Two Linux Unix Hosts Here is an example setting for debug location map that would be used if running Wing on desktop1 and debugging some code on serveri with IP address 192 168 1 1 debug location map CLZ 0 0 1 sitome VO 2G Sele ain nome aoaehe icqi svrik home apache coi 108 Advanced Debugging Topics In this example the files located in home apache cgi on server1 are the same files seen in server1 home apache cgi on desktop1 because the entire file system on server1 is being shared via NFS and mounted on desktop1 under svr1 To enter this value in Preferences you would add 192 168 1 1 as a new Remote IP Address and a single loca
427. no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl M brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl N next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl O next window Switch to the next window alphabetically by title Ctrl O open line Open the current line by inserting a newline after the caret Ctrl P previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Ctrl Page_Down next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the gi
428. not contact Wing IDE for example if the IDE is not running or is listening on a different port the debug program will be run without debugging This is useful since debug enabled CGls and other programs should work normally when Wing is not present However you can force the debug process to exit in this case by setting the kExitOnFailure flag in wingdbstub py To attach to processes started without debug see Attaching only available in Wing IDE Professional 13 1 2 Debug Server Configuration In some cases you may also need to alter other preset configuration values at the start of wingdbstub py These values completely replace any values set in Wing s Project or File Properties which are relevant only when the debug program is launched from within Wing The following options are available e The debugger can be disabled entirely with kWingDebugDisabled 1 This is equivalent to setting the WINGDB_DISABLED environment variable before launching the debug program e Set kWingHostPort to specify the network location of Wing IDE so the debugger can connect to it when it starts This is equivalent to setting the WINGDB_HOSTPORT environment variable before launching the debug program The default value is localhost 50005 See section Remote Debugging for details if you need to change this value e You can control whether or not the debugger s internal error messages are written to a log file by setting kLogFile Use lt stdout gt lt stderr
429. ns Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl J fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Ctrl J isearch forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl K open from keyboard Open a file from disk using keyboard driven selection of the file Ctrl K search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction Ctrl L goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Ctrl L goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity
430. ns in the Project menu is Shared Two Files This stores sharable project data in a file with extension wpr and user specific project data in a file with extension wpu Only the wpr file should be checked into revision control or shared with other users or machines This file is designed to work across all supported OSes and avoids storing values that are likely to be user specific If the project type is changed to Single User One File only a single wpr file will be written with all project data and the wpu file will be removed from disk Only Single User One File projects can be read by Wing IDE Personal Making Project Files More Sharable In most cases sharing the wpr file will just work File paths are stored relative to the project s location on disk so they will work in different configurations If revision control conflicts do arise among different users of a wpr file environment variables can be used to make the project work for all users and on all machines The environment variable values can either be inherited from outside of Wing or set using Environment in Project Properties The values for the Environment property are stored in the wpu file and thus may vary by user File Format Both the wpr and wpu files use the same textual file format that is used for the preferences file See section Preferences File Format for more information on the format itself Changing Which Attributes are Shared Which project
431. nspecified set to None the setting from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Ctrl C C comment out region Comment out the selected region The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Each call adds a level of commenting Ctrl C Ctrl C debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint Ctrl C Ctrl K debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl C Ctrl S debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl C M isearch sel Ctrl C R isearch sel backward Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl C S isearch sel forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl
432. nt This only applies to non Python files since Wing disallows overriding the indent style in all Python files Internal Name edit show non py indent warning Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e Line Wrapping Wrap Long Lines Enable to wrap long source lines on the editor display Internal Name edit wrap lines Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 167 Preferences Reference Edge Markers Control whether and how edge markers are shown in the editor Internal Name edit qt show edge markers Data Specification tuple length 3 of 0 1 2 from 0 to 10000 None or tupl e length 3 of Default Value 0 80 None Reformatting Wrap Column Column at which text should be wrapped by commands that automatically rearrange text Internal Name edit text wrap column Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 77 e Clipboard On Empty Selection Controls whether or not to copy or cut the whole current line when there is no selection on the editor Internal Name edit smart clipboard Data Specification disabled copy cut copy Default Value copy Middle Mouse Paste Paste text into the editor from the clipboard when the middle mouse button is pressed Disabling this is mainly useful for wheel mice with a soft wheel that causes pasting of text before wheel scrolling starts Internal Name edit middle mouse paste Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Defa
433. nt Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Shift Up move line up Move the current line or lines up one line optionally indenting to match the new position Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift V duplicate line Duplicate the current line or lines Places the duplicate on the line following the selection if pos is below or before the selection if it is above Ctrl Shift Y duplicate line above Duplicate the current line or lines above the selection Ctrl Slash comment out region Comment out the selected region The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Each call adds a level of commenting Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor
434. nt command line option that uses the default options including removing any prior install of version 5 0 of Wing IDE If a prior install is removed a dialog with a progress bar will appear You can also use a dir lt dir name gt option to specify an alternate installation directory Linux Use the RPM Debian package or tar file installer as appropriate for your system type Installation from packages is at usr lib wingide5d or at the selected location when installing from the tar file Wing will also create a User Settings Directory in wingide5 which is used to store preferences and other settings For more information see the Linux installation details Mac OS X On OS X Wing is installed simply by opening the distributed disk image and dragging to the Applications folder and optionally from there to the task bar 1 8 Running Wing IDE For a quick introduction to Wing s features refer to the Wing IDE Quickstart Guide For a more gentle in depth start see the Wing IDE Tutorial On Windows start Wing IDE from the Program group of the Start menu You can also start Wing from the command line with wing exe located inside the Wing IDE installation directory On Linux Unix just execute wing5 0 or wing located inside the Wing IDE installation directory On Mac OS X start Wing IDE by double clicking on the app folder or from the command line using wing command inside the Wing IDE app folder 1 9 Installing your Licens
435. nt line or lines when the selection spans multiple lines or given repeat is gt 1 Ctrl D toolbar search focus Move focus to toolbar search entry Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl E brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl E show panel panel_type open files Show most recently visited panel instance of given type If no such panel exists add one to the primary window and show it Returns the panel view object or None if not shown Focus is shifted to panel if grab_focus is specified and is true if grab_focus is not specified it defaults to the value of flash The valid panel types are project browser batch search interactive search source assistant debug data debug stack debug io debug exceptions debug breakpoints debug probe debug watch debug modules python shell messages help indent bookmarks
436. ntent of the IDE windows can be configured e Editor syntax colors can be configured e Keyboard shortcuts can be added removed or altered for any Wing command e File filters can be defined to control some of the IDE features e Code snippets can be defined and bound to keys e Perspectives can be used to save and restore user interface state e Scripts can be written in Python to extend the IDE s functionality e Many other options are available through preferences 2 1 Keyboard Personalities The default keyboard personality for Wing implements most common keyboard equivalents found in a simple graphical text editor This uses primarily the graphical user interface for interacting with the editor and limits use of complex keyboard driven command interaction Customization Note Emulation of Other Editors The first thing any Vim Emacs Visual Studio Eclipse or Brief user will want to do is to set the keyboard personality to emulate their editor of choice This is done with the Edit gt Keyboard Personality menu or with the User Interface gt Keyboard gt Personality preference Under the Vim and Emacs personalities key strokes can be used to control most of the editor s functionality using a textual interaction mini buffer at the bottom of the IDE window where the current line number and other informational messages are normally displayed Related preferences that alter keyboard behaviors include Tab Key Action and Completi
437. ntu and other Debian based systems You will need to install enscript before installing Wing if it s not already on your system To install run dpkg i wingide5_5 0 9 1_i386 deb as root or use your favorite package administration tool to install Most files for Wing are placed under the usr lib wingide5d directory and the wing5 0 command is placed in the usr bin directory Installing from Tar Archive Wing may also be installed from a tar archive This can be used on systems that do not use RPM or Debian packages or if you wish to install Wing into a directory other than usr lib wingide5 Unpacking this archive with tar zxvf wingide 5 0 9 1 i386 linux tar gz will create a wingide 5 0 9 1 i386 linux directory that contains the wing install py script and a binary package tar file Running the wing install py script will prompt for the location to install Wing and the location in which to place the executable wing5 0 These locations default to usr local lib wingide and usr local bin respectively The install program must have read write access to both of these directories and all users running Wing must have read access to both Debugging 32 bit Python on 64 bit Systems Introduction On a 64 bit system where you need to debug 32 bit Python you will need to install the 32 bit version of Wing This version can also debug 64 bit Python Installing the 32 bit version of Wing may require installing some compatibility packages
438. nus By default the version control tool contains a Project Status view that shows the status operation applied to the entire project It summarizes which files have been modified and can also show unregistered files when the Show Unregistered option in the right click context menu is enabled Note that the Project Status operates on files in the project and thus requires that some files or directories managed by the active version control system have been added to the project Operations invoked for a version control system will also display a view within the version control tool These views display the output from the external command run to implement the operation any input parameters and optionally the console output for the external command The menu in the top left can be used to switch between operations or to return to the Project Status view Clicking on the X icon closes the view for the current operation Operations may also be cancelled and many may be run again using the buttons in the lower right The Options menu can be used to access the version control preferences documentation or a console that displays the version control invocations 14 2 Common Version Control Operations Some operations are similiar across different version control systems and are supported in Wing by common commands There are some variations among these from one version control system to another for example the add operation in CVS is not recu
439. nvokes isearch sel forward persist 0 whole_word 1 Eclipse Ctrl B Emacs Ctrl C S Visual Studio Ctrl B zoom in Increase documentation font size Key Binding Ctrl zoom out Decrease documentation font size Key Binding Ctrl zoom reset 223 Command Reference Reset documentation font size to default Global Documentation Commands Commands for the documentation viewer that are available regardless of where the focus is document search txt None Search all documentation Window Commands Commands for windows in general These are available for the currently active window if any focus current editor Move focus back to the current editor out of any tool if there is an active editor Key Bindings Eclipse F12 move editor focus dir 1 wrap True Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W j invokes move editor focus wrap False Emacs Ctrl X O move editor focus first Move focus to first editor split Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W t move editor focus last Move focus to last editor split Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W b move editor focus previous Move focus to previous editor split Key Bindings VI VIM Ctrl W p move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Key Binding Shift F 1 Wing Tips Commands Commands for the Wing Tips tool These are only available when th
440. ny This makes sure the debug connection to the IDE is closed cleanly e SetDebugThreads threads default_policy 1 This can be used in multi threaded code to tell Wing s debugger which threads to debug Pass in a dictionary that maps from thread id as obtained from thread get_ident to one of the following values 0 to ignore the thread do not debug it or 1 to debug the thread and immediately stop it if any thread stops The default_policy sets the action to take when a thread is not found in the thread map e SuspendDebug This will leave the connection to the debug client intact but disables the debugger so that connection overhead is avoided during subsequent execution This should be used only to exempt a particular section of code from debug overhead In most cases StopDebug is preferable e ResumeDebug This will resume debugging using an existing connection to Wing Here is a simple usage example import wingdbstub a 1 This line is debugged wingdbstub debugger SuspendDebug x 1 This is executed without debugging wingdbstub debugger ResumeDebug y 2 This line is debugged SuspendDebug and ResumeDebug can be called as many times as desired and nested calls will be handled so that debugging is only resumed when the number of ResumeDebug calls matches the number of SuspendDebug calls 105 Advanced Debugging Topics 13 1 4 Debugging Embedded Python Code When Python code is run b
441. o new position Shift Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position 373 Key Binding Reference Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character extending the selection Shift Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Shift Up previous line extend Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Tab tab key Implement the tab key the action of which is configurable by preference Up previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Visual Esc exit visual mode Exit visual mode and return back to default mode 21 6 Eclipse Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the Eclipse keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python me
442. o retain current selection after indent Command C copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Command Comma show preferences gui Edit the preferences file using the preferences GUI optionally opening to the section that contains the given preference by name 362 Key Binding Reference Command Ctrl Asterisk fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Command Ctrl Minus fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Command Ctrl R replace and search Replace current selection and search again Command Ctrl Slash fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Command D set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Command Down end of document Move cursor to end of document Command E search sel forward Search forward using current selection Command Equal fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Command F search Bring up the search manager in search mode Command F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as ne
443. o run Perforce Internal Name versioncontrol perforce executable Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value p4 Extra Global Arguments Extra arguments to pass to every command 196 Preferences Reference Internal Name versioncontrol perforce extra global args Data Specification lt type str gt Default Value Don t Find Unregistered Files Don t find unregistered files when scanning for file status This can substantially reduce the time to scan large repositories Internal Name versioncontrol perforce dont find unregistered Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True IDE Extension Scripting Search Path Specifies the directories in which Wing will look for user defined scripts that extend the functionality of the IDE itself The directory names may contain environment variables in the envname form Use WING PROJECT_DIR for the project directory For each directory Wing will load all found Python modules and packages treating any function whose name starts with a letter not_ or __ asa script provided command Extension scripts found in files within directories later in the list will override scripts of the same name found earlier except that scripts can never override commands that are defined internally in Wing itself these are documented in the Command Reference in the users manual See the Scripting and Extending chapter of the manual for more information on writing and using extens
444. o the parent does not alter what is displayed in the zoomed out view only reassignment of the selected slot changes what is displayed by the debugger e By Module Slot This is only available for values within a module such as string sys path or os environ The debugger uses the module name to look up the module in sys modules and references the value by symbolic path Any change in the value even across module reloads is reflected in the Watch view For any of these if the value cannot be evaluated because it does not exist the debugger displays lt undefined gt This happens when the last object reference to a reference tracked value is discarded or if a selected symbolic path is undefined or cannot be evaluated The Watch tool will remember watch points across debug sessions except those that make use of an object reference which do not survive the debug process 92 Debugger 12 9 3 Evaluating Expressions The debugger Watch tool can also be used to view the value of keyboard entered expressions These may be entered by clicking on any cell in the Watch manager s display tree and editing or entering the desired expression in the Variable column Press enter to complete the editing session Only expressions that evaluate to a value may be entered Other statements like variable assignments import statements and language constructs are rejected with an error These may only be executed using the Debug Probe Expressions
445. oblematic case for which a bug fix is needed or a particular case for which a new feature is desired In the Debug Probe the Up and Down arrow keys will traverse the history of the code you have entered and the return key will either execute the code if it is complete or prompt for another line if it is not Ctrl Up and Ctrl Down will move the cursor up and down and Ctrl Return will insert a new line character at the cursor position 12 11 1 Managing Program State If commands you type change any local instance or global data values cause modules to be loaded or unloaded set environment variables or otherwise alter the run environment your debug program will continue within that altered state All visible variable display views are also updated after each line entered in the Debug Probe in order to reflect any changes caused by your commands Since you may not notice these changes caution is needed to avoid creating undesired side effects in the running debug program Note that breakpoints are never reached as a result of entries typed into the Debug Probe and any exceptions are reported only after the fact This means that activity in the Debug Probe has no effect on the debug run position or stack even though an exception location in source code may in some cases be displayed 12 11 2 Debug Probe Options The Options menu in the Debug Probe provides the following choices e Clear Clear previous text from the shell e Filter
446. ocess Termination In this case the debugger will make a best effort to stop and report exceptions that actually lead to process termination This occurs just before or sometimes just after the process is terminated The exception is also printed to stderr as it would be when running outside of the debugger When working with an Externally Launched Debug Process the At Process Termination mode may not be able to stop the debug process before it exits and in some cases may even fail to show any post mortem traceback at all except as printed to stderr in the debug process Similarly when working with wxPython PyGTK and similar environments that include a catch all exception handler in C C code the At Process Termination mode will fail to report any unexpected exceptions occurring during the main loop because those exceptions do not actually lead to process termination Immediately if Appear Unhandled The debugger will attempt to detect unhandled exceptions as they are raised in your debug process making it possible to view the program state that led to the exception and to step through subsequently reached finally clauses This is done by looking up the stack for exception handlers written in Python and reporting only exceptions for which there is no matching handler 99 Debugger Note Because of changes in the Python implementation this mode no longer works in Python versions 2 7 and 3 0 The Immediately if Appear Un
447. ocumentation for information on what these commands do when executed by the command line executable Merge Entire Branch Merge changes in remote branch with the local branch This command runs bzr merge lt remote gt to merge the changes Push Entire Branch Push changes in local branch to remote branch This command runs bzr push lt remote gt to push the changes 14 4 CVS Wing s CVS support requires the cvs command line executable to be installed separately from Wing Please see http www nongnu org cvs for information about CVS The cvs executable may either be in your path or set it with the CVS executable preference in the Version Control CVS preferences group The CVS support works best if usernames and passwords are handled by another program such as ssh agent pageant or another ssh agent For details on this see Setting up SSH If this is not possible and you must use the obsolete pserver authentication mechanism you will need to issue the cvs login command once from the command line before starting Wing CVS defines the following commands in addition to those documented in Common Version Control Operations Revert This operation will dispose of any local changes and revert the local files to match the current revision in the repository 14 5 Git Wing s Git support requires the git command line executable to be installed separately from Wing Please see http git scm com for information about Git The g
448. of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl Alt Down goto next bookmark current_file_only True Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 334 Key Binding Reference Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands
449. of time For Wing IDE Professional this is described in more detail in section Attaching and Detaching e Set kKPWFilePath and kPWFileName to define the search path and file name used to find a wingdebugpw file for the debugger The environment variables WINGDB_PWFILEPATH and WINGDB_PWFILENAME will override these settings The file path should be a Python list of strings if set in wingdbstub py or a list of directories separated by the path separator os pathsep when sent by environment variable The string lt winguserprofile gt may be used to specify Wing s User Settings Directory for the user that the debug process is running as The password file name is usually wingdebugpw but may be changed in cases where this naming is inconvenient e Optionally set WINGHOME which is the Wing IDE installation directory or the name of Wing s app folder on OS X This is set up during installation but may need to be altered if you are running Wing from source or copied the debugger binaries over from another machine Setting any of the above described environment variable equivalents will override the value given in the wingdbstub py file 13 1 3 Debugger API A simple API can be used to control debugging more closely once you have imported wingdbstub py the first time as was describe This is useful in cases where you want to be able to start and stop debugging on the fly several times during a debug run for example to avoid debug overhead excep
450. ols menu can be used to view modify or remove defined breakpoints Alternatively the Debug menu or the toolbar s breakpoint icons can be used to set or clear breakpoints at the current line of source where the insertion cursor or selection is located Breakpoint Types In Wing IDE Professional the following types of breakpoints are available e Regular A regular breakpoint will always cause the debugger to stop on a given line of code whenever that code is reached e Conditional A conditional breakpoint contains an expression that is evaluated each time the breakpoint is reached The debugger will stop only if the conditional evaluates to True any non zero non empty non None value as defined by Python You may edit the condition of any existing breakpoint with the Edit Breakpoint Condition item in the Breakpoint Options group of the Debug menu by right clicking on the breakpoint or in the Breakpoints tool e Temporary A temporary breakpoint will be removed automatically after the first time it is encountered No record of the breakpoint is retained for future debug runs Breakpoint Attributes Once breakpoints have been defined you can operate on them in a number of ways to alter their behavior These operations are available as menu items in the Debug menu in the breakpoint margin s context menu and from the Breakpoints tool e Ignore Count It is possible to set an ignore count for a breakpoint In this cas
451. omatically convert your preferences from any older version of Wing IDE and place them into your User Settings Directory Wing IDE 5 can be installed and used side by side with older versions of Wing and operates completely independently Licensing Licenses for Wing IDE 4 and earlier must be upgraded before they can be activated for Wing IDE 5 This can be done in the online store Converting Projects Wing IDE 4 and earlier project files will be converted as they are opened and marked untitled so they can be saved under a new name You should not overwrite your old project files if you plan to continue using an earlier version of Wing IDE with them Wing IDE 5 project files cannot be read by earlier versions of Wing Changes in Wing 5 Wing 5 changes some features and defaults found in earlier versions of Wing e Auto editing is on by default except for auto entering spaces and block management with repeated presses of the colon key e Preferences and some menus have been reorganized e File Sets from Wing IDE 4 are now called File Filters File Sets in Wing 5 area new feature for creating named sets of files e File Properties have changed to make use of Launch Configurations OS Commands has been redesigned to use Launch Configurations and Named Entry Points e The Python Shell starts with current directory set according to the project or main debug file configuration Introduction e A few key bindings have changed e Accelerators
452. omplex data the position or name of each sub entry will be displayed in the Variable column and the value of each entry possibly also complex values will be displayed in the Value column Nested complex values can be expanded indefinitely even if this results in the traversal of cycles of object references Once you expand an entry the debugger will continue to present that entry expanded even after you step further or restart the debug session Expansion state is saved for the duration of your Wing IDE session When the debugger encounters a long string it will be truncated in the Value column In this case the full value of the string can be viewed in the textual display area at the bottom of the Stack Data tool which is accessed by right clicking on a value and selecting Show Detail The contents of the detail area is updated when other items in the Stack Data tool are selected Note Opaque Data Some data types such as those defined only within C C code or those containing certain Python language internals cannot be transferred over the network These are denoted with Value entries in the form lt opaque O0x80ce784 gt and cannot be expanded further In Wing IDE Professional you may be able to use the Debug Probe to access them for example try typing dir value 12 9 1 1 Popup Menu Options Right clicking on the surface of the Stack Data view displays a popup menu with options for navigating data structures 90 Debu
453. omputer to sleep briefly while Wing IDE is already running Wing should then remain responsive until it is quit 18 3 Trouble shooting Failure to Debug If you have trouble debugging with Wing IDE select which of the following most closely describes the problem you are seeing 18 3 1 Failure to Start Debug Wing may fail to start the debug process in certain cases If this happens it often helps to try debugging a small test such as the following primei sees tn print test2 143 Trouble shooting Guide Use the Step Into command from the Debug menu to cause Wing IDE to attempt to run only as far as the first line of your code This rules out possible problems caused by specific code Then check through the following common problems For information on obtaining additional information from the debug sub system refer to the Diagnostic Output section Requires TCP IP Wing s debugger uses a TCP IP protocol to communicate with the IDE Make sure that TCP IP is installed and configured on your machine If you are running a custom built copy of Python verify that the socket module is available Selecting Python Version If Wing says it can t find Python or if you ve got multiple versions of Python on your system make sure you ve got your Project Properties set up to contain a valid interpreter See Source Show Python Environment menu item to verify that the right interpreter is being found Setting PYTHONPATH Enter
454. on Keys for the auto completer It is also possible to add alter or remove individual keyboard command mappings within each of these personalities See the following sub sections for details 2 1 1 Key Equivalents The command a key will invoke may be modified by specifying a custom key binding A custom key binding will override any binding for a particular key found in the keymap Custom key bindings are set via the Custom Key Bindings preference To add a binding click the insert button then press the key to be bound in the Key field and enter the name of the command to invoke in the Command field Commands are documented in the Command Reference Key bindings may consist of multiple key strokes in a row such as Ctrl X Ctrl U or Esc X Y Z If multiple comma separated commands are specified the key binding will execute the first available command in the listed For example specifying debug restart debug continue as the command will first try to restart an existing debug session and if no debug session exists it will start a new one To disable a key binding leave the command field blank Some commands take arguments which can be specified in the binding for example by using show panel panel_type debug probe or enclose start end in the Command field Any unspecified arguments that do not have a default defined by the command will be collected from the user either in a dialog or in the data entry area at the b
455. on behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl gt VI VIM Ctrl T Eclipse Ctrl gt Emacs Ctrl C gt Visual Studio Ctrl gt OS X Commanda 253 Command Reference indent to match next move num lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Indent lines spanned by next cursor move to match based on the preceding line Key Bindings VI VIM insert command cmd Insert the output for the given command at current cursor position Some special characters in the command line if not escaped with will be replaced as follows Current file s full path name Previous file s full path name insert file filename Insert a file at current cursor position prompting user for file selection Key Bindings Brief Alt R Emacs Ctrl X join lines delim num lt numeric modifier default 2 gt Join together specified number of lines after current line replace newlines with the given delimiter single space by default Key Bindings VI VIM Shift J join selection delim Join together all lines in given selection replace newlines with the given delimiter single space by default Key Bindings VI VIM Shift J kill buffer Close the current text file Key Bindings Brief Ctrl Emacs Ctrl X K outdent lines lines None levels lt numeric modifier default 1 gt
456. on code Since this yields complete and correct type information even for code that Wing s static analysis engine cannot understand it is often useful to run to a breakpoint before designing new code that is intended to work in that context In the editor the cog icon in the auto completer indicates that type information was found in the live runtime state In Wing IDE Professional the Debug Probe can be used to immediately try out new code in the runtime environment for which it is being designed Using isinstance to Assist Analysis 127 Source Code Analysis One way to inform the code analysis facility of the type of a variable is to add an isinstance call in your code For example isinstance obj CMyClass or assert isinstance obj CMyClass when runtime type checking is desired The code analyzer will pick up on these and present more complete information for the asserted values In cases where doing this introduces a circular import you can use a conditional to allow Wing s static analyser to process the code without causing problems when it is executed aie 02 import othermodule assert isinstance myvariable othermodule COtherClass In most code a few isinstance calls go a long way to making code faster and easier to edit and navigate Using pi files to Assist Analysis Wing s source analyser can only read Python code and does not contain support for understanding C C extension module code other than by attempting to i
457. on control commands abandon changes confirm True Abandon any changes in the current document and reload it from disk Prompts for user to confirm the operation unless either there are no local changes being abandoned or confirm is set to False about application Show the application wide about box begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key None forward_key None Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Key Binding Ctrl Tab invokes begin visited document cycle move_back True bookmarks menu items Returns list of menu items for selecting among defined bookmarks check for updates Check for updates to Wing IDE and offer to install any that are available close ignore_changes False close_window True can_quit False Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F4 Brief Ctrl F4 VI VIM Ctrl F4 Eclipse Ctrl F4 Emacs Ctrl F4 Visual Studio Ctrl F4 OS X Commana F4 close all omit_current False ignore_changes False close_window False Close all documents in the current window or in all windows if in one window per editor windowing policy Leave currently visible documents or active window in one window per editor mode if omit_
458. on empty and non default values are stored in the project file For example proj file list will be missing if no files are individually added to the project The names of other potentially sharable attributes can be found in the wpu file 3 7 Project wide Properties Each project has a set of top level properties that can be accessed and edited via the Properties item in the Project menu These can be used to configure the Python environment used when debugging executing or testing code and for the source code analysis engine which drives Wing s auto completion source index and other capabilities Project properties are also provided to set options for the project and to enable and configure extensions for revision control Zope and other tools Any string value for a property may contain environment and special variable references as described in Environment Variable Expansion 31 Project Manager Environment To get the most out of Wing it is important to set these values in the Environment tab correctly for your project Python Executable When the Custom radio button is checked and the entered field is non blank this can be used to set the full path to the Python executable that should be used when debugging source code in this project When Use default is selected Wing tries to use the default Python obtained by typing python on the command line On OS X Wing prefers the latest Apple provided Python If this fails
459. on may appear to slip When navigating to a bookmark from the Source menu or key binding Wing will present a dialog or entry area at bottom of the screen depending on editor personality into which the bookmark name can be typed A list of possible completions will be displayed Pressing tab will select the currently highlighted completion A list of defined bookmarks is available in the Bookmarks tool which is available from the Tools menu Right click on an entry for a context menu of operations for the selected bookmark or bookmarks Multi selection is possible by holding down the shift and or control keys Double clicking or middle mouse clicking will navigate to the selected bookmark 48 Source Code Editor When the Bookmarks tool has focus keyboard navigation is possible with the arrow keys and by typing letters to move quickly to a particular bookmark Enter can then be pressed to navigate to the selected bookmark When bookmarks are defined in the current editor file then Wing will add a bookmark icon to the top right of the editor Clicking on this will pop up a menu of the bookmarks in the current file Traversing bookmarks within the current file or within all files is also possible with the Traverse Bookmarks sub menu in the Source menu and the key bindings shown there In VI mode the standard m and plus key bindings are supported in addition to the operations in the Source menu which allow for the definition of b
460. onment with an http proxy Wing will try to auto detect your proxy settings If this fails you will need to configure your proxy manually using Wing s HTTP Proxy Server preference To determine the correct settings to use ask your network administrator or see how to determine proxy settings 18 5 Obtaining Diagnostic Output Wing IDE and your debug code run in separate processes each of which can independently be configured to collect additional diagnostic log information Diagnosing General IDE Problems A quick way to diagnose problems seen while working with Wing IDE is to submit a bug report from the Help menu Please include a description of the problem and check the Include error log checkbox so we can diagnose and fix the problem To diagnose other problems such as failure to start try looking at the file error log in your User Settings Directory Alternatively run console_wing exe on Windows or wing5 0 verbose on Linux Unix and OS X from the command line to display diagnostic output Email this output to support at wingware com along with your system type and version version of Wing IDE version of Python and any other potentially relevant details Diagnosing Debugger Problems To diagnose debugger problems set preference Debug Internals Log File to a value other than No logging and turn on preferences Use External Console and External Console Waits on Exit When you try again Wing will display a debug console with
461. ons whether or not they are printed or logged since these usually indicate a program error even if they are handled The Debugger gt Exceptions preference group can be used to control how Wing approaches exception reporting This includes the following preferences 98 Debugger Exception Reporting Mode The overall strategy for identifying and reporting exceptions is configured with the Report Exceptions preference The following choices are available When Printed default The debugger will stop on exceptions at the time that they would have been printed out by the Python interpreter For code with catch all exceptions written in Python Wing may fail to report unexpected exceptions if the handlers do not print the exception In this case it is best to rewrite the catch all handlers as described in Trouble shooting Failure to Stop on Exceptions In this exception handling mode any code in finally clauses except clauses that reraise the exception and with statement cleanup routines will be executed before the debugger stops because they execute before the traceback is printed Always Immediately The debugger will stop at every single exception immediately when it is raised In most code this will be very often since exceptions may be used internally to handle normal acceptible runtime conditions As a result this option is usually only useful after already running close to code that requires further examination At Pr
462. ookmarks with names longer than one character Emacs Brief and other key bindings also support bookmarks However bookmark functionality for VI Emacs and Brief key bindings is omitted in Wing IDE Personal 4 10 File Sets File Sets are used create named sets of files that can then be opened as a group or searched from the Search in Files tool File sets can be created in several ways e Open the desired files and use the Name Set of Open Files item in the Files gt File Sets menu e Select the desired files in the Project Open Files or in other tools and use the Name Set of Selected Files item in the Files gt File Sets menu e Select the desired files in the Project or Open Files tool right click and select the Name Selected File Set menu item e Search in the Search in Files tool and when the search is complete use the Name Result File Set item in the Options menu to name the set of files in which a search match was found Once defined file sets can be opened from the Files gt File Sets menu and they are included by name in the Search in Files tool s Look in menu To view or edit the defined file sets use the Manage File Sets item in the File gt File Sets menu Right click to access the available operations in this dialog To rename a file set click on its name and edit the name in place Binding File Sets to Keys File sets can be bound to a key sequence so that the pressing that sequence will open t
463. operties are defined in the Debug tab Main Entry Point This defines where execution starts when the debugger is launched from the IDE The default is to start debugging in the current editor file Alternatively use this property to define a project wide main entry point so that debug always started in that file regardless of which file is current in the editor The entry point can either be a selected file in order to debug that files with the environment specified in its File Properties or a named entry point to select a file and use a different environment to debug it Initial Directory When the Use default radio button is checked the initial working directory set for each debug session will be the directory where the debugged file is located When Custom is selected the specified directory is used 32 Project Manager instead use WING PROJECT_DIR for the project s directory This property also sets the initial directory for the Python Shell determines how Wing resolves partial paths on the Python Path for the purposes of static analysis and is used for other features in the IDE that require a starting directory for a sub process For these Wing will use the directory of the main debug file in the project as the default initial directory or the directory of the project file if there is no main debug file defined Build Command This command will be executed before starting debug on any source in this project This is usef
464. or removing multiple items or quickly executing a series of commands Right click on the list for available actions or middle click or double click on the list to execute items Using Bash To set up a bash shell running inside Wing IDE add an OS Command with executable set to bash norc and enable the Use pseudo TTY and Line mode options This is a fairly limited integration in that the tab key color and cursor movement are not supported 10 1 OS Command Properties Items added to the OS Commands tool can be configured to run within a particular environment using the dialog shown when the item is added from the OS Commands tool or by selecting an item and using the Edit item in the Options menu There are three types of OS Commands 1 Command Lines which are executed in the environment configured in the OS Command itself 2 Python files which are executed in the environment configured in their File Properties and 3 Named 77 OS Commands Tool Entry Points which are executed in the environment configured by the selected Named Entry Point Shared Properties All OS Command types share the following configurable properties Title This is the user assigned title to use for the command If not set the command line or file name is shown instead I O Encoding This is the encoding to use for text sent to and received from the sub process Key Binding This field can be used to assign a key binding to the command
465. or specific entry points To support this launch configurations can be managed from the Project gt Launch Configurations menu item This manager is initially empty Right click to create edit duplicate or delete launch configurations Once defined launch configurations can be referenced from per file properties under the Debug Execute and Testing tabs and in the creation of named entry points Launch configurations contain the following properties as organized under the Environment and Python tabs in the launch configuration properties dialog Run Arguments Enter any run arguments here Wing does not interpret backslashes on the command line and passes them unchanged to the sub process The only exceptions to this rule are and backslash followed by single or double quote which allow inclusion of quotes inside quoted multi word arguments Initial Directory Specifies the initial working directory By default this uses the initial directory specified by the project wide environment When the Use default radio button is checked the initial working directory will instead be the directory where the launched file is located When Custom is selected the specified directory is used instead use WING PROJECT_DIR for the project s directory Environment This is used to specify values that should be added modified or removed from the environment Each entry is in var value form and must be specified one per line in the
466. or backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Alt Left Brief Shift Alt Left VI VIM Shift Alt Left Eclipse Shift Alt Left Emacs Shift Alt Left Visual Studio Shift Alt Left OS X Ctrl Option Left backward delete char repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Key Bindings Wing IDE BackSpace Brief BackSpace VI VIM BackSpace Eclipse BackSpace Emacs BackSpace Visual Studio BackSpace OS X Backspace backward delete word delimiters None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Delete one word behind of the cursor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl BackSpace Brief Ctrl BackSpace VI VIM Ctrl BackSpace Eclipse Ctrl BackSpace Emacs Ctrl BackSpace Visual Studio Ctrl BackSpace OS X Ctrl Option Delete backward page repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor backward one page Key Bindings Wing IDE Prior Brief Prior VI VIM Prior Eclipse Prior Emacs Prior Visual Studio Prior OS X Ctrl Up backward page extend repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Prior Brief Shift Prior VI VIM Shift Prior Eclipse Shift Prior Emacs Shift Prior Visual Studio Shift Prior OS X Shift Page_Up backward paragraph repeat lt numeric modifier defa
467. or files that are not open Internal Name pysource max background buffers Data Specification from 50 to 300 Default Value 80 Advanced Interface File Path Path to search for interface files for extension modules If directory name is relative it will be interpreted as relative to the user settings directory USER_SETTINGS_DIR Internal Name pysource interfaces path Data Specification tuple of lt type str gt Default Value pi files Scrape Extension Modules 191 Preferences Reference Enable to automatically load and introspect extension modules and other modules that cannot be statically analysed These modules are loaded in another process space and scraped to obtain at least some analysis of the module s contents Internal Name pysource scrape modules Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Scraping Helper Snippets This is a dictionary from module name to Python code that should be executed before attempting to load extension modules for scraping This is needed in cases where the extension modules are designed to be loaded only after some configuration magic is performed For most extension modules no extra configuration should be needed Internal Name pysource scrape config Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values lt type str gt Default Value QtSvg try n from PyQt4 import QtSvg nexcept n try n fr om PyQ tk nvers pygtk _get_available_ver
468. or selected files to the repository commit project Commit all changes in the project diff Display differences in the local copy of a file or files status Display version control status of a file or files project status Display status for all files in the project revert Revert local changes to a file or files Each of these will be renamed at runtime according to which version control system is active by prepending the code name of the version control system for example diff becomes svn diff The prepended names for all supported version control systems are svn Subversion evon REVS pAr TBZ aAdE hg Mercurial giti GIE OSS OWS PPicwOwe 273 Command Reference 20 7 Debugger Commands Debugger Commands Commands that control the debugger and current debug process if any break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line Key Binding F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl F9 Brief Ctrl F9 VI VIM Ctrl F9 Eclipse Ctrl F9 Emacs Ctrl F9 Visual Studio Ctrl F9 OS X Commana F9 break clear clicked Clear the breakpoint at current click location break disable Disable the breakpoint on current line Key Binding Shift F9 break disable all Disable all breakpoints Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F9 Brief Ctrl Shift F9 VI VIM Ctrl Shift F9 Eclipse Ctrl Shift F9 Emacs Ctrl Shift F9 Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F9 break disable
469. or that file type from universal snippets if not found This will preprocess the snippet to match indentation style to the target file adjusts indentation based on context and starts inline argument collection snippet file snippet_name mime_type context all Create a new file with given snippet and start inline snippet argument collection If mime type is given a file of that type is created Otherwise all snippets are searched and the first found snippet of given name is used and file type matches the type of the snippet Snippet View Commands Commands available on a specific instance of the snippet manager tool snippet add new_snippet_name ttype Add a new Snippet to the current Snippets tool page or the given page snippet add file type file extension Add a file type to the snippet manager The file type is the file extension It is added to the last directory on the snippet path snippet assign key binding Assign reassign unassign the key binding associated with the given snippet by name snippet clear key binding Clear the key binding associated with the given snippet snippet reload all Reload all the snippet files The snippet manager does this automatically most of the time but reload can be useful to cause the snippet panel display to update when snippets are added or removed from outside of Wing snippet remove file type Remove a file type from the snippet manager including any snippets d
470. ormal program behavior and Wing will always stop on AssertionError since this usually indicates a bug in code even if it is handled In some code adding NameError or AttributeError to the Always Report list may help uncover bugs however this may not work if these are treated as normal expected exceptions by the authors of the code and there are too many such cases to ignore them with the Ignore this exception location checkbox in the Exceptions tool 100 Advanced Debugging Topics 12 14 Running Without Debug Files may also be executed outside of the debugger This can be done with any Python code makefiles and any other file that is marked as executable on disk This is done with the Execute Current File and Execute Recent items in the Debug menu or with Execute Selected after right clicking on the project view Files executed in this way are run in a separate process and any input or output occurs within the OS Commands tool This is useful for triggering builds executing utilities used in development or even to launch a program that is normally launched outside of Wing and debugged using wingdbstub py Wing can also run arbitrary command lines See the OS Commands Tool chapter for more information on executing files or command lines from Wing Advanced Debugging Topics This chapter collects documentation of advanced debugging techniques including debugging externally launched code and using Wing s debugger together with
471. orward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings VI VIM Emacs Ctrl Alt S isearch repeat reverse False repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Repeat the most recent isearch using same string and regex text Reverse direction when reverse is True Key Bindings VI VIM n isearch sel backward persist True whole_word False repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt 241 Command Reference Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift B VI VIM invokes isearch sel backward persist 0 whole_word 1 Eclipse Ctrl Shift B Emacs Ctrl C R Visual Studio Ctrl Shift B isearch sel forward persist True whole_word False repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl B VI VIM invokes isearch sel forward persist 0 whole_word 1 Eclipse Ctrl B Emacs Ctrl C S Visual Studio Ctrl B kill line Kill rest of line from cursor to end of line and place it into the clipboard with any other contiguously removed lines End of line is removed only if there is nothing betwee
472. ottom of the IDE window Customization Key bindings defined by default or overridden by this preference will be shown in any menu items that implement the same command In cases where a command is given more than one key equivalent only the last equivalent found will be displayed although both bindings will work from the keyboard The Alt Key on OS X On OS X the Alt Key preference allows selecting one or both of the Option keys or the Command keys to act as the Alt key modifier for keyboard bindings This preference should be set by the user according to keyboard type so that key bindings in Wing do not prevent entering characters with one or both of the Option keys For example on German keyboards and other common symbols are entered with the Option key In those cases setting the preference to Left Option key frees up the right Option key for entering characters and dedicates the left Option key to triggering key bindings When Command is used for Alt the binding for Alt lt key gt takes precedence over any binding for Command lt key gt for the same key 2 1 2 Key Maps Wing ships with several key equivalency maps found at the top level of the Wing IDE installation including keymap normal keymap emacs keymap vi and others These are used as default key maps for the corresponding editor personalities as set with the User Interface gt Keyboard gt Keyboard Personality preference For developing entirely n
473. ou Wing s nose support was tested with nose 0 10 1 Overview To add tests use the Testing menu items Tests can be added individually with Add Single File and Add Current File or can be added by applying a filter to the set of all files in the project using Add Files from Project For details on adding from the project see Project Test Files The testing framework used by files is set through the Default Test Framework field on the Testing page of Project properties or the Test Framework field on the Testing page of File properties for individual test files To run tests press the Run Tests button or use one of the items in the Testing menu For details see Running Tests While tests are running a jogging man icon is shown next to the test s in the Testing tool s list After the tests have finished running the status indicator for the test will turn into a green check or red warning sign depending on whether the test failed or succeeded Status indicators for each file will also be set to red or green depending on whether any test failed or not Individual test nodes may be expanded to show any output generated by the test or any exception that occurred Exceptions may be expanded to display tracebacks Navigating Double clicking on any node or using the Goto Source option on the right click popup menu in the testing tool s tree will display source code in the editor if the source is available 79 Unit Testing Note th
474. ove to the end of the toolbar search entry Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection 415 Key Binding Reference Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F5 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction Shift F6 replace and search Replace current selection and search again Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing panel Shift F7 run current tests Runs the current test or tests if
475. ow Command 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Command 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Command 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Command 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Command 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Command 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Command 7 C use lexer cpp Force syntax highlighting for C C source Command 7 H use lexer html Force syntax highlighting for HTML Command 7 M use lexer makefile Force syntax highlighting for make files Command 7 N use lexer none Use no syntax highlighting Command 7 P use lexer python Force syntax highlighting for Python source Command 7 S use lexer sql Force syntax highlighting for SQL 361 Key Binding Reference Command 7 X use lexer xml Force syntax highlighting for XML files Command 8 recent document Switches to previous document most recently visited in the current window or window set if in one window per editor windowing mode Command 9 previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Command A select all Select all text in the editor Command Alt Minus fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expan
476. p level of script files in the implementation of script functionality Script Attributes In most cases additional information about each script def is provided via function attributes that define the type of arguments the script expects whether or not the command is available at any given time the display name and documentation for the command and the contexts in which the script should be made available in the GUI The following are supported e arginfo This defines the argument types for any arguments passed to the script It is a dictionary from the argument name to an Arginfo specification described in more detail below or a callable object that returns this dictionary Argument information is used by Wing to drive automatic collection of argument values from the user When this is missing all arguments are treated as strings e available This defines whether or not the script is available If missing the command is always available If set to a constant the truth value of that constant defines availability of the script If set to a callable object it is invoked with the same arguments as the script itself and the return value determines availability e label The label to use when referring to the command in menus and elsewhere When omitted the label is derived from the command name by replacing underscores with a space and capitalizing each word cmdname replace _ title e doc The documentation for the
477. party packages When searching on the interfaces path or in the resources directories the top level of the directory is checked first for a matching pi file Then Wing tries looking in a sub directory named according to the major and minor version of Python being used with your source base and subsequently in each lower major minor version back to 2 0 128 PyLint Integration For example if c share pi pi files is on the interfaces path and Python 2 7 is being used Wing will check first in c share pi pi files then in c share pi pi files 2 7 then in c share pi pi files 2 6 and so forth Example pi files used by Wing internally to produce autocompletion information for builtins can be seen in the directory resources builtin pi files inside your Wing IDE installation This also illustrates the above described version number fallback mechanism In cases where Wing cannot find a pi at all it will attempt to load the module by name in a separate process space so that it can introspect its contents The results of this operation are stored in pi cache within the User Settings Directory and used subsequently This file is regenerated only if the pyd or so for the loaded module changes 15 4 Analysis Disk Cache The source code analyzer writes information about files it has recently examined into the Cache Directory that is listed in Wing s About box which is accessed from the Help menu Cache size may be controlle
478. peat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Slash undo Undo last action Ctrl Space set mark command Set start of text marking for selection at current cursor position Subsequently all cursor move operations will automatically extend the text selection until stopo mark command is issued Unit defines what is selected can be one of char line or block rectangle Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl U initiate repeat Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Ctrl Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Ctrl V forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl W cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands C
479. pecification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Project Manager Preferences proj follow editor Controls whether or not the IDE will follow the current editor by expanding the project tree to show the file open in the editor Internal Name proj follow editor Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 proj follow selection Controls whether or not the IDE will follow the current project manager selection by opening the corresponding source file in a non sticky auto closing editor In either case the project manager will always open a file in sticky mode when an item is double clicked or the Goto Source context menu item is used Internal Name proj follow selection Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 proj open from project full paths Match fragments to full path of the file name rather than just the file name Full path matching still occurs when the path separation character is included in the search pattern Internal Name proj open from project full paths Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Debugger Preferences debug auto clear debug io Enable to automatically clear the Debug I O tool each time a new debug session is started 205 Preferences Reference Internal Name debug auto clear debug io Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 debug auto show debug io Controls whether and when to automatically show the Debug
480. pleter contains two columns of icons that indicate the type and origin of the symbol The first column may contain one of the following icons A Python builtin A snippet defined in the Snippets tool An argument for the current function or method scope ee The symbol was found by introspecting the live runtime state The second column of icons may contain one of the following icons ta A Python keyword A A module name amp A class name E A Python package a directory with __ init__ py in it M A method name 42 Source Code Editor A function name An object instance other than the basic types below A dictionary A tuple A list A string An integer A float An exception HAA RHE EE A Python stack frame Additionally icons in the second column may be annotated as in the following examples the annotation may be applied to any of the above e An upward pointing arrow indicates that the symbol was inherited from a superclass e A leftward pointing arrow indicates that the symbol was imported with from x import style import statement Turbo Completion Mode for Python Experimental When the Python Turbo Mode preference is enabled Wing will use a different completion mode for Python files and in the shells This treats any non word key as being a completion key in a context appropriate way Ctrl A
481. plits are shown all the open files within the window are available within each split allowing work on any combination of files and or different parts of the same file The options drop down menu can also be used to change between tabbed editors and editors that show a popup menu for selecting among files the latter can be easier to manage with large number of files and to move editors out to a separate window or among existing windows when multiple windows are open Configuring Toolboxes Each of the toolboxes can be also be split or joined into any number of sub panels along the long axis of the toolbox by clicking on the options drop down icon in the tab area of the toolbox right clicking also works The number of tool box splits Wing shows by default depends on your monitor size The options drop down menu can also be used to duplicate tools or move them around among the splits or out to separate windows The size of each panel and the panel splits can also be altered by dragging on the dividers between them All available tools are enumerated in the Tools menu which will display the most recently used tool of that type or will add one to your window at its default location if none is already present Creating Additional Windows In addition to moving existing editors or tools to new windows it is also possible to create new tool windows initially with a single tool and new document windows with editor and toolbars if applic
482. position in search or replace string Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl U isearch forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Up select more Select more code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks 296 Key Binding Reference Ctrl V paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Ctrl W close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl X cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Y redo Redo last action Ctrl Z undo Undo last action Ctrl brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between t
483. ppet This will insert a snippet selected by name at the cursor in the current editor If there is a non empty selection on the editor it will replace the selection The editor will be placed into data entry mode for the collection of the snippet arguments 54 Source Code Editor snippet file This will create a new file of the type specified by the snippet file s extension and insert the selected snippet into it before entering data entry mode in the editor for the collection of the snippet arguments In most cases you will use the Assign Key Binding item in the Snippets tool s context menu to invoke these commands for a particular snippet Scripting Snippets Wing s extension scripting API exposes the editor s data entry mode and snippet processing capabilities This can be used to write scripts that generate snippets and paste them into the editor for user data entry This approach may be preferable when the snippet markup language described above is not sufficient For details see the PasteSnippet and StartDataEntry methods in wingapi py and refer to Scripting and Extending Wing IDE 4 12 Indentation Since indentation is syntactically significant in Python Wing provides a range of features for inspecting and managing indentation in source code 4 12 1 How Indent Style is Determined When an existing file is opened it is scanned to determine what type of indentation is used in that file If the file contains some inden
484. printing on white paper Internal Name edit use default foreground when printing Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False e Context Menu Groups Shown 178 Preferences Reference Controls which groups of menu items will be shown in the editor s context menu Internal Name edit context menu groups Data Specification tuple of comment indent clip script vcs nav debug Default Value clip nav debug comment indent vcs script Custom Items Extra menu items to add to the editor context menu Internal Name edit context menu custom items Data Specification tuple of tuple length 2 of lt type str gt lt type str gt Default Value e Advanced Brace Highlighting Enabled to automatically highlight the matching braces next to the cursor or as they are typed Internal Name edit auto brace match Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Maximum Non Sticky Editors Maximum number of non sticky auto closing editors to keep open at one time in addition to any that are visible on screen Internal Name gui max non sticky editors Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 1 Selection Policy This controls whether to retain selection in the editor after certain operations The editor may always select the text that was operated on only retain existing selections or never select after the operation completes In
485. process of modifying code to improve its structure and organization without changing its behavior For example refactoring can be used to rename a symbol wherever it is referenced or to move a block of code into a function replacing it with an invocation of the new function Wing IDE s refactoring support provides very high level editing operations that are informed by its understanding of Python source code 6 1 Rename Symbol The rename symbol operation renames a variable function class or module and updates the locations where it is used To start a rename operation click on the symbol in the editor and then select Rename Symbol from the Refactor menu or from the Refactor sub menu of the editor context menu right click Wing will begin searching for all of the locations where the symbol is used and list them in the Refactoring tool To complete the operation enter the new symbol name and press the Rename Checked button Note that each found match for the symbol is displayed with a check box that can be deselected to omit that match from the rename operation Please refer to Find 68 Refactoring Points of Use for more information on how Wing finds symbols for refactoring operations After it completes the rename operation can be undone with the Revert button in the Refactoring tool 6 2 Move Symbol The move symbol operation moves a variable function or class and updates locations where it is used to reference the symbol
486. pt code In some cases when object references from a script file are installed into Wing s internals it will be necessary to restart Wing IDE Script files that define a global _no_reload_scripts will never be reloaded or unloaded Files that define _ignore_scripts or that exist outside of the script path are also never reloaded Here is how reloading works All currently loaded script files are watched so that saving the file from an editor will cause Wing to initiate reload after it has been saved 2 When a file changes all scripts in its directory will be reloaded 3 Wing removes all old scripts from the command registry unregisters any timeouts set with CAPIApplication InstallTimeout and removes any connections to preferences attributes and signals in the API 4 Next imp find_module is used to locate the module by name 5 Then the module is removed from sys modules and reloaded using imp find_module and a module name that prepends internal_script_ to the module name in order to avoid conflicting with other modules loaded by the IDE 6 If module load fails for example due to a syntax error any timeouts or other connections registered by the module during partial load are removed and the module is removed from sys modules 7 lf the module contains _ignore_scripts then any timeouts or other connections are removed and scripts in the file are ignored 8 Otherwise Wing adds all the scripts in the module to th
487. py a specified number of characters or lines or the current selection Set cut 1 to remove the range of text from the editor after moving to register otherwise it is just copied Unit should be one of char or line or sel for current selection Visual c enter insert mode pos delete sel Enter editor insert mode Visual colon vi command by name Execute a VI command implements commands from VI Visual d move to register unit sel cut 1 Cut or copy a specified number of characters or lines or the current selection Set cut 1 to remove the range of text from the editor after moving to register otherwise it is just copied Unit should be one of char or line or sel for current selection 345 Key Binding Reference Visual g Visual Shift J join selection delim Join together all lines in given selection replace newlines with the given delimiter single space by default Visual g Visual q fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Visual o exchange point and mark When currently marking text this exchanges the current position and mark ends of the current selection Visual r replace char Replace num characters with given character Set line_mode to multiline to allow replacing across lines extend to replace on current line and then extend the line length and restrict to replace only if enough characters exist on current line after cursor po
488. que is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift O VI VIM Ctrl Shift O Eclipse Ctrl Shift O Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl O Visual Studio Ctrl Shift O OS X Commana Shift O open gui filename None Open a file from disk prompting with file selection dialog if necessary Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl O Brief Alt E Eclipse Ctrl O Visual Studio Ctrl O OS X Command O perspective disable auto 213 Command Reference Disable auto perspectives perspective enable auto Enable auto perspectives perspective manage Display the perspectives manager dialog perspective restore name Restore the given named perspective previous document repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Page_Up Brief Ctrl Page_Up VI VIM Ctrl Page_Up Eclipse Ctrl Page_Up Emacs Ctrl Page_Up Visual Studio Ctrl Page_Up OS X Command 9 previous window Switch to the previous window alphabetically by title query end session Process query end session message on win32 quit Quit the application Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Q Brief Alt X Eclipse Ctrl Q Emacs Ctrl X Ctrl C Visual Studio Ctrl Q OS X Command Q recent document Switches to previous document most recently visited in the current window or
489. r xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift Backspace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Command F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode Shift Delete forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position 372 Key Binding Reference Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F3 search
490. r Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Alt F11 prev points of use match Display the previous match in the active points of use tool Alt F12 next points of use match Display the next match in the active points of use tool Alt F3 search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt F4 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Alt F5 run to cursor Run to current cursor position Alt F6 run failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt G goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt L goto line Position cursor at start of given line number Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely 303 Key Binding Reference Alt Period goto selected symbol defn Goto the
491. r symbols like x y z only or enabled for all selections including function or methods calls WARNING Enabling evaluation of any selection may result in function or method calls that have side effects such as altering the program state or even making unintended database or disk accesses Internal Name debug hover over selections Data Specification 0 1 all Default Value 1 180 Preferences Reference Run Marker Color The color of the text highlight used for the run position during debugging Internal Name debug debug marker color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Run Marker Alpha Select transparency 0 160 of the text highlight used for the run position during debugging Internal Name debug run marker alpha Data Specification None or lt type int gt Default Value None Active Range Color The color of the active range of code used for quick evaluation in the Python Shell or Debug Probe Internal Name debug active range color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Line Threshold Defines the character length threshold under which a value will always be shown on a single line even if the value is a complex type like a list or dict Internal Name debug line threshold Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 65 Ignore Unsynchron
492. r the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Browse Shift R enter replace mode Enter editor replace mode Browse Shift S delete line insert Delete the current line or lines when the selection spans multiple lines or given repeat is gt 1 Enters insert mode when working with modal key bindings Browse Shift T search char dir 1 pos 1 single _line 1 Search for the given character Searches to right if dir gt 0 and to left if dir lt 0 Optionally place cursor pos characters to left or right of the target e g use 1 to place one to left 327 Key Binding Reference If repeat gt 1 the Nth match is found Set single_line 1 to search only within the current line Browse Shift V start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Browse Shift W forward word delimiters tnr Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be s
493. ract button After it completes the extract operation can be undone with the Revert button in the Refactoring tool Note that the extract operation currently cannot extract lines that contain return statements before the final line 69 Diff Merge Tool 6 4 Introduce Variable The introduce variable operation adds a variable that is initialized to the value of an existing expression and then replaces the expression with the new variable To start an introduce variable operation select an existing expression and then select Introduce Variable from the Refactor menu or from the Refactor sub menu of the editor context menu right click Wing will find all places the expression is used in the current scope and list them in the Refactoring tool To complete the operation enter the name for the new variable and press the Introduce Variable button The name may include a dot so a name starting with self may be used to introduce an instance attribute in a method Note that each found match for the expression is displayed with a check box that can be deselected to omit that match from the rename operation After it completes the introduce variable operation can be undone with the Revert button in the Refactoring tool Diff Merge Tool Wing IDE Professional provides single and multi file difference and merge capabilities To initiate a session use the Diff Merge toolbar item click to display a menu of options or use the Difference a
494. racters to left or right of the target e g use 1 to place one to left If repeat gt 1 the Nth match is found Set single_line 1 to search only within the current line Browse Underscore beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Browse Browse p paste register pos 1 indent 1 Paste text from register as before or after the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set 328 Key Binding Reference indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Browse isearch sel forward persist 0 whole_word 1 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search str
495. rame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen 400 Key Binding Reference e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical and horizontal tool areas and toolbar saving previous state so it can be restored later with exit_fullscreen e exit fullscreen Restore previous non fullscreen state of all tools and tool bar Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F3 search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Shift F4 find points of use Find points of use for a symbol The symbol defaults to the active selection Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F5 debug file Start debugging the current file rather than the main entry point Shift F6 run all tests Runs all the tests in testing p
496. rce otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Delete forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl E scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line 408 Key Binding Reference Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy
497. rch string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl Shift C comment block toggle Toggle block comment with at start on the selected lines in editor This is a different style of block commenting than Wing implements by default the default in Wing is intended to work better with some of the other editor functionality 387 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift C delete line Delete the current line or lines when the selection spans multiple lines or given repeat is gt 1 Ctrl Shift D selection add next occurence Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines Ctrl Shift Delete delete lines Ctrl Shift Down move line down Move the current line or lines up down line optionally indenting to match the new position Ctrl Shift Down next scope Select the next scope Specify a count of more than 1 to go forward multiple scopes If sibling _only is true move only to other scopes of the same parent Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwi
498. re code on either the current line or larger multi line blocks Ctrl V paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard Ctrl W close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl X cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl Y redo Redo last action Ctrl Z undo Undo last action Ctrl brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl greater indent region Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl less outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl parenleft
499. region Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Ctrl brace match Match brace at current cursor position selecting all text between the two and hilighting the braces Ctrl greater indent region Indent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent 394 Key Binding Reference Ctrl less outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Ctrl parenleft start kbd macro Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl parenright stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Ctrl question uncomment out region Uncomment out the selected region if commented out If one_level is True then each call removes only one level of commenting Ctrl space show autocompleter Show the auto completer for current cursor position Ctrl indent lines lines 1 Indent
500. ring Format This option can be used to disable PEP 287 rendering so they are always shown as plain text instead 45 Source Code Editor Show PEP 287 parse errors By default Wing falls back to displaying docstrings that cannot be parsed as reStructuredText as plain text Enable this option to instead render them with reStructuredText parse errors Show docstring type and validity This enables or disables the floating docstring type and validity indicator in the top right of the docstring area Rewrap plain text docstrings By default Wing employs a heuristic to rewrap paragraphs in docstrings in order to make better use of available display space This option can be disabled to show the docstring exactly as it appears in the source code Always show docstrings By default Wing shows the docstring only of the last symbol being displayed in the Source Assistant in order to save on display space Enable this option to always show the docstring for all symbols The Source Assistant context menu can also be used to copy text or HTML to the clipboard change the display font size and access this documentation 4 8 Auto editing Wing IDE Professional provides some optional auto editing features where the IDE tries to reduce typing by auto entering expected text The following operations are available e Auto Close Characters Wing enters matching quotes parentheses brackets braces and comment closing characters When this
501. rk or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Down goto next bookmark current_file_only True Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt E evaluate sel in shell Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Python Shell tool optionally restarting the shell first When whole_lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When unspecified set to None the setting from the Shell s Option menu is used instead Ctrl Alt F search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Ctrl Alt F6 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt F7 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Ctrl Alt G goto bookmark Goto named bookmark Ctrl Alt K show bookmarks Show a list of all currently defined bookmarks Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Left goto previous bookmark Go to the previous bookma
502. rk in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt M set bookmark Set a bookmark at current location on the editor Mark is the project wide textual name of the bookmark Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Right goto next bookmark Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt T toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default 380 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Alt Up duplicate line above Duplicate the current line or lines above the selection Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt Up goto previous bookmark current_file_only True Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Ctrl Alt V evaluate file in shell Run the contents of the editor
503. rl Shift T find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Cirl Shift U batch search look_in Current File Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl Shift U isearch backward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Shift Up move line up Move the current line or lines up one line optionally indenting to match the new position 392 Key Binding
504. rmat use lexer asm Force syntax highlighting for Masm assembly language use lexer ave Force syntax highlighting for Avenue GIS language use lexer baan Force syntax highlighting for Baan use lexer bash Force syntax highlighting for bash scripts use lexer bullant Force syntax highlighting for Bullant use lexer by doctype Use syntax highlighting appropriate to the file type use lexer coffee script Force syntax highlighting for Coffee Script source file use lexer cpp Force syntax highlighting for C C source Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 C Eclipse Ctrl 7 C Emacs Ctrl X L C Visual Studio Ctrl 7 C OS X Command 7 C use lexer css2 257 Command Reference Force syntax highlighting for CSS2 use lexer cython Force syntax highlighting for Cython source use lexer diff Force syntax highlighting for diff cdiff files use lexer django Force syntax highlighting for Django template file use lexer dos batch Force syntax highlighting for DOS batch files use lexer eiffel Force syntax highlighting for Eiffel source use lexer errlist Force syntax highlighting for error list format use lexer escript Force syntax highlighting for EScript use lexer fortran Force syntax highlighting for Fortran use lexer html Force syntax highlighting for HTML Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl 7 H Eclipse Ctrl 7 H Emacs Ctrl X L H Visual Studio Ctrl 7 H OS X Command 7 H use lexer idl
505. rol add ons on a per project basis Enable Django Template Debugging enables Django specific functionality that makes it possible for Wing s debugger to stop at breakpoints and step through Django template files Matplotlib Event Loop Support enabled Matplotlib specific functionality that updates plots continuously when working interactively in the Python Shell Enable Zope2 Plone Support Zope2 Instance Home and Zope2 Host enable legacy support for older Zope installations They are needed because Zope 2 x implements import magic that works differently from Python s default import and thus adding the instance home directory to PYTHONPATH is not sufficient Wing s source analyzer needs this extra clue to properly find and process the Zope instance specific sources When this option is activated Wing will also offer to add the relevant Zope2 Plone files to the project and to install the control panel for configuring and initiating debug in Zope2 Plone See the Zope How To for details Testing Test File Pattern can be used to specify which files in the project should be shown in the Testing tool See the Testing chapter for details Default Test Framework defines the testing framework to use by default unless another is chosen using File Properties on the test file Environment can be used to select environment for running unit tests that differs from the Project wide settings and for setting any command line arguments to send to unit
506. rsive but there are more similarities than differences and the operations should perform as they do on the command line Commit The commit operation copies changes in the local file system to the version control repository that the files are associated with The repository might be entirely local 118 Integrated Version Control in distributed systems such as git or bzr or it may be on a server in centralized systems such as Subversion or CVS The tool shown for a commit operation has a several tabs that contain the commit message the diffs for this commit the list of files eligible for the commit and the results once the commit is run The Files tab may be used to select files for the commit by un checking files that should not be committed The common operation Commit Project can be used to run the commit operation against all the files in the project Diff The diff operation displays a tool with the differences between files on the local file system and files in the repository The diff appears in the tool itself and the right click context menu may be used to copy the diff text goto the source for a particular section of the diff or run the diff command again Status The status operation displays a tool with the status of files in the scope of the command The files are displayed as a tree by default but may also be displayed as a flat list by right clicking and selecting View as List To the left of the file name there is
507. rt running to next breakpoint F5 search Bring up the search manager in search mode F6 replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 start kbd macro Start definition of a keyboard macro If register None then the user is prompted to enter a letter a z under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F8 execute kbd macro Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise register a is used by default F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line 413 Key Binding Reference Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Home cursor home Bring cursor to start of line to start of visible area or to start of document each successive consecutive invocation of this command Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Home Home Home start of document Move cursor to st
508. rvices Wingware may use such information for its business purposes without restriction including for product support and development Wingware will not use such technical information in a form that personally identifies you without first obtaining your permission 9 TERMINATION WITHOUT PREJUDICE TO ANY OTHER RIGHTS 420 License Information Wingware may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with any term or condition of this EULA In such event you must destroy all copies of the Software Product and Software Product Licenses 10 U S GOVERNMENT USE If the Software Product is licensed under a U S Government contract you acknowledge that the software and related documentation are commercial items as defined in 48 C F R 2 01 consisting of commercial computer software and commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used in 48 C F R 12 212 and 48 C F R 227 7202 1 You also acknowledge that the software is commercial computer software as defined in 48 C F R 252 227 7014 a 1 U S Government agencies and entities and others acquiring under a U S Government contract shall have only those rights and shall be subject to all restrictions set forth in this EULA Contractor manufacturer is Wingware P O Box 400527 Cambridge MA 02140 0006 USA 11 EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You will not download export or re export the Software Product any part thereof or any software tool process or service that is the d
509. s Wing will load scripts defined in each file and add them to the command set that is defined internally The script directories are traversed in the order they are given in the preference and files are loaded in alphabetical order When multiple scripts 132 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE with the same name are found the script that is loaded last overrides any loaded earlier under that name Functions in scripts are exposed as commands in Wing unless their names start with an underscore Commands may be bound to keys added to menus or run via Command by Name on the Edit menu Naming Commands Commands can be referred to either by their short name or their fully qualified name FQN The short name of a command is the same as the function name but with underscores optionally replaced by dashes cmdname replace _ The FQN of a command always starts with user followed by the module name followed by the short name For example if a function named xpext_doit is defined inside a module named xpext py then the short name of the command created will be xpext doit and the FQN will be user xpext xpext doit Reloading Scripts Once script files have been loaded Wing watches the files and automatically reloads them when they are edited inside Wing IDE and saved to disk As a result there is usually no need to restart Wing when working on a script except when a new script file is added In that case Wing will no
510. s configured these are added automatically to the OS Commands tool 76 OS Commands Tool Additional items can be added with the Options menu s New commands and any existing items can be edited or removed with the Edit and Remove items here For details see OS Command Properties Executing Commands The Options menu also includes items for starting terminating or restarting a command clearing the execution console and selecting whether consoles should auto clear each time the process is started or restarted For Python files it is also possible to specify that the Python interpreter should be left active and at a prompt after the file is executed This is done with the Python Prompt after Execution item in the Options menu The area below the popup menu at the top of the OS Commands tool is the console where commands are executed where output is shown and where input can be entered for sending to the sub process Use the popup menu to switch between multiple running processes or add multiple instances of the OS Commands tool to view them concurrently The console provides a context menu right click for controlling the process copy pasting and clearing or saving a copy of the output to a file Toolbox The OS Commands Toolbox is hidden by default but can be shown with the Show Toolbox item in the Options menu This contains the same items in the popup menu at the top of the OS Commands tool but can be convenient for editing
511. s is replaced with any of the command line options listed below and the test specification is the test specification used when running with the standard library s unittest module The test specification above consists of testModule is the module name without py className is the test class name and testName is the name of the test to run To run all tests in a class omit the testName To run all tests in a module omit also the className Available command line options are e directory lt dirname gt Run in the given directory Otherwise runs in the current directory inherited from the command line e output file lt filename gt Write results to the selected file Results are written to stdout if this option is not given e append to file Append results to the file selected with the output file option e one module per process Run each module in a separate process space to avoid unintended interactions between the tests Tests are still run sequentially and not concurrently e pattern lt glob filename pattern gt Run tests in each filename matching the given glob pattern This option may be repeated multiple times with different glob patterns It also turns on the one process per module option Note Only the unittest test runner supports running from the command line The doctest nose and Django test runners cannot be used this way Debugger Wing s debugger provides a powerful toolset for rapidly locating and
512. s True Ctrl Alt percent query replace regex Initiate incremental mini search query replace from the cursor position The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl B backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 306 Key Binding Reference Ctrl C Bar evaluate sel in shell Evaluate the current selection from the editor within the Python Shell tool optionally restarting the shell first When whole_lines is set the selection is rounded to whole lines before evaluation When u
513. s according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Slash command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released 355 Key Binding Reference Ctrl U case lower Change case of the current selection or character ahead of the cursor if there is no selection to lower case Ctrl Underscore visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Ctrl Up select more Select mo
514. s allowed for input not processed auto_select_choice True to automatically select all when browsing on the autocompleter when any typing happens Wns clecewlle welue wo Use l any default 80 most recent 1st or default None Chomees orka ea ae take a fragment and return all possible default None only complete as far as unique match when key is pressed Default True chars to always stop partial completion gcelngea COL IMs Seowy strings with all all others are Set to None to allow all Default None of the entry text so it gets erased Default False Default sel editable pre focus True to al ct range on focus click false to retain selection Default False low editing this field Default True CLargeTextGui A longer text string The constructor takes no arguments CBooleanGui A single checkbox for collecting a boolean value The constructor takes no arguments CFileSelectorGui A keyboard driven file selector with auto completion optional history and option to browse using a standard file open dialog The constructor takes the following keyword arguments want_dir history default Additional formlet types True to browse for a directory name instead of a aLL Optional nam Default Fals list with history of recent choices most WECSME PLS The default value to use Default Default are defin
515. s modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl R replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl R run to cursor Run to current cursor position Ctrl Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Return new line after Place a new line after the current line Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl Right forward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Ctrl S save Save active document Also close it if close is True Ctrl Shift B Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line Ctrl Shift B isearch sel backward Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the sea
516. s or contexts the appropriate snippet is chosen when the key binding is used Execution and Data Entry When snippets are executed Wing chooses the snippet by name and places the correct variant according to the file type and the context within the current editor The caret position on the editor is used to determine the context so altering the position of the caret within leading indentation may alter which snippet variant Wing selects When a snippet is used Wing will place default arguments into the snippet convert indentation and line endings to match the target file paste it into the active editor and place the editor into inline data entry mode to collect additional arguments for the snippet In data entry mode Wing will move between the data entry fields in the snippet when Tab or BackTab are pressed The position within the snippet s fields will be displayed in the status area at the bottom of the editor window 51 Source Code Editor In this mode the Indent and Outdent commands in the Indentation sub group of Wing s Source menu and their key equivalents can be used to increase or decrease the indentation of the whole snippet within the editor However the same snippet variant that was used initially will be used regardless of subsequent changes in indentation To exit data entry mode press Esc or Ctrl G in emacs mode or move the caret outside of the pasted snippet To undo the snippet insertion use Undo in the Edit
517. s to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Browse Ctrl W Browse b move editor focus last Move focus to last editor split Browse Ctrl W Browse c unsplit action recent or close Unsplit all editors so there s only one Action specifies how to choose the remaining displayed editor One of current Show current editor Cose Close current editor before unsplitting recent Change to recent buffer before unsplitting recent or close Change to recent buffer before closing split or close the current buffer if there is only one split left NOTE The parameters for this command are subject to change in the future Browse Ctrl W Browse j move editor focus wrap False Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Browse Ctrl W Browse k move editor focus dir 1 wrap False Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Browse Ctrl W Browse n split vertically new 1 Split current view vertically Create new editor in new view when new 1 324 Key Binding Reference Browse Ctrl W Browse o unsplit Unsplit all editors so there s only one Action specifies how to choose the remaining displayed editor One of current Show current editor ELOSE Close current editor before unsplitting recent Change to recent buffer before unsplitting recent or close Change to recent buffer before
518. script Usually a docstring in the function definition is used instead e contexts The contexts in which the script will be added in the GUI a described in more detail below e plugin_override Used in scripts that are designated as plugins to indicate that a command should be enabled even if the plugin is not It should be set to True 134 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE ArgInfo Argument information is specified using the CArglinfo class in the Wing API wingapi py inside bin in the Wing IDE installation although the class is imported from Wing IDE s internals and the datatype and formbuilder modules in Wing s wingutils package The source code for this class and support modules is only available in the source distribution although most use cases are covered by the following CArgInfo s contructor takes the following arguments e doc The documentation string for the argument etype The data type using one of the classes descended from wingutils datatype C TypeDef see below for the most commonly used ones e formlet The GUI formlet to use to collect the argument from the user when needed This is one of the classes descended wingutils formbuilder C DataGui see below for the most commonly used ones e label The label to use for the argument when collected from the user This argument may be omitted in which case Wing builds the label as for the label function attribute described above Commonly Used Types
519. scripts menu which is shown in the menu bar if any scripts are added to it this is currently the same as kContextNewMenu Scripts but may be moved in the future All scripts under both short and fully qualified name are always listed along with all internally defined commands in the auto completion list presented by the Command by Name item in the Edit menu and in the Custom Key Bindings preference Top level Attributes Default values for some of the Script Attributes defined above can be set at the top level of the script file and some additional attributes are also supported _arginfo The default argument information to use when no per script arginfo attribute is present e available The default availability of scripts when no available attribute is present e contexts The default contexts in which to add scripts when no contexts attribute is present _ignore_scripts When set to True Wing will completely ignore this script file e i18n_module The name of the gettext internationalized string database to use when translating docstrings in this script See below for more information e plugin This indicates that the script is a plugin that can be selectively enabled and disabled either according to IDE state or by the user in preferences See below for more information Importing Other Modules Scripts can import other modules from the standard library wingapi the API and even from Wing s internals How
520. se for the source code editor Python Shell Debug Probe Source Assistant and other tools that display source code 152 Preferences Reference Internal Name edit qt display font Data Specification None or lt type str gt Default Value None Keyboard Personality Selects the overall editor personality optionally to emulate another commonly used editor Internal Name edit personality Data Specification osx normal vi eclipse brief emacs visualstudio Default Value osx Tab Key Action Defines the action of the Tab key one of Default for Personality to emulate the selected Keyboard Personality Indent To Match to indent the current line or selected line s to match the context Move to Next Tab Stop to enter indentation characters so the caret reaches the next tab stop Indent Region to increase the indentation of the selected line s by one level or Insert Tab Character to insert a Tab character chr 9 For Python files Smart Tab is an option that varies the tab key action according to the location of the caret within the line Internal Name edit tab key action Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values lt type str gt Default Value default text x python default Smart Tab End of Line Indents Select type of indentation that Smart Tab will place at the end of a line Internal Name edit smart tab eol indents Data Specification None 1 2 3 4 D
521. se it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift Down scroll text down Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift E focus current editor Move focus back to the current editor out of any tool if there is an active editor Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Enter new line before Place a new line before the current line Ctrl Shift F batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl Shift F fill paragraph Attempt to auto justify the paragraph around the current start of selection Ctrl Shift F2 close all Close all documents in the current window or in all windows if in one window per editor windowing policy Leave currently visible doc
522. se the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl M execute kbd macro Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl N new file Create a new file Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page 292 Key Binding Reference Ctrl O open gui Open a file from disk prompting with file selection dialog if necessary Ctrl P print view Print active editor document Ctrl Page_Down next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Page_Up previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl Parenleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Period comment toggle Toggle commenting out of the selected lines The style of commenting can be contro
523. selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptions Commands Copy the exception traceback to the clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Copy selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Ctrl K forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Left backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Less enclose start lt end gt Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Minus kill buffer Close the current text file Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl PageDown end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl PageUp beginning of document Ctrl Page_Down next document Move
524. selection Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard 318 Key Binding Reference Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character adjusti
525. selection range to new position Shift Alt N diff next Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection 299 Key Binding Reference Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to e
526. sert Ctrl X vi ctrl x Insert Ctrl enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Insert Esc enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Left backward char wrap 0 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Replace Ctrl C enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode 340 Key Binding Reference Replace Ctrl D outdent region Outdent the selected region one level of indentation Set sel to None to use preference to determine selection behavior or never select to unselect after indent always select to always select after indent or retain select to retain current selection after indent Replace Ctrl H backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Replace Ctrl J new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Replace Ctrl M new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Replace Ctrl T indent region
527. sions keys nvers sort nvers reverse nfor v in vers gtk import pygtk nvers pygtk _get_available_versions keys nvers so rt nvers reve n from PyQt4 import QtScriptTools nexcept n try n_ from PyQt5 import Q tScriptToc esigner n pango import pygtk nvers pygtk _get_available_versions key s nvers sor yQt5 import QSci n except n_ from PySide import QSci n atk import pyg tk nvers pyg QtTest n except n from PySide import QtTest n QtScript try n from Py Qt4 import Qt Python Docs URL Prefix Prefix for Python Standard Library Documentation This should be in the form http docs python org library and Wing will append module and symbol specific to the given URL To use locally stored documentation you must run a local web server since bookmarks do not work in file URLs Internal Name pysource python doc url prefix Data Specification None or lt type int gt Default Value None Use SQLite Dot file Locking Use slower dotfile locking for sqllite databases to work around buggy remote file servers Only needed if the user cache directory is on a remote file system or can be accessed via a remote file system It is recommended that the user cache directory be on the local file system for performance reasons Internal Name pysource use sqllite dotfile locking Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 192 Preferences Reference Default Value False Version Contro
528. sition Visual s enter insert mode pos delete sel Enter editor insert mode Visual v enter browse mode Enter editor browse mode Visual x move to register unit sel cut 1 Cut or copy a specified number of characters or lines or the current selection Set cut 1 to remove the range of text from the editor after moving to register otherwise it is just copied Unit should be one of char or line or sel for current selection Visual y move to register unit sel Cut or copy a specified number of characters or lines or the current selection Set cut 1 to remove the range of text from the editor after moving to register otherwise it is just copied Unit should be one of char or line or sel for current selection 21 4 Visual Studio Personality This section documents all the default key bindings for the Visual Studio keyboard personality set by the Personality preference Alt 1 fold python methods Fold up all Python methods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Delete backward de
529. size temporarily by one font size Key Binding Ctrl zoom out Zoom out increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Key Binding Ctrl zoom reset Reset font zoom factor back to zero Shell Or Editor Commands Commands available when working either in the shell or editor goto clicked symbol defn other_split False Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Left_Click Brief Ctrl Left_Click VI VIM Ctrl Left_Click Eclipse Ctrl Left_Click Emacs Ctrl Left_Click Visual Studio Ctrl Left_Click OS X Command Left_Click goto selected symbol defn other_split False Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Key Binding F4 Bookmark View Commands Commands available on a specific instance of the bookmark manager tool bookmarks remove all confirm 0 Remove all bookmarks bookmarks selected goto Goto the selected bookmarks bookmarks selected remove Remove the selected bookmark bookmarks show docs Show the Wing IDE documentation section for the bookmarks manager 261 Command Reference Snippet Commands Top level commands for code snippets snippet snippet_name Insert given snippet into current editor selecting the snippet appropriate f
530. source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl Shift End end of document extend Move cursor to end of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints Ctrl Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of
531. state associated with the source code 15 2 Static Analysis Limitations The following are known limitations affecting features based on static source analysis e Argument number name and type is not determined for functions and methods in extension modules e Analysis sometimes fails to identify the type of a construct because Python code doesn t always provide clues to determine the data type e Types of elements in lists tuples and dictionaries are not identified e Analysis information may be out of date if you edit a file externally with another editor and don t reload it in Wing See section Auto reloading Changed Files for reload options e From time to time as Python changes some newer Python language constructs and possible type inferencing cases are not supported A good way to work around these limitations when they arise is to place a breakpoint in the code where you are working run to it and then auto completion and other information presented by the IDE will be based on the actual runtime state rather than static analysis See Helping Wing Analyze Code for more information 15 3 Helping Wing Analyze Code There are a number of ways of assistant Wing s static source analyzer in determining the type of values in Python code Using Live Runtime State When a debug process is active or when working in the Python Shell Wing extracts relevant type information from the live runtime state associated with your Pyth
532. sts locs can be a list of filenames or locations or a single filename or location Adds the current editor file if locs is None debug all tests 267 Command Reference Debug all the tests in testing panel Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F6 Brief Ctrl Shift F6 VI VIM Ctrl Shift F6 Eclipse Ctrl Shift F6 Emacs Ctrl Shift F6 Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F6 OS X Commana Shift F6 debug clicked tests Runs the clicked test or tests if possible The tests are determined by the last clicked position in the active view debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift F7 Brief Ctrl Shift F7 VI VIM Ctrl Shift F7 Eclipse Ctrl Shift F7 Emacs Ctrl Shift F7 Visual Studio Ctrl Shift F7 OS X Command Shift F7 debug failed tests Re run all the previously failed tests in the debugger Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt F6 Brief Ctrl Alt F6 VI VIM Ctrl Alt F6 Eclipse Ctrl Alt F6 Emacs Ctrl Alt F6 Visual Studio Ctrl Alt F6 OS X Command Option F6 debug last tests Debug the last group of tests that were run Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt F7 Brief Ctrl Alt F7 VI VIM Ctrl Alt F7 Eclipse Ctrl Alt F7 Emacs Ctrl Alt F7 Visual Studio Ctrl Alt F7 OS X Command Option F7 debug selected tests Debug the tests currently selected in the testing panel debug test files
533. sts are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break disable all Disable all breakpoints e break enable all Enable all breakpoints Ctrl Shift G batch replace Display search and replace in files tool Ctrl Shift Home start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position 337 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position C
534. suits or other losses that arise out of your breach of any provision of this EULA 6 THIRD PARTY RIGHTS Any software provided along with the Software Product that is associated with a separate license agreement is licensed to you under the terms of that license agreement This license does not apply to those portions of the Software Product Copies of these third party licenses are included in all copies of the Software Product 7 SUPPORT SERVICES Wingware may provide you with support services related to the Software Product Use of any such support services is governed by Wingware policies and programs described in online documentation and or other Wingware provided materials As part of these support services Wingware may make available bug lists planned feature lists and other supplemental informational materials WINGWARE MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND FOR THESE MATERIALS AND ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY USE OF THESE MATERIALS FURTHERMORE YOU MAY NOT USE ANY MATERIALS PROVIDED IN THIS WAY TO SUPPORT ANY CLAIM MADE AGAINST WINGWARE Any supplemental software code or related materials that Wingware provides to you as part of the support services in periodic updates to the Software Product or otherwise is to be considered part of the Software Product and is subject to the terms and conditions of this EULA With respect to any technical information you provide to Wingware as part of the support se
535. t Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl U Eclipse Ctrl U Emacs Ctrl S Visual Studio Ctrl l OS X Command U isearch forward regex search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental regular expression mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings VI VIM Emacs Ctrl Alt S isearch repeat reverse False repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Repeat the most recent isearch using same string and regex text Reverse direction when reverse is True Key Bindings VI VIM n isearch sel backward persist True repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift B VI VIM invokes isearch sel backward persist 0 whole_word 1 Eclipse Ctrl Shift B Emacs Ctrl C R Visual Studio Ctrl Shift B isearch sel forward persist True repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl B VI VIM i
536. t non blank char Browse O enter insert mode pos new below Enter editor insert mode Browse Return next line cursor start Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse Shift A enter insert mode pos eol Enter editor insert mode Browse Shift B backward word delimiters tnr Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Browse Shift C delete to end of line insert Delete everything between the cursor and end of line and enter insert move when working in a modal editor key binding Browse Shift D delete to end of line post_offset 1 Delete everything between the cursor and end of line Browse Shift E forward word delimiters _ tnr gravity endm1 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one 326 Key Binding Reference word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar
537. t show_dialog None 225 Command Reference Create a new blank project Use show_dialog to control whether the New Project dialog is shown or instead a blank new project is created By default the Project gt Show New Project Dialog preference is used open ext selected from project Open file currently selected in the project manager open project filename None Open the given project file or prompt the user to select a file if the filename is not given open selected from project Open files currently selected in the project manager remove directory from project loc None gui True Remove directory from project remove selection from project Remove currently selected file or package from the project rescan project directories dirs None recursive True Scan project directories for changes If list of directories is not specified currently selected directories are used save project Save project file save project as filename None Save project file under the given name or prompt user for a name if the filename is not given set current as main debug file Set current editor file as the main debug entry point for this project set selected as main debug file Set selected file as the main debug file for this project show analysis stats Show the effective Python version and path for the current configuration This command name will be deprecated in Wing 5 and removed in Wing 6 Use show python en
538. t you may wish to specify a file or a named entry point as the default debug entry point This is done with Set Current As Main Debug File in the Debug menu by right clicking on a file in the Project tool and selecting Set As Main Debug File or by setting Main Entry Point in Project Properties When a main debug entry point is specified it is used whenever you start the debugger except when using Debug Current File in the Debug menu or when right clicking on an entry in the project manager and choosing the Debug Selected context menu item Note that the path to the main debug file is highlighted in red in the project window The main entry point defined for a project is also used by the source code analysis engine to determine the python interpreter version and Python path to use for analysis Thus changing this value will cause all source files in your project to be reanalyzed from scratch See section Source Code Analysis for details 12 2 1 Named Entry Points Named entry points can be used to define additional debug execute entry points into Python code These are accessed with the Named Entry Points item in the Debug menu and can be debugged or _ executed from the Debug Named Entry Point and Execute Named Entry Point sub menus The named entry point manager is used to create edit duplicate and delete named entry points The manager s list is initially blank Right click on the list to create edit duplicate or delete a
539. t Left Visual Studio Ctrl Alt Left hide line numbers Hide line numbers in editors initiate numeric modifier digit VI style repeat numeric modifier for following command Key Bindings VI VIM 1 invokes initiate numeric modifier digit 1 initiate repeat Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl U initiate repeat 0 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 0 initiate repeat 1 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 1 initiate repeat 2 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 2 initiate repeat 3 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 3 initiate repeat 4 211 Command Reference Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Brief Ctrl R Emacs Alt 4 initiate repeat 5 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command or keystroke Key Bindings Emacs Alt 5 initiate repeat 6 Enter a sequence of digits indicating number of times to repeat the subsequent command
540. t N diff next Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position 414 Key Binding Reference Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift End end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands M
541. t S save as Save active document to a new file Command Shift T find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Command Shift U isearch backward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Command Shift Up start of document extend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Command Shift W close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Command Shift Y selection add next occurence skip_current True Add another selection containing the text of the current selection If skip current is true the current selection will be deselected If nothing is currently selected select the current word Searches backwards if reverse is true Command Shift Z redo Redo last action Command Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Command T search Bring up the search manager in search mode Command U isearch forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search
542. t defined for context all will be used when no specific context match is made The default set of snippets that ship with Wing illustrate this feature with the def and class snippet variants The set of valid contexts depends on file type For Python files the valid context names are module class method function comment string For HTML and XML files are divided into content code within lt and gt comment and string Other files only distinguish code comment and string Additionally the context all is used for all file types to indicate any context To set the context for a snippet click on the context name in the snippet lists s Context column or use the items in the right click context menu on the snippet list Key Bindings The snippet list context menu menu also allows assigning key bindings to snippets so they can be executed more easily The key binding entry area is shown at the bottom of the IDE window and Enter is pressed to accept the displayed binding Note that bindings can be multi key sequences such as Ctrl Shift H Ctrl A Pressing the keys in sufficiently rapid succession creates a sequence Waiting a moment will start a new sequence when further keys are pressed Clicking away from the entry area will abort the operation without assigning any key binding Note that key bindings are assigned to the snippet by name and not to a particular snippet file If multiple like named snippets exists for different file type
543. t document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Alt R insert file Insert a file at current cursor position prompting user for file selection Alt Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Alt Right visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Alt S search Bring up the search manager in search mode Alt Slash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt T replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Alt U undo Undo last action Alt Up fold collapse more current Collapse the current fold point one more level Alt W save Save active document Also close it if close is True 406 Key Binding Reference Alt X quit Quit the application BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3
544. t is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Browse Ctrl Shift T find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name 323 Key Binding Reference Browse Ctrl U scroll text up repeat 0 5 Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Browse Ctrl V vi ctrl v Browse Ctrl W Browse grow split vertically Increase height of this split Browse Ctrl W Browse Ctrl W move editor focus Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Browse Ctrl W Browse Ctrl vi split edit alternate Browse Ctrl W Browse Down move editor focus wrap False Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Browse Ctrl W Browse Minus shrink split vertically Decrease height of this split Browse Ctrl W Browse Up move editor focus dir 1 wrap False Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Browse Ctrl W Browse W move editor focus dir 1 Move focu
545. t level of the Wing IDE product line which currently includes Wing IDE Professional Wing IDE Personal and Wing IDE 101 Wing IDE Professional is the full featured Wing IDE product and may be licensed for commercial or non commercial uses Wing IDE Personal is for non commercial use only and contains a subset of the features found in Wing IDE Professional Both products are commercial products for sale from our website Wing IDE Personal is not a free download Wing IDE 101 is a heavily scaled back IDE that was designed for teaching entry level computer science courses It is free to download and use for educational and personal use Wing IDE Professional Wing IDE Personal and Wing IDE 101 are independent products and may be installed at the same time on your system without interfering with each other For a list of features in each product level please refer to http wingware com wingide features 1 2 Licenses Wing IDE requires a separate license for each developer working with the product For the full license text see the Software License License Activation To run for more than 10 minutes Wing IDE requires activation of a time limited trial or permanent purchased license Time limited trials last for 10 days and can be renewed two times for a total or 30 days Introduction An activation ties the license to the machine through a series of checks of the hardware connected to the system This information is never transm
546. t load the new script until the reload scripts command Reload All Scripts in the Edit menu is issued or the IDE is restarted Reloading will not work for any file that sets _ignore_scripts or for modules outside of the script path For details on how reloading works see Advanced Scripting Overriding Internal Commands Wing will not allow a script to override a command that Wing defines internally those documented in the Command Reference If a script is named the same as a command in Wing it can only be invoked using its fully qualified name This is a safeguard against completely breaking the IDE by adding a script One implication of this behavior is that a script may be broken if a future version of Wing ever adds a command with the same name This can generally be avoided by using appropriately descriptive and unique names and or by referencing the command from key bindings and menus using only its fully qualified name 133 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE 17 3 Script Syntax Scripts are syntactically valid Python with certain extra annotations and structure that are used by Wing IDE to determine which scripts to load and how to execute them Only functions defined at the top level of the Python script are treated as commands and only those that start with a letter of the alphabet This allows the use of _ prefixed names to define utilities that are not themselves commands and allows use of Python classes defined at the to
547. t mode 13 5 Debugger Limitations There are certain situations that the debugger cannot handle because of the way the Python programming language works If you are having problems getting the debugger to stop at breakpoints or to display source as you step through your code one or more of these may apply Always read the Trouble shooting Failure to Debug section first If that fails to uncover your problem refer to the following detailed documention of debugger limitations many of which are extremely rare and esoteric 1 Your source files must be stored on disk and accessible to the IDE If you are trying to debug code fragments try writing them to disk temporarily and setting the __ file variable in the module name space before invoking Python s exec or eval This will allow Wing s debugger to map code objects to the source you ve temporarily written to disk 2 Running without saving will lead to incorrect display of breakpoints and run position because the debug process runs against the on disk version of the source 114 Advanced Debugging Topics file Wing will indicate in the Messages tool and Stack Data status indicator that some files are out of sync so this case should only occur if you ignore its warnings 3 You cannot run the debug program using the O or OO optimization options for the Python interpreter This removes information about line numbers and source file names making it impossible to stop at breakpoints
548. t moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Ctrl Shift J isearch backward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctrl Shift K search backward Search again using the search manager s current settings in backward direction Ctrl Shift L swap lines Swap the line at start of current selection with the line that follows it or the preceding line if previous is True Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally prov
549. t of documents open in the current window Ctrl 1 activate file option menu Activate the file menu for the editor 288 Key Binding Reference Ctrl 2 activate symbol option menu 1 Activate the 1st symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 3 activate symbol option menu 2 Activate the 2nd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 4 activate symbol option menu 3 Activate the 3rd symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 5 activate symbol option menu 4 Activate the 4th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 6 activate symbol option menu 5 Activate the 5th symbol menu for the editor Ctrl 7 C use lexer cpp Force syntax highlighting for C C source Ctrl 7 H use lexer html Force syntax highlighting for HTML Ctrl 7 M use lexer makefile Force syntax highlighting for make files Ctrl 7 N use lexer none Use no syntax highlighting Ctrl 7 P use lexer python Force syntax highlighting for Python source Ctrl 7 S use lexer sql Force syntax highlighting for SQL Ctrl 7 X use lexer xml Force syntax highlighting for XML files Ctrl 8 recent document Switches to previous document most recently visited in the current window or window set if in one window per editor windowing mode Ctrl 9 previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to i
550. t the bottom of the IDE window and prompts for replace on each individual match found after the cursor location in the 64 Search Replace current source editor Press y to replace or n to skip a match and move on to the next one The interaction can be canceled at any time with Esc or Ctrl G Matching is case insensitive unless a capital letter is entered as part of the search string Searching is always forward and stops when the end of the file is reached without wrapping to any un searched parts between the top of the file and the position from which the search was started e Replace String and Replace Regex This works like the above command but immediately replaces all matches without prompting 5 3 Search Tool The dockable Search tool can be used for more advanced search and replace tasks within the current editor It provides the ability to customize case sensitivity and whole part word matching search in selection and perform wildcard or regex search and replace The Replace field may be hidden and can be shown from the Options menu in the bottom right of the tool To the right of the Search and Replace fields Wing makes available a popup that contains a history of previously used strings options for inserting special characters and an option for expanding the size of the entry area The following search options can be selected from the tool e Case Sensitive Check this option to show only exact matches of upper and
551. t within a small sub section of your code It can also be useful in embedded scripting environments particularly in those that alter the thread state or discard and recreate the Python instance across invocations To use the API you must first onfigure and import wingdbstub py as described in section Importing the Debugger High Level API The wingdbstub Ensure require_connection 1 require_debugger 1 function may be used to ensure the debugger is running and connected to the IDE If require_connection is true ValueError will be raised if a connection to the IDE 104 Advanced Debugging Topics cannot be made If require debugger is true ValueError will be raised if the debugger binaries cannot be found or the debugger cannot be started Low Level API After importing wingdbstub the following calls may be made on wingdbstub debugger to control the debugger e StopDebug Stop debugging completely and disconnect from Wing IDE The debug program continues executing in non debug mode and must be restarted to resume debugging e StartDebug stophere 0 connect 1 Start debugging optionally connecting back to the IDE and or stopping immediately afterwards e Break This pauses the free running debug program on the current line as if at a breakpoint e ProgramQuit This must be called before the debug program is exited if kEmbedded was set to 1 in wingdbstub py or if autoquit 0 in the preceding StartDebug API call if a
552. tach and detach will work out of the box as long as your debug processes are launched from Wing IDE by you from the command line or in the context of some service or program that is running under your user name on a machine that has access to your User Settings Directory If you plan to debug remotely you will also need to copy the file wingdebugpw from your User Settings Directory into the same directory as wingdbstub py 13 3 2 Detaching The Detach from Process item in the Debug menu is used to detach from an active debug process Whenever a process is detached it continues running as if outside of the debugger without stopping at any breakpoints or exceptions Even if a process is paused within the debugger at time of detaching from the IDE the process will start running actively immediately after the IDE disconnects 112 Advanced Debugging Topics 13 3 3 Attaching The Attach to Process item in the Debug menu is available whenever no other debug process is attached to the IDE This brings up a dialog box that includes a list of available processes to attach to The list is built from hard wired host port pairs given with the Common Attach Hosts preference combined with known processes that were previously attached to Wing IDE Wing updates the list of available processes as debug sessions are terminated from the IDE as they are seen to exit from the outside while attached to Wing or when the process cannot be contacted by W
553. tart or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Browse Shift Y move to register unit line Cut or copy a specified number of characters or lines or the current selection Set cut 1 to remove the range of text from the editor after moving to register otherwise it is just copied Unit should be one of char or line or sel for current selection Browse Shift Z Browse Shift Q close ignore_changes 1 close_window 1 Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Browse Shift Z Browse Shift Z write file and close filename None Write current document to given location and close it Saves to current file name if the given filename is None Browse Shift x backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Browse Space forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one character Browse T search char dir 1 pos 1 single_line 1 Search for the given character Searches to right if dir gt 0 and to left if dir lt 0 Optionally place cursor pos cha
554. tation this may override the tab size indent size and indent style values given in preferences and the file will be indented in a way that matches its existing content rather than with your configured defaults If mixed forms of indentation are found the most common form is used For non Python files you can change indentation style on the fly using the Indent Style property in the File Properties dialog accessed by right clicking on the editor This allows creating files that intentionally mix indentation forms in different parts of the file To ask Wing to return to the form of indentation it determines as most prominent in the file select Match Existing Indents For Python files the Indent Style cannot be altered without converting the whole file s indent style using the Indentation Manager which can be accessed from the button next to the Indent Style property and from the Tools menu 4 12 2 Indentation Preferences The following preferences affect how the indentation features behave 1 The Use Indent Analysis preference is used to control whether analysis of current file content is used to determine the type of indentation placed during edits It can be enabled for all files only for Python files or disabled Note that disabling this preference for Python files can result in a potentially broken mix 55 Source Code Editor of indentation in the files In general indent styles should not be mixed within a single Python file
555. te hang on lengthy computations trigger thread deadlocks or crash on buggy user code while working in the IDE Internal Name debug allow dynamic introspection Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value False Call Python ___repr___ Methods Allow __repr__ methodes implemented in Python to be invoked Set to false if the __repr__ methods take too long to compute or fail due to other bugs Internal Name debug allow bytecode repr Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True Show Data Warnings Controls whether or not time out huge value and error handling value errors are displayed by the debugger the first time they are encountered in each run of Wing Internal Name debug show debug data warnings Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Use sys stdin Wrapper Whether sys stdin should be set a wrapper object for user input in the program being debugged The wrapper allows debug commands such as pause to be executed while the program is waiting for user input The wrapper may cause problems with multi threaded programs that use C stdio functions to read directly from stdin and will be slower than the normal file object However turning this preference off means that your debug process will not pause or accept breakpoint changes while waiting for keyboard input and any keyboard input that occurs as a side effect of commands typed in the Debug Probe will happen in unmodified std
556. te whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one word extending the selection 391 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Shift S save all Save all unsaved items prompting for names for any new items that don t have a filename already Ctrl Shift S save as Save active document to a new file Ctrl Shift Space show panel panel_type Source assistant Show most recently visited panel instance of given type If no such panel exists add one to the primary window and show it Returns the panel view object or None if not shown Focus is shifted to panel if grab_focus is specified and is true if grab_focus is not specified it defaults to the value of flash The valid panel types are project browser batch search interactive search source assistant debug data debug stack debug io debug exceptions debug breakpoints debug probe debug watch debug modules python shell messages help indent bookmarks testing open files os command snippets diff uses refactoring versioncontrol svn versioncontrol hg versioncontrol git versioncontrol ozr versioncontrol cvs versioncontrol perforce Wing Personal and Pro only Wing Pro only Ctrl Shift T find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Ct
557. te a VI command implements commands from VI Browse d delete next move Delete the text covered by the next cursor move command Browse e forward word gravity endm1 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word Browse g Browse end of screen line Move to end of current wrapped line Browse g Browse 0 beginning of screen line Move to beginning of current wrapped line 329 Key Binding Reference Browse g Browse Shift D goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Browse g Browse Shift E backward word delimiters tnr gravity endm1 Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Browse g Browse Shift J join lines delim Join together specified number of lines after current line replace newlines with the
558. te the given command line in the OS Commands tool using default run directory and environment as defined in project properties or the values set in an existing command with the same command line in the OS Commands tool Key Bindings Emacs Alt fileset load name Load the given named file set fileset manage Display the file set manager dialog fileset new with open files file_set_name Create a new named file set with the currently open files fileset new with selected files file_set_name 210 Command Reference Create a new named file set with the currently selected files goto bookmark mark Goto named bookmark Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt G Eclipse Ctrl Alt G Emacs Ctrl X R B Visual Studio Ctrl Alt G OS X Command Shift D goto next bookmark current_file_only False Go to the next bookmark or the first one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt Right Brief Ctrl Alt Right VI VIM Ctrl Alt Right Eclipse Ctrl Alt Right Emacs Ctrl Alt Right Visual Studio Ctrl Alt Right goto previous bookmark current_file_only False Go to the previous bookmark in the bookmark list or the last one if no bookmark is selected Stays within the file in the current editor when current_file_only is True Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt Left Brief Ctrl Alt Left VI VIM Ctrl Alt Left Eclipse Ctrl Alt Left Emacs Ctrl Al
559. te whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one word extending the selection 368 Key Binding Reference Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace string Ctrl Tab begin visited document cycle move_back True Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl a beginning of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Ctrl b backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Ctrl d forward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete character in front of the cursor Ctrl e end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of
560. tempt to Pause or alter breakpoints at that time In this case redirection of I O to the debugger I O tool and Debug Probe in Wing Pro only will also not work 95 Debugger e On all platforms calling C level stdin from multiple threads in a multi threaded program may result in altered character read order when running under the Wing debugger e When debugging on win32 calling C level stdin even in a single threaded program can result in a race condition with Wing s I O multiplexer that leads to out of order character reads This is an unavoidable result of limitations on multiplexing keyboard and socket I O on this platform If you run into a problem with keyboard I O in Wing s debugger you should 1 Turn off Wing s I O multiplexer by setting the Use sys stdin Wrapper preference to False 2 Turn on the Use External Console preference for details see External I O Consoles Once that is done I O should work properly in the external console but the debug process will remain unresponsive to Pause or breakpoint commands from Wing IDE whenever it is waiting for input either at the C C or Python level Also in this case keyboard input invoked as a side effect of using the Debug Probe will happen through unmodified stdin instead of within the Debug Probe even though command output will still appear there 12 11 Interactive Debug Probe The Debug Probe acts like the Python Shell for evaluating and executing arbitrary Python
561. tension or content For example any file ending in py will be colorized as a Python source code document Any file whose MIME type cannot be determined will display all text in black normal font by default All the available colorization document types are listed in the File Properties dialog s File Attributes tab If you have a file that is not being recognized automatically you can use the File Type menu found there to alter the way the file is being displayed Your selections from this menu are stored in your project file so changes made are permanent in the context of that project 39 Source Code Editor If you have many files with an unrecognized extension use the Extra File Types preference to add your extension Syntax coloring can be configured as described in the section Syntax Coloring 4 2 Right click Editor Menu Right clicking on the surface of the editor will display a context menu with commonly used commands such as Copy Paste Goto Definition and commenting and indentation operations When revision control is enabled in Project Properties under the Extensions tab the menu is populated with additional items for the selected revision control system User defined scripts may also add items here as described in the Scripting chapter 4 3 Navigating Source The set of menus at the top of the editor can be used to navigate through your source code Each menu indicates the scope of the current cursor selection in
562. ternal Name edit auto edit spaces args Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt 175 Preferences Reference Default Value 0 Manage Blocks on Repeated Colon Key Presses Auto enter newline and auto indent after typing a colon that starts a new Python block and indent following line or block of lines when colon is pressed repeatedly This also starts a new Python block using a selected range of lines as the body if colon is pressed on a non empty selection Internal Name edit auto edit colon Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 0 Continue Comment or String on New Line Automatically continue comments or strings in the form or after a newline is typed within the comment or string text Internal Name edit auto edit continue Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Correct Out of Order Typing Automatically correct code when typing keys out of order This handles cases such as x gt x and x gt x as well as auto inserting when missing Internal Name edit auto edit fixups Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 e Diff Merge Orientation Orientation of difference merge views Side by side or top bottom Internal Name diff orientation Data Specification horizontal vertical Default Value horizontal Lock Scrolling Controls whether scrolling of the diff merge editors is locked to synchronize the editor scroll positions Internal Na
563. ternal Name edit select policy Data Specification dict keys u Indent Region indent region u Indent To Match n select u Always Select always select Default Value uncomment out region retain select outdent region retai n select con Mini search Case Sensitivity 179 Preferences Reference Whether or not mini search is case sensitive May match the current keyboard personality s default use case sensitive search only if an upper case character is typed always search case sensitive or always search case insensitively Internal Name edit minisearch case sensitive Data Specification always never if upper match mode Default Value match mode Symbol Menu Max Length The maximum number of names allowed on a single symbol menu Internal Name edit max symbol menu name count Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 200 Debugger Integer Display Mode Select the display style for integer values Internal Name debug default integer mode Data Specification dec hex oct Default Value dec Hover Over Symbols Enable to display debug data values for any symbol on the editor when the mouse cursor hovers over it Internal Name debug hover over symbols Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Hover Over Selection Controls whether debug values are shown when the mouse hovers over a selection in the editor This may be disabled enabled fo
564. tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt F7 run last tests Run again the last group of tests that were run The tests are debugged when debug is True Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt Home fold collapse all Collapse all fold points in the current file Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Left visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Down fold expand all current Expand the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Alt Page_Up fold collapse all current Collapse the current fold point completely Alt Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Alt Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Alt Right visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Alt Right visit history next position Move forward in history to next visited editor Alt Right visit history next position Move forward in history to next visited editor Alt Shift Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Alt Shift
565. the breakpoint on current line Shift Home beginning of line text extend Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line adjusting the selection range to the new position If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa Shift Insert paste Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Paste text from clipboard Search Manager Instance Commands Paste text from clipboard Toolbar Search Commands Paste from clipboard 300 Key Binding Reference Shift Left backward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character extending the selection Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Shift Return new line before Place a new line before the current line Shift Right forward char extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward o
566. the current window Ctrl F6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl G goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl G search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction Ctrl H batch search Search on current selection using the Search in Files tool The look_in argument gets entered in the look in field if not None or The current selection is put into the search field if it doesn t span multiple lines and either 383 Key Binding Reference use_selection is true or there s nothing in the search field The given search text is used instead if provided Ctrl H replace Bring up the search manager in replace mode Ctrl Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Ctrl Home start of document Move cursor to start of document Ctrl l replace and search Replace current selection and search again Ctrl Insert copy Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Copy selected text Document Viewer Commands Copy any selected text Exceptio
567. the end of the toolbar search entry Key Bindings Wing IDE End Brief End VI VIM End Eclipse End Emacs End Visual Studio End OS xX Commana Right end of line extend Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift End Brief Shift End VI VIM Shift End Eclipse Shift End Emacs Shift End Visual Studio Shift End OS X Command Shift Right forward char Move forward one character Key Binding Right forward char extend Move forward one character extending the selection Key Binding Shift Right forward delete char 264 Command Reference Delete character in front of the cursor Key Binding Delete forward delete word Delete word in front of the cursor Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Delete Brief Ctrl Delete VI VIM Ctrl Delete Eclipse Ctrl Delete Emacs Ctrl Delete Visual Studio Ctrl Delete OS X Option Delete forward word Move forward one word Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Right Brief Ctrl Right VI VIM Ctrl Right Eclipse Ctrl Right Emacs Ctrl Right Visual Studio Ctrl Right OS X Ctrl Right invokes forward word delimiters _ amp lt gt trn forward word extend Move forward one word extending the selection Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Right Brief Ctrl Shift Right VI VIM _ Ctrl Shift Right Eclipse Ctrl Shift Right Emacs Ctrl Shift Right Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Right OS X Option
568. the file comment out region style None Comment out the selected region The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Each call adds a level of commenting Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Eclipse Ctrl Emacs Ctrl C C Visual Studio Ctrl K Ctrl C OS X Commana comment out toggle style None Comment out the selected lines This command is not available if they lines are already commented out The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading 249 Command Reference white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used comment toggle style None Toggle commenting out of the selected lines The style of commenting can be controlled with the style argument indented uses the default comment style indented at end of leading white space and block uses a block comment in column zero If not given the style configured with the Editor Block Comment Style preference is used Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Eclipse Ctrl Emacs Ctrl C Visual Studio Ctrl K Ctrl T OS X Command convert ind
569. the list will also update as you move through the difference list e Compare Visible Files Compare the two visible files This is only available when two editor splits are shown and two different files are open in them e Compare Buffer with Disk Compare the current file and its contents on disk This is only available when the current file has unsaved edits e Compare Recent This provides a sub menu for quick access to recently performed comparisons e Compare to Repository When a file is in checked into one of the version control systems that Wing IDE supports this item can be used to compare the working copy of the file with the corresponding revision in version control Diff Merge Options The Difference and Merge menu also contains two items that control the action of the diff merge sessions e Lock Scrolling When this is checked Wing keeps the scrolling position of the two files in the diff merge session synchronized e ignore Whitespace When this is checked Wing will ignore changes that consist solely of white space space tab line feed or carriage return characters It is also possible to select between side by side or top bottom orientation of the two files shown during a difference and merge session using the Orientation preference The color used in the highlights for differences can be configured with the Diff Merge Color preference Source Code Browser The Source Browser which is available only
570. the preferences GUI to alter preferences some users may wish to edit the underlying text files manually The preferences file format consists of a series of sections separated by bracketed headers such as user preferences These headers are used internally to identify from which file a value was read when there are multiple preferences files active The body of each section is a sequence of lines each of which is a name value pair All of these are read in from each preferences file with later like named settings overwriting earlier ones Each preference name is in domain preference form where domain is the IDE subsystem affected and preference is the name of the specific preference for example edit tab size defines the source editor s tab size Preference values can be any Python expression that will evaluate to a number string tuple list or dictionary the data type is defined by each preference and will be verified as the file is read into Wing Long lines may be continued by placing a backslash at the end of a line and comments may be placed anywhere on a line by starting them with If you wish to write preferences files by hand refer to the Preferences Reference for documentation of all available preferences 2 4 Syntax Coloring There are two ways to configure syntax highlighting in Wing Minor adjustments can be made in preferences and comprehensive configuration can be achieved by creating a syntax color speci
571. the project is open whether or not they are part of the project By default this falls back to the value set by the Default Encoding preference Project Home Directory sets the base directory for the project This overrides the project file location as the directory on which to base relative paths shown in the Project view and elsewhere It is also used as the directory in which the Python Shell subprocess is launched and for the starting directory when the Default Directory Policy preference is set to Current Project 33 Project Manager Preferred Line Ending and Line Ending Policy control whether or not the project prefers a particular line ending style line feed carriage return or carriage return line feed and how to enforce that style if at all By default projects do not enforce a line ending style but rather insert new lines to match any existing line endings in the file Preferred Indent Style and Indent Style Policy control whether or not the project prefers a particular type of indentation style for files spaces only tabs only or mixed tabs and spaces and how to enforce that style if at all By default projects do not enforce an indent style but rather insert new lines to match any existing indentation in the file Strip Trailing Whitespace controls whether or not to automatically remove whitespace at the ends of lines when saving a file to disk Extensions The Extensions tab of Project Properties is used to cont
572. this directory is populated by making a copy of the default set of snippets that ship with Wing these can be found in snippets within your Wing IDE installation File Types This directory is organized by the file type to which they apply Snippets stored at the top level of this directory can be used with any file in the editor and are shown in the tab in the Snippets tool Those stored in sub directories are used only for files of a particular type The name of the sub directories is the file extension for that file type for example py for Python This is converted to a mime type so that the snippets are available for all files of that type regardless of their naming The name of the file type directory also provides the file extension to use for new untitled files when a snippet is pasted into a new file Contexts When snippets are defined for a particular context within a file they are stored in a sub directory named context ctx where context is replaced with the context name see above When a snippet is defined as the default or without a particular context it is stored in the top level of the file type directory Configuration Wing also stores a configuration file in the user s snippets directory This file is named config and is used for internal book keeping It should not be altered or removed as this may cause the loss of your snippet files Commands The following commands are available for invoking snippets sni
573. this preference is rarely needed Internal Name gui file display cmds Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values list of lt type str gt Default Value 162 Preferences Reference Url Display Commands Posix only The commands used to display URLs This is a map from protocol type to a list of display commands each display command is tried in order of the list until one works The protocol can be used to set a generic viewer such as a multi protocol web browser Use s to place the URL on the command lines If unspecified then Wing will use the configured URL viewer in the environment specified by BROWSER environment variable or by searching the path for common browsers On Windows the default web browser is used instead so this preference is ignored On OS X URLs are opened with open by default so this preference is rarely needed Internal Name gui url display cmds Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values list of lt type str gt Default Value Editor Error Indicators Controls whether Wing will show error and or warning indicators on the editor as red and yellow underlines When shown hovering the mouse over the indicator shows the error or warning detail in a tooltip Internal Name edit error display Data Specification show errors show none show all Default Value show all Show Line Numbers Shows or hides line numbers on the editor Internal Name edit show
574. thods expand all classes and leave other fold points alone Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Alt 2 fold python classes Fold up all Python classes but leave other fold points alone Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt 3 fold python classes and defs Fold up all Python classes methods and functions but leave other fold points alone Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor 374 Key Binding Reference Alt Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Alt Down move
575. tic Color Adjustment If the currently selected Color Palette uses a non white background for the editor or if the Background Color in the Editor gt Syntax Coloring preference group is set to a color other than white then Wing will automatically adjust all configured foreground colors when necessary to ensure that the text remains visible This avoids the need to create completely new color configurations for different editor background colors This feature is disabled when using a palette specific syntax configuration file as describe above since in that case the colors are being designed for a specific background color 2 5 Perspectives Wing IDE Professional allows you to create and switch between subsets of the IDE s tools as appropriate for particular kinds of work such as editing testing debugging working on documentation and so forth These subsets or perspectives are named and then accessed from the Tools menu which provides a sub menu for switching between them The current perspective is shown in brackets in the lower left of Wing s window Perspective Manager The Tools menu also contains an item for displaying the Perspective Manager The Perspective Manager shows the name of each perspective whether or not the perspective is shared whether or not the perspective is auto saved the perspective style and the key binding if any that is assigned to it 24 Customization The name of a perspective can be chan
576. tion Turn off display of the current text selection indent to match toggle False Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Key Binding Ctrl indent to next indent stop Indent to next indent stop from the current position Acts like indent command if selection covers multiple lines isearch backward search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift U Eclipse Ctrl Shift U Emacs Ctrl R Visual Studio Ctrl Shift U OS X Commana Shift U isearch backward regex search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental regular expression mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings VI VIM Emacs Ctrl Alt R isearch forward search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl U Eclipse Ctrl U Emacs Ctrl S Visual Studio Ctrl l OS X Command U isearch forward regex search_string None repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Initiate incremental regular expression mini search f
577. tion within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Browse Ctrl F forward page Move cursor forward one page Browse Ctrl I visit history next Move forward in history to next visited editor position Browse Ctrl J next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse Ctrl M next line in file cursor fnb Move to next line in file repositioning character within line start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse Ctrl N next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse Ctrl O visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Browse Ctrl P previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse Ctrl Q start select block Turn on auto select block mode Browse Ctrl R redo Redo last action Browse Ctrl Shift O open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if i
578. to _ Currently the only support provided by Wing for producing the po and mo files used in the gettext translation system is in the build system that comes with the Wing IDE sources Please refer to build files wingide py and build files README txt for details on extracting strings merging string updates and compiling the mo files On Linux KDE s kbabel is a good tool for managing the translations Plugins When a script contains the _plugin attribute at the top level it is treated as a plugin that can enable disable itself as a whole and or be enabled disabled by the user in preferences When _ plugin is present it contains name _activator_cb where name is the display name of the plugin and activator_cb is a function minimally defined as follows for a plugin that is always enabled def _activator_cb plugin_id wingapi gApplication EnablePlugin plugin_id True return True The _activator_cb can also selectively enable the script by any code that accesses the Wing scripting API For example it could set up an instance that connects to signals in the API and calls wingapi gApplication EnablePlugin to enable or disable itself according to project contents file type in active editor etc When a plugin is inactive none of its commands are available and any added menus or menu items its adds to the GUI are removed Plugins may denote particular commands as always available even when the plugin is inactive by setting th
579. to maximum depth e Expand Current Completely Like shift ctrl clicking on a collapsed node this ensures that all children are expanded recursively to maximum depth e Collapse All Unconditionally collapse the entire file recursively e Expand All Unconditionally expand the entire file recursively e Fold Python Methods Fold up all methods in all classes in the file e Fold Python Classes Fold up all classes in the file e Fold Python Classes and Defs Fold up all classes and any top level function definitions in the file 4 14 Brace Matching Wing will highlight matching braces in green when the cursor is adjacent to a brace Mismatched braces are highlighted in red You can cause Wing to select the entire contents of the innermost brace pair from the current cursor position with the Match Braces item in the Source menu Parenthesis square brackets and curly braces are matched in all files Angle brackets lt and gt are matched also in HTML and XML files 4 15 Support for files in zip or egg files Source and other text files stored in zip or egg files may be loaded into the editor as readonly files Wing is unable to write changes to a file within a zip or egg file or otherwise write to or create a zip or egg file When stepping through code using goto definition or using other methods to goto a line in a file a file within a zip or egg file will be opened automatically To open a file through th
580. to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift Enter new line after Place a new line after the current line Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack f
581. tor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page_ Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position 316 Key Binding Reference Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt B diff merge b a Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt N diff next Shift Alt P diff previous Shift Alt Right forward char extend rect Move cursor forward one character adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position Shift Alt Up previous line extend rect Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same hori
582. trl Shift Page_Up backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Prior backward page extend Move cursor backward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift Right forward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move forward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Up scroll text up Scroll text up a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Ctrl T forward tab Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Place a tab character at the current cursor position Search Manager Instance Commands Place a forward tab at the current cursor position in search or replace
583. ts under the current statements unless ignore_indented is False Specify a count of more than 1 to go forward multiple statements Key Bindings Eclipse Alt Shift Right open line Open the current line by inserting a newline after the caret Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl O paste Paste text from clipboard Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Insert Brief Shift Insert VI VIM Shift Insert Eclipse Shift Insert Emacs Shift Insert Visual Studio Shift Insert OS X Ctrl y paste register pos 1 indent 0 cursor 1 Paste text from register as before or after the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the text is pasted over the current selection or either before or after the cursor Set pos 1 to paste after or 1 to paste before Set indent 1 to indent the pasted text to match current line Set cursor 1 to place cursor before lines or cursor 1 to place it after lines after paste completes Key Bindings VI VIM p previous blank line threshold 0 repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to the previous blank line in the file if any If threshold gt 0 then a line is considered blank if it contains less than that many characters after leading and trailing whitespace are removed Key Bindings Emacs Alt invokes previous blank line threshold 1 previous block count 1 ignore_indented Tr
584. turned on then the tool set will differ from that which is used for user defined perspectives or when automatic perspectives are disabled 2 6 File Filters Wing allows you to define file filters that can be used in various ways within the IDE such as for searching particular batches of files and adding only certain kinds of files to a project 26 Project Manager To view or alter the defined file filters use File Filters in the Files gt File Types preferences group When adding or editing a filter the following information may be entered e Name The name of the filter Includes A list of inclusion criteria each of which contains a type and a specification A file will be included by the filter if any one of these include criteria matches the file e Excludes A list of exclusion criteria any of which can match to cause a file to be excluded by the filter even if one or more includes also matched The following types of include and exclude criteria are supported e Wildcard on Filename The specification in this case is a wildcard that must match the file name The wildcards supported are those provided by Python s fnmatch module e Wildcard on Directory Name The specification in this case is a wildcard that must match the directory name e Mime Type The specification in this case names a MIME type supported by Wing IDE If additional file extensions need to be mapped to a MIME type use the Extra File Typ
585. ty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode 358 Key Binding Reference Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Delete cut selection or line Cut the current selection or current line if there is no selection The text is placed on the clipboard Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F11 step out Step out of the current function or method Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed e enter fullscreen Hide both the vertical a
586. typing a fragment of the file name and Open From Keyboard in the File menu which operates in a temporary input 40 Source Code Editor area at the bottom of the IDE window and offers auto completion of file names as you type Find Symbol in the Source menu provides a way to find a symbol defined in the current Python scope by typing a fragment of its name See also the Find Uses tool and Source Browser 4 4 File status and read only files The editor tabs or editor selection menu when the tabs are hidden indicate the status of the file by appending when the file has been edited or r o when the file is read only This information is mirrored for the current file in the status area at the bottom left of each editor window Edited status is also shown in the Window menu by appending to the file names found there Files that are read only on disk are initially opened within a read only editor Use the file s context menu right click to toggle between read only and writable state This alters both the editability of the editor and the writability of the disk file so may fail if you do not have the necessary access permissions to make this change 4 5 Transient Sticky and Locked Editors Wing can open files in several modes that control how and when files are closed Transient Mode Files opened when searching debugging navigating to point of definition or point of use and using the Project or Source Browser tools with the
587. u are retained by Wingware 2 1 NON COMMERCIAL USE LICENSES Wingware provides Non Commercial Use licenses to the following types of users a publicly funded charities b universities colleges and other educational institutions including but not limited to elementary schools middle schools high schools and community colleges c students at any of these types of educational institutions d individuals or entities who are under contract by the above stated organizations and using the Software Product exclusively for such charitable or educational clients and d other individual users who use the Software Product for unpaid personal use only for example unpaid hobby learning or entertainment Non Commercial Use licenses purchased by companies organizations other than publicly funded charities government divisions agencies or offices or any other individual or entity deriving income directly or indirectly from their use of the Software Product are invalid and may not be used until the license is upgraded by paying the price difference between the Non Commercial Use and Commercial Use license for the Software Product Wingware a Delaware corporation reserves the right to further clarify the terms of Non Commercial Use at its sole determination 3 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS RESERVED BY WINGWARE The Software Product is owned by Wingware and is protected by United States and international copyright laws and treaties as
588. ubsequent command or keystroke Alt replace string Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file Alt B backward word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Alt BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Backslash fold toggle Toggle the current fold point Alt C title case Change current selection to capitalize first letter of each word 302 Key Binding Reference Alt D forward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Alt Delete backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Alt Down fold expand more current Expand the current fold point one more level Alt End fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Alt F forward word Action varies according to focus Active Edito
589. uct can be used in conjunction with a free evaluation Software Product License If you are using such an evaluation Software Product License you may use the Software Product only to evaluate its suitability for purchase Evaluation Software Product Licenses have an expiration date and most of the features of the software will be disabled after that date WINGWARE BEARS NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM USE OR ATTEMPTED USE AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THE SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND HAS NO DUTY TO PROVIDE ANY SUPPORT BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION DATE OF AN EVALUATION LICENSE 2 GRANT OF NON EXCLUSIVE LICENSE Wingware grants the non exclusive non transferable right for a single user to use this Software Product for each license purchased Each additional user of the Software Product requires an additional Software Product License This includes users working on operating systems where the Software Product is compiled from source code by the user or a third party Wingware grants you the right to modify alter improve or enhance the Software Product without limitation except as described in this EULA Although rights to modification of the Software Product are granted by this EULA you may not tamper with alter or use the Software Product in a way that disables circumvents or otherwise defeats its built in licensing verification and enforcement capabilities The right to modification of the Software Product also does not include th
590. ue Select the previous block Will ignore indented blocks under the current block unless ignore_indented is False Specify a count of more than 1 to go backward multiple blocks previous line cursor same repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt 244 Command Reference Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Key Binding Up previous line extend cursor same repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to previous screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Key Binding Shift Up previous line extend rect cursor same repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move to previous screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Alt Up Brief Shift Alt Up VI VIM Shift Alt Up Eclipse Shift Alt Up Emacs Shift Alt Up Visual Studio Shift Alt Up OS X Cirl Option Up previous line in file cursor start repeat lt numer
591. ug If you are debugging code in an embedded Python instance see the notes in Debugging Embedded Python Code 4 Make sure the Wing IDE preference Accept Debug Connections is turned on to allow connection from external processes 5 Set any required breakpoints in your Python source code 6 Initiate the debug program from outside Wing IDE for example with a page load in your web browser if the program is a web app You should see the status indicator in the lower left of the main Wing IDE window to yellow red or green as described in Debugger Status Make sure that you are running the Python interpreter without the O option The debugger will not work when optimization is turned on 7 The debugger should stop at the first breakpoint or exception found If no If breakpoint or exception is reached the program will run to completion or you can use the Pause command in the Debug menu Note Enabling Process Termination In some cases you may wish to enable termination of debug processes that were launched from outside of Wing IDE By default Wing recognizes externally launched processes and disables process termination in these cases unless the Kill Externally Launched preference is enabled you have problems making this work try setting kLogFile variable in wingdbstub py for log additional diagnostic information 102 Advanced Debugging Topics Note Behavior on Failure to Attach to IDE Whenever the debugger can
592. uired to determine the best settings Additional Properties for Command Lines In command lines use ENV or ENV to insert values from the environment or from the special variables enumerated in Environment Variable Expansion These values will be empty if undefined Note that the commands are executed on their own and not in a shell so any commands that are built into the shell cannot be used here For example on Windows dir and some others are built in commands so cannot be used directly however the form cmd c dir will work in this case On Linux invoking bash directly may be necessary in similar cases 78 Unit Testing The Environment tab provided for command lines allows specifying the Initial Directory Python Path and Environment which act the same as the corresponding values configurable in Project Properties Test Execute While editing command properties the Test Execute button can be used to try executing with the current settings A temporary entry is added to the OS Commands tool and removed again after the command properties dialog is closed Unit Testing The Wing IDE Testing tool provides a convenient way to run and debug unit tests written using the standard library s unittest module doctests or the nose package from http somethingaboutorange com mrl projects nose For nose support the nose package must be installed via easy_install or other mechanism Wing does not come with nose or install it for y
593. ul to make sure that C C extension modules are built for example in conjunction with an external Makefile or distutils script before execution is started The build is configured through and takes place in the OS Commands tool Python Options This is used to select the command line options sent to the Python interpreter while debugging The default of u sets Python into unbuffered I O mode which ensures that the debug process output including prompts shown for keyboard input will appear in a timely fashion Debug Server Port This can be used to alter the TCP IP port on which the debugger listens on a per project basis In this way multiple instances of Wing using different projects can concurrently accept externally initiated debug connections See Advanced Debugging Topics for details Automatic Perspectives When enabled Wing will create and automatically switch between Edit and Debug perspectives when debugging is stopped and started See Perspectives for details Options These project options are provided Project Type This can be used to select whether or not the project will be shared among several developers When shared the project will be written to two files one of which can be shared with other developers See Project Types for details Default Encoding sets the default text encoding to use for files when the encoding cannot be determined from the contents of the file This applies to all files opened when
594. ult 1 gt Move cursor backward one paragraph to next all whitespace line Key Bindings VI VIM backward paragraph extend repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor backward one paragraph to next all whitespace line adjusting the selection range to new position backward tab Outdent line at current position Key Binding Shift Tab backward word delimiters None gravity start repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Key Bindings 233 Command Reference Wing IDE Ctrl Left Brief Ctrl Left VI VIM Citrl Left Eclipse Ctrl Left Emacs Ctrl Left Visual Studio Ctrl Left OS X Option Left backward word extend delimiters None gravity start repeat lt numeric modifier default 1 gt Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Shift Left Brief Ctrl Shift Left VI VIM Ctrl Shift Left Eclipse Ctrl Shift Left Emacs Ctrl Shift Left Visual Studio Ctrl Shift Left OS X Ctrl Shift Left invokes backwar
595. ult Value True Adjust Indent After Paste Controls whether Wing automatically adjusts indents after multi line text is pasted When enabled a single undo will remove any alterations in indentation Internal Name edit adjust indent after paste Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e Syntax Coloring 168 Preferences Reference Background Color Background color to use on the source editor Python Shell Debug Probe Source Assistant and other tools that display source code Foreground colors for text may be altered automatically to make them stand out on the selected background color Internal Name edit background color Data Specification None or tuple length 3 of from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 from 0 to 255 Default Value None Syntax Formatting Formatting options for syntax coloring in editors Colors are relative to a white background and will be transformed if the background color is set to a color other than white Internal Name edit syntax formatting Data Specification dict keys lt type str gt values dict keys italic back fore bold value Default Value Highlight Builtins Highlight Python builtins Internal Name edit highlight builtins Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value True e Occurrences Highlight Occurrences Selects when to automatically highlight other occurrences of the current selection on the editor Internal Na
596. ument Switches to previous document most recently visited in the current window or window set if in one window per editor windowing mode Ctrl X E execute kbd macro Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise register a is used by default Ctrl X G find symbol Allow user to visit point of definition of a source symbol in the current editor context by typing a fragment of the name Ctrl X I insert file Insert a file at current cursor position prompting user for file selection Ctrl X K kill buffer Close the current text file Ctrl X L C use lexer cpp Force syntax highlighting for C C source Ctrl X L H use lexer html Force syntax highlighting for HTML Ctrl X L M use lexer makefile Force syntax highlighting for make files Ctrl X L N use lexer none Use no syntax highlighting Ctrl X L P use lexer python Force syntax highlighting for Python source Ctrl X L S use lexer sql Force syntax highlighting for SQL Ctrl X L X use lexer Xml Ctrl X N next document Move to the next document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window Ctrl X O move editor focus Move focus to next or previous editor split optionally wrapping when the end is reached Ctrl X P previous document Move to the previous document alphabetically in the list of documents open in the current window
597. uments or active window in one window per editor mode if omit_current is 388 Key Binding Reference True Abandons changes rather than saving them when ignore_changes is True Close empty window and quit if all document windows closed when close_window is True Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F3 search sel backward Search backward using current selection Ctrl Shift F4 close all Close all documents in the current window or in all windows if in one window per editor windowing policy Leave currently visible documents or active window in one window per editor mode if omit_current is True Abandons changes rather than saving them when ignore_changes is True Close empty window and quit if all document windows closed when close_window is True Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F5 debug stop Pause free running execution at current program counter Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F6 debug all tests Debug all the tests in testing panel Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift F7 debug current tests Runs the current test or tests if possible The current tests are determined by the current position in the active view Ctrl Shift
598. under which to file the macro Otherwise register a is used by default Command parenright stop kbd macro Stop definition of a keyboard macro Command period debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl indent to match Indent the current line or selected region to match indentation of preceding non blank line Set toggle True to indent instead of one level higher if already at the matching position Ctrl Comma visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Ctrl Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Left backward word delimiters _ amp j lt gt trn Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Ctrl Minus zoom out Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Decrease documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom out increasing the t
599. urrent editor Most of the functionality is provided by the options menu in the top right and by right clicking on the snippet list Note that some of the operations those followed by in the menus will prompt for input at the bottom of Wing IDE s window The option menu in the top right of the Snippets tool also accessible by right clicking on the tab area provides items for adding removing and renaming file types into which to organize snippets The name of the file type is the file extension that Wing should use by default when creating a new file based on a snippet It is also used to look up the mime type of the file so that the snippet can be made available within any file of that type regardless of its actual name The file type which is always present allows defining snippets that can be applied to all file types To add edit renamed copy and remove snippets use the items in the context menu that appears when you right click on the surface of the snippet list in the Snippets tool This menu also provides items for inserting the snippet into the current file or a new file 50 Source Code Editor Contexts It is possible to specify the context within the file for which a snippet is appropriate This allows for example the definition of a snippet def that varies to include or omit self depending on whether or not it is within a class When available this is done with items in the snippet list context menu The snippe
600. urrent line Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character 298 Key Binding Reference Next forward page Move cursor forward one page Page Down forward page Move cursor forward one page Page_ Up backward page Move cursor backward one page Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Return new line Place a new line at the current cursor position Right forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Shift Alt A diff merge a b Shift Alt B diff merge b a Shift Alt Down next line extend rect Move to next screen line adjusting the rectangular selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift Alt Left backward char extend rect Move cursor backward one character adjusting the rectangular
601. using the Use External Console preference The most effective way to keep the external console visible after the debug process exits is to place a breakpoint on the last line of your program Alternatively enable the External Console Waits on Exit preference However this can result in many external consoles being displayed at once if you do not press enter inside the consoles after each debug run On Linux Unix it is possible to select which console applications will be tried for the external console by altering the External Consoles preference Windows always uses the standard DOS Console that comes with your version of Windows 12 10 2 Disabling Debug Process I O Multiplexing Wing alters the I O environment in order to make it possible to keep the debug process responsive while waiting for I O This code mimics the environment found outside of the debugger so any code that uses only Python level I O does not need to worry about this change of environment There are however several cases that can affect users that bypass Python level I O by doing C C level I O from within an extension module e Any C C extension module code that does standard I O calls using the C level stdin or stdout will bypass Wing s I O environment which affects only Python level stdin and stdout This means that waiting on stdin in C or C code will make the debug process unresponsive to Wing causing time out and termination of the debug session if you at
602. ust be activated once on each computer The resulting extra activations will be stored as license act1 license act2 and so forth and Wing will automatically select the appropriate activation depending on where it is running Obtaining Additional Activations If you run out of activations you can use the self serve license manager or email us at sales at wingware com to obtain additional activations on any legitimately purchased license Deactivating a License If you wish to deactivate and remove your license number from a machine click License in Wing IDE s About dialog box and then Deactivate This will remove the license activation and quit Wing Note that this just removes your license number from the machine If you are out of activations you will still need to follow the instructions in Obtaining Additional Activations above 1 10 User Settings Directory The first time you run Wing it will create your User Settings Directory automatically This directory is used to store your license preferences auto save files recent lists and other files used internally by Wing If the directory cannot be created Wing will exit The settings directory is created in a location appropriate to your operating system The location is listed as your Settings Directory in the About Box accessible from the Help menu These are the locations used by Wing Linux Unix wingide5d a sub directory of your home directory Introduction
603. ut selection Ctrl X 1 unsplit Unsplit all editors so there s only one Action specifies how to choose the remaining displayed editor One of current Show current editor CLOSES Close current editor before unsplitting recent Change to recent buffer before unsplitting recent or close Change to recent buffer before closing split or close the current buffer if there is only one split left 312 Key Binding Reference NOTE The parameters for this command are subject to change in the future Ctrl X 2 split vertically Split current view vertically Create new editor in new view when new 1 Ctrl X 3 split horizontally Split current view horizontally Ctrl X 4 A add change log entry Add a change log entry Ctrl X 5 0 close window Close the current window and all documents and panels in it Ctrl X 5 2 new document window Create a new document window with same documents and panels as in the current document window if any otherwise empty with default panels Ctrl X 5 3 new document window Create a new document window with same documents and panels as in the current document window if any otherwise empty with default panels Ctrl X 5 O next window Switch to the next window alphabetically by title Ctrl X B switch document Switches to named document Name may either be the complete name or the last path component of a path name Ctrl X Bracketleft start of document Move cursor to start of
604. utput Note that this option adds output format parseable to the pylint command line so that the file names can be obtained This may not work with all pylint versions Using VirtualEnv on Windows On Windows pylint installed into a virtualenv does not work because pylint bat is invoking just python and that may find the wrong Python installation To fix this edit pylint bat and change python to the full path of the virtualenv s Python Another fix is to edit pylint instead and add the following lines at the top import os dirname os path dirname __file__ execfile os path join dirname activate_this py Credits Thanks to Markus Meyer for providing the original implementation of this capability for Wing IDE The source code for this integration is available under open source license in scripts pylintpanel py within your Wing IDE installation 130 Scripting and Extending Wing IDE Scripting and Extending Wing IDE Wing IDE provides an API that can be used to extend and enhance the IDE s functionality with scripts written in Python Simple scripts can be written without any extra tools Wing will find and load scripts at startup and reload them when they are edited within Wing IDE and saved to disk The API Wing allows scripts access to the editor debugger project and a range of application level functionality Scripts may also access all documented preferences and can issue any number of documented commands which imp
605. veloped using the Software Product in such applications 15 GOVERNING LAW ENTIRE AGREEMENT DISPUTE RESOLUTION This EULA is governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts U S A excluding the application of any conflict of law rules The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply This EULA is the entire agreement between Wingware and you and supersedes any other communications or advertising with respect to the Software Product this 422 License Information EULA may be modified only by written agreement signed by authorized representatives of you and Wingware Unless otherwise agreed in writing all disputes relating to this EULA excepting any dispute relating to intellectual property rights shall be subject to final and binding arbitration in the State of Massachusetts in accordance with the Licensing Agreement Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association with the losing party paying all costs of arbitration Arbitration must be by a member of the American Arbitration Association If any dispute arises under this EULA the prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for any and all legal fees and costs associated therewith 16 GENERAL If any provision of this EULA is held invalid the remainder of this EULA shall continue in full force and effect A waiver by either party of any term or condition of this EULA or any breach thereof in any
606. ven start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 309 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Period redo Redo last action Ctrl Plus zoom in Action varies according to focus Document Viewer Commands Increase documentation font size General Editor Commands Zoom in increasing the text display size temporarily by one font size Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl R isearch backward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Ctr
607. vertical tool area F3 search forward Search again using the search manager s current settings in forward direction F4 goto selected symbol defn Goto the definition of the selected source symbol optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True F5 debug continue Continue or start running to next breakpoint F6 step over statement Step over current statement F7 step into Step into current execution point or start debugging at first line F8 step out Step out of the current function or method F9 Multiple commands first available is executed e break set Set a new regular breakpoint on current line e break clear Clear the breakpoint on the current line Home beginning of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to beginning of current line When toggle is True moves to the end of the leading white space if already at the beginning of the line and vice versa Toolbar Search Commands Move to the beginning of the toolbar search entry Home beginning of line text Move to end of the leading white space if any on the current line If toggle is True moves to the beginning of the line if already at the end of the leading white space and vice versa ISO_Left_Tab backward tab Outdent line at current position Insert toggle overtype Toggle status of overtyping mode Left backward char Action varies according to focus Active Edi
608. vironment in any new code or key bindings show current file in project tool Show the currently selected file in the project view if present The selection may be the current editor if it has focus or files selected in other views 226 Command Reference show project window Raise the project manager window show python environment Show the effective Python version and path for the current configuration use shared project Store project in sharable two file format The wpr file can be checked into revision control or other shared with other users and machines This is the default and the format cannot be read by Wing IDE Personal use single user project Store project single user one file format which can also be read by Wing IDE Personal view directory properties loc None Show the project manager s directory properties dialog view file properties loc None page None highlighted_attribs None View project properties for a particular file current file if none is given Key Bindings Eclipse Alt Enter OS X Commana view project as flat tree View project as flattened directory tree from project file view project as tree View project as directory tree from project file view project properties highlighted_attrib None View or change project wide properties Key Bindings Visual Studio Alt F7 Project View Commands Commands that are available only when the project view has the keyboard
609. w quickstart Show the quick start guide show success stories html Show the Python Success Stories page show support html Show the Wing IDE support site home page show text registers Show the contents of all non empty text registers in a temporary editor show tutorial Show the tutorial show wingtip section Show the Wing Tips window show wingware store Show the Wingware store for purchasing a license show wingware website Show the Wingware home page 219 Command Reference show wingware wiki Show the Wingware wiki for sharing scripts tips and tricks switch document document_name Switches to named document Name may either be the complete name or the last path component of a path name Key Bindings Emacs Ctrl X B Visual Studio Ctrl K Ctrl S toggle bookmark Set or remove a bookmark at current location on the editor When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default Key Bindings Wing IDE Ctrl Alt T Eclipse Ctrl Alt T Emacs Ctrl X R T Visual Studio Ctrl Alt T OS X Command H toggle bookmark at click Set or remove a bookmark at the position in the editor where the most recent mouse click occurred When set the name of the bookmark is set to an auto generated default toolbar search text next False set_anchor True forward True Search using given text and the toolbar search area The search is always forward from the current cursor or selectio
610. well as other intellectual property laws and treaties You must not remove or alter any copyright notices on any copies of the Software Product This Software Product copy is licensed not sold You may not use copy or distribute the Software Product except as granted by this EULA without written authorization from Wingware or its designated agents Furthermore this EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of Wingware Wingware reserves all intellectual property rights including copyrights and trademark rights 4 LIMITED RIGHTS TO TRANSFER You may not rent lease lend or in any way distribute or transfer any rights in this EULA or the Software Product to third parties without Wingware s written approval However companies that purchase a Commercial Use license may from time to time as employees come and go or roles change transfer that license to another individual provided that the prior user of the license ceases to use the license immediately after the transfer has been made 419 License Information All transfers of a license to another individual are subject to the recipient s acceptance of the terms of the EULA and are null and void in the event that the prior user continues to use the license or otherwise fails to relinquish their rights to the Software Product 5 INDEMNIFICATION You hereby agree to indemnify Wingware against and hold harmless Wingware from any claims law
611. wer Commands Initiate incremental regular expression mini search backward from the cursor position optionally entering the given search string Browse execute kbd macro register None Execute most recently recorded keyboard macro If register is None then the user is asked to enter a letter a z for the register where the macro is filed Otherwise register a is used by default Browse A enter insert mode pos after Enter editor insert mode Browse Apostrophe vi goto bookmark Goto bookmark using single character name defined by the next pressed key Browse BackSpace backward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one character 322 Key Binding Reference Browse Ctrl B backward page Move cursor backward one page Browse Ctrl C vi ctrl c Browse Ctrl D scroll text down repeat 0 5 Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current position within the source otherwise it is moved so the cursor remains on same screen line Browse Ctrl E scroll text down move_cursor False Scroll text down a line w o moving cursor s relative position on screen Repeat is number of lines or if gt 0 and lt 1 0 then percent of screen Set move_cursor to False to leave cursor in current posi
612. wing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Pointer_Button1 goto clicked symbol defn Goto the definition of the source symbol that was last clicked on optionally showing the definition in another split if one is available and other_split is True Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Prior backward page Move cursor backward one page Ctrl Q quit Quit the application Ctrl Q visit history previous Move back in history to previous visited editor position Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 386 Key Binding Reference Ctrl Quotedbl enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Quoteleft begin visited document cycle move_back True back_key Ctrl Quoteleft forward_key Ctrl AsciiTilde Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Start
613. wired default internally 2 An installation wide preferences file may be placed inside the Wing IDE installation directory or on OS X the Contents Resources directory within Wing s app folder An individual user preferences file is stored in the User Settings Directory 4 Additional preferences files may be specified on the command line with one or more prefs file options For example oo wing5 0 prefs file path to myprefs The values given in later files in this list override values found in earlier ones For example the user specific preferences file take precedence over any values in the WINGHOME preferences file and a file specified with prefs file would override values in the user specific preferences file When preferences are changed Wing writes the changes to the lowest file present on the above list either the last file specified with prefs file or the preferences file in the User Settings Directory Wing will never modify the installation wide preferences file 22 Customization If a preference is set to a default value as obtained from the preceding files in the above list then Wing removes the value from the writeable preferences file This means that the effective value of a preference can change in later IDE sessions even if the last file on the list above is unchanged This is by design to allow inheriting centrally managed default values 2 3 2 Preferences File Format While we recommend using
614. within the Python Shell Ctrl Alt period replace string regex Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Asterisk fold expand all Expand all fold points in the current file Ctrl B isearch sel forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies
615. wn in Wing s auto completer comes from several sources 1 Static analysis of Python code 2 introspection of extension module contents 3 inspection of keywords and builtins in the active Python version 4 introspection of the runtime application state when the debugger is active or when working in the shells 5 enumeration of relevant code snippets and in some cases 6 user provided interface description files See Source Code Analysis for more information on how static analysis works and how you can help Wing determine the types of values Because static analysis can be defeated by Python s dynamic nature it is sometimes more effective to work from live runtime state This can be done by placing a breakpoint in the source code running to it and then working in the editor or in Wing IDE Pro in the Debug Probe In non Python files the auto completer is limited to words found within similar contexts in the file keywords defined for syntax highlighting that file type and any snippets relevant to the editing context 4 7 Source Assistant The Source Assistant tool in Wing IDE Personal and higher can be used to display additional information about source symbols in the editor auto completer and tools such as the Project Search in Files Python Shell Debug Probe and Source Browser The display will include links to the point of definition of the selected symbol the symbol s type when available and a link to the type s po
616. word Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commands Move backward one word Browse g Browse g goto nth line cursor fnb Position cursor at start of given line number 1 first 1 last This differs from goto line in that it never prompts for a line number but instead uses the previously entered numeric modifier 330 Key Binding Reference or defaults to going to line one The cursor can be positioned at start end or fnb for first non blank character Browse g Browse j next line Move to screen next line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse g Browse k previous line Move to previous screen line optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Browse g Browse m middle of screen line Move to middle of current wrapped line Browse g Browse p paste register cursor 1 Paste text from register as before or after the current position If the register contains only lines then the lines are pasted before or after current line rather than at cursor If the register contains fragments of lines the
617. word in front of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word in front of the cursor Ctrl Down select less Select less code undoes the last select more command Ctrl E end of line Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry Ctrl End end of document Move cursor to end of document Ctrl F forward char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor forward one character Toolbar Search Commands Move forward one character Ctrl F12 command by name Execute given command by name collecting any args as needed Ctrl F3 search sel forward Search forward using current selection Ctrl F4 close Close active document Abandon any changes when ignore_changes is True Close empty windows when close_window is true and quit if all document windows closed when can_quit is true Ctrl F5 debug kill Stop debugging Ctrl F6 step over Step over current instruction Ctrl F8 start select line Turn on auto select mode line by line Ctrl F9 break clear all Clear all breakpoints Ctrl G stop mark command Stop text marking for selection at current cursor position leaving the selection set as is Subsequent cursor move operations will deselect the range and set selection to cursor position Deselect immediately when deselect is True Ctrl H backward delete char Action varies according to
618. ws and the debug process on another Windows machine with IP address 192 168 1 1 the following would be used 109 Advanced Debugging Topics debug location map VIL2 75050 iL sintome LOA oS iol el Getes ere Yas size ly In this case the host where Wing is running has mapped the entire remote debug process host s c drive to e In the Preferences GUI you would add 192 168 1 1 as a new Remote IP Address and a single local remote mapping pair containing c sre and e src Two Windows Hosts using UNC Share A UNC style path name can be used on Windows XP as follows debug location map TULZ Fo O50 iL sintome LOA oS le tes isre 8 sermuasie sineuee elalte y In this case c src on the remote host where the debug process is running can be accessed as serversharedir on the machine where Wing IDE is running In the Preferences GUI you would add 192 168 1 1 as a new Remote IP Address and a single local remote mapping pair containing c sre and server share dir 13 2 2 Remote Debugging Example Here is a simple example that enables debugging a process running on a Linux Unix host 192 168 1 200 using Wing IDE running on a Windows machine 192 168 1 210 This example is for wingdbstub users only If you are using the WingDBG product to debug Zope code please refer to the Zope Debugging How To also included in the WingDBG control panel s Help tab On the Windows machine the following prefer
619. x Replace all occurrences of a string from the cursor position to end of file The search string is treated as a regular expression Ctrl Apostrophe enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text 290 Key Binding Reference Ctrl B isearch sel forward Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Document Viewer Commands Initiate incremental mini search forward from the cursor position using current selection as the search string Set persist False to do the search but end the interactive search session immediately Ctrl BackSpace backward delete word Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one word behind of the cursor Toolbar Search Commands Delete word behind the cursor Ctrl Braceleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strings The caret is moved to the end of the enclosed text Ctrl Bracketleft enclose start end Enclose the selection or the rest of the current line when there is no selection with the given start and end strin
620. xtend Move cursor to start of document adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift l add current file to project Add the frontmost currently open file to project Ctrl Shift ISO_Left_Tab begin visited document cycle move_back False Start moving between documents in the order they were visited Starts modal key interaction that ends when a key other than tab is seen or ctrl is released Ctrl Shift Left backward word extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move cursor backward one word adjusting the selection range to new position Optionally provide a string that contains the delimiters to define which characters are part of a word Gravity may be start or end to indicate whether cursor is placed at start or end of the word Toolbar Search Commanas Move backward one word extending the selection Ctrl Shift Next forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position Ctrl Shift O open from project Open document from the project via the Open From Project dialog The given fragment is used as the initial fragment filter and if it is None the selected text or the symbol under the cursor is used If skip_if_unique is true the file is opened without the dialog being displayed if only one filename matches the fragment Ctrl Shift Page_ Down forward page extend Move cursor forward one page adjusting the selection range to new position 354
621. y gt gt ssh authorized_keys 5 Run putty and enter host name in Host Name and Saved Sessions boxes then press Save Go to the Connection category and enter your user name 123 Integrated Version Control on the server into the Auto login username box Go back to Session category and press Save again 6 Run pageant which adds an icon to your Windows tray Right click and select Add Key Navigate to the private key saved from puttygen and enter your passphrase when prompted 7 Restart putty click on the saved session press Load and then Open This should open a connection to the server without prompting for any further information To set up SSH on Linux Unix If you do not already have openssh and cvs installed install them from packages that came with your Linux or Unix distribution 1 If ssh add I complains that it cannot find the SSH agent run ssh agent bash or your favorite shell This can be skipped on most modern Linux distributions because they run the X window manager inside ssh agent 2 lf you don t already have an ssh key in ssh issue the command ssh keygen t rsa to create a key pair in ssh id_rsa the private key and ssh id_rsa pub the public key Enter a passphrase you will remember 3 Copy the file ssh id_rsa pub to your server and add it to the ssh authorized_keys file under your username E g use scp rsa public key user hostname and then log into hostname and cat rsa public key gt gt ssh
622. y an interpreter embedded in a larger application you may need to craft special code to make debugging work properly If the host application is simply creating a single Python instance and reusing it for all script invocations in most cases setting kEmbedded 1 in wingdbstub py will suffice In certain cases where the host application is manually creating or altering the thread state for each invocation of a script you may need to use code as follows to reset the debugger and connection for each script invocation import wingdbstub wingdbstub Ensure In other cases where the host application uses an entirely different Python instance for each invocation you may need to arrange that the Debugger API function ProgramQuit is called before each instance is destroyed and may also want to leave kEmbedded 0 in wingdbstub py In this case you may also need to unset the environment variable WINGDB_ACTIVE before importing wingdbstub as this may be left in the environment by the host application and will prevent wingdbstub from initiating debug in the second or later Python instance 13 2 Remote Debugging Since remote debugging is fairly complicated to configure we currently recommend using remote display of the IDE via X Windows Linux Unix or Remote Desktop Windows when possible instead of setting up the IDE on a separate host from the debug process When this is not an option you can also ask the debugger to connect remotely over th
623. y character threshold set above Internal Name edit autocomplete non python option Data Specification always never Default Value 3 Non Python Word Size Sets the minimum size of words to add to the completion list for non Python files This affects only words found in the file and not words included because they are keywords for that file type 173 Preferences Reference Internal Name edit autocomplete non python word size Data Specification lt type int gt Default Value 4 e Auto editing Auto Editing Enabled Enable or disable Wing s auto editing capability When enabled a default set of individual auto editing operations such as auto closing quotes and parenthesis and auto entering invocation arguments will be activated The individual operations can then be enabled or disabled independently in preferences Internal Name edit auto edit enabled Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Auto Close Characters Enable to auto close quotes parenthesis braces comments and so forth Internal Name edit auto edit close Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Auto Enter Invocation Args Enable auto entry of invocation arguments for a function or method call Internal Name edit auto edit invoke Data Specification lt boolean 0 or 1 gt Default Value 1 Apply Quotes to Selection Enable placing quotes around a non empty selection Internal Name edit auto edit quotes
624. y the current lines s to clipboard copy range start_line end_line target_line Copy the given range of lines to the given target line Copies to current line if target_line is copy selection or line Copy the current selection or current line if there is no selection The text is placed on the clipboard cursor move to bottom offset lt numeric modifier default 0 gt Move cursor to bottom of display without scrolling optionally at an offset of given number of lines before bottom Key Bindings VI VIM Shift L cursor move to center Move cursor to center of display without scrolling Key Bindings VI VIM Shift M cursor move to top offset lt numeric modifier default 0 gt Move cursor to top of display without scrolling optionally at an offset of given number of lines below top Key Bindings VI VIM Shift H cursor to bottom 236 Command Reference Scroll so cursor is centered at bottom of display Key Bindings VI VIM z cursor to top Scroll so cursor is centered at top of display Key Bindings VI VIM z Return cut Cut selected text Key Bindings Wing IDE Shift Delete Brief Shift Delete VI VIM Shift Delete Eclipse Shift Delete Emacs Shift Delete Visual Studio Shift Delete OS X Commanda xX cut line Cut the current line s to clipboard Key Bindings Visual Studio Ctrl L cut selection or line Cut the current selection or current line if there is no selection The text is
625. yntax Coloring 19 Customization Add Color Palettes Additional color palettes can be defined and stored in the palettes sub directory of the user settings directory This directory must be created if it does not already exist Example palettes are included in your Wing IDE installation in resources palettes After adding a palette in this way Wing must be restarted before it is available for use 2 2 2 Windowing Policies Wing IDE can run in a variety of windowing modes This is controlled by the Windowing Policy preference which provides the following options e Combined Toolbox and Editor Windows This is the default in which Wing opens a single window that combines the editor area with two toolbox panels e Separate Toolbox Windows In this mode Wing IDE moves all the tools out to a separate shared window e One Window Per Editor In this mode Wing IDE creates one top level window for each editor that is opened Additionally all tools are moved out to a separate shared toolbox window and the toolbar and menu are moved out to a shared toolbar menu window The windowing policy is used to describe the initial configuration and basic action of windows in the IDE When it is changed Wing will reconfigure your projects to match the windowing policy the first time they are used with the new setting However it is possible to create additional IDE windows and to move editors and tools out to another window or among existing
626. zontal position start at start end at end or fnb for first non blank char Shift BackSpace backward delete char Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Delete one character behind the cursor or the current selection if not empty Toolbar Search Commands Delete character behind the cursor Shift Ctrl F8 start select block Turn on auto select block mode Shift Delete cut Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Cut selected text Search Manager Instance Commands Cut selected text Toolbar Search Commands Cut selection Shift Down next line extend Move to next screen line adjusting the selection range to new position optionally repositioning character within line same to leave in same horizontal position start at start end at end fnb for first non blank char or xcode to simulate XCode style Shift Alt line selection Shift End end of line extend Action varies according to focus Active Editor Commands Move to end of current line adjusting the selection range to new position Toolbar Search Commands Move to the end of the toolbar search entry extending the selection Shift F1 move focus Move the keyboard focus forward within the Window to the next editable area 317 Key Binding Reference Shift F11 frame show Show the position thread and stack frame where the debugger originally stopped Shift F2 Multiple commands first available is executed

A4 - Wingware Python IDE

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents